Adi Parva TOC from Kumbhaghonam Version

१. अनुक्रमणिकापर्व॥१॥आदौ मङ्गलाचरणं॥१॥नैमिशारण्ये दीर्घसत्रे शौनकादीन्प्रति सौतेरागमनम्॥२॥तत्र शौनकादिभिः सौतिं प्रति भारतकथनचोदना॥३॥सौतिना श्रीमन्नारायणनमस्कारपूर्वकं व्यासस्य भारतनिर्माणकथनम्॥४॥पर्वानुक्रमणिका॥५॥

1. anukramaṇikāparva॥1॥ādau maṅgalācaraṇaṃ॥1॥naimiśāraṇye dīrghasatre śaunakādīnprati sauterāgamanam॥2॥tatra śaunakādibhiḥ sautīṃ prati bhāratakathanachodanā॥3॥sautinā śrīmannārāyaṇanamaskārapūrvakaṃ vyāsasya bhāratanirmāṇakathanam॥4॥parvānukramaṇikā॥5॥

[अनुक्रमणिकापर्व (anukramaṇikāparva) - parva (section) of the index; आदौ (ādau) - in the beginning; मङ्गलाचरणं (maṅgalācaraṇam) - auspicious invocation; नैमिशारण्ये (naimiśāraṇye) - in Naimiṣāraṇya; दीर्घसत्रे (dīrghasatre) - at the long sacrificial session; शौनकादीन् (śaunakādīn) - to Śaunaka and others; प्रति (prati) - towards; सौतेः (sauteḥ) - of Sauti (the narrator); आगमनम् (āgamanam) - arrival; तत्र (tatra) - there; शौनकादिभिः (śaunakādibhiḥ) - by Śaunaka and others; सौतिं (sautiṃ) - unto Sauti; प्रति (prati) - towards; भारतकथनचोदना (bhāratakathanachodanā) - prompting to narrate the Bhārata; सौतिना (sautinā) - by Sauti; श्रीमन्नारायणनमस्कारपूर्वकं (śrīmannārāyaṇanamaskārapūrvakaṃ) - preceded by obeisance to revered Nārāyaṇa; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyāsa; भारतनिर्माणकथनम् (bhāratanirmāṇakathanam) - narration of the creation of the Bhārata; पर्वानुक्रमणिका (parvānukramaṇikā) - index of the sections;]

(Section of the index. In the beginning, auspicious invocation. In Naimiṣāraṇya, at the long sacrificial session, arrival of Sauti towards Śaunaka and others. There, by Śaunaka and others, prompting unto Sauti for the narration of the Bhārata. By Sauti, preceded by obeisance to revered Nārāyaṇa, narration of the creation of the Bhārata by Vyāsa. Index of the sections.)

The index section: First, the auspicious invocation. In Naimiṣāraṇya, during the lengthy sacrifice, Sauti's arrival to Śaunaka and his companions. There, Śaunaka and the others urge Sauti to narrate the Bhārata. Sauti, having first bowed to revered Nārāyaṇa, recounts Vyāsa's creation of the Bhārata. Then follows the index of the sections.

२. अथ पर्वसंग्रहपर्व॥२॥समन्तपञ्चकाख्यानं॥१॥अक्षौहिण्यादिपरिमाण॥२॥आदिपर्वादिसर्वपर्वणां संक्षेपेण वृत्तान्तकथनं॥३॥नारतश्रवणफलकथनं॥४॥

2. atha parvasaṅgrahaparva॥2॥samantapañcakākhyānaṃ॥1॥akṣauhiṇyādiparimāṇaṃ॥2॥ādiparvādisarvaparvaṇāṃ saṃkṣepeṇa vṛttāntakathanaṃ॥3॥nārataśravaṇaphalakathanaṃ॥4॥

[अथ (atha) (atha) - now; then; पर्वसंग्रहपर्व (parvasaṅgrahaparva) (parvasaṅgrahaparva) - the section of the collection of books; समन्तपञ्चकाख्यानं (samantapañcakākhyānaṃ) (samantapañcakākhyānaṃ) - narration of Samantapañcaka; अक्षौहिण्यादिपरिमाण (akṣauhiṇyādiparimāṇa) (akṣauhiṇyādiparimāṇa) - measurements of Akṣauhiṇī and others; आदिपर्वादिसर्वपर्वणां (ādiparvādisarvaparvaṇāṃ) (ādiparvādisarvaparvaṇāṃ) - of the Adiparva and all other books; संक्षेपेण (saṃkṣepeṇa) (saṃkṣepeṇa) - in summary; वृत्तान्तकथनं (vṛttāntakathanaṃ) (vṛttāntakathanaṃ) - narration of events; नारतश्रवणफलकथनं (nārataśravaṇaphalakathanaṃ) (nārataśravaṇaphalakathanaṃ) - story of the fruit/result of hearing from Nārada;]

(Now, the Parvasaṅgraha section. Narration of Samantapañcaka. Measurements of Akṣauhiṇī and others. Summary narration of the events of the Adiparva and all other books. Story of the fruit of hearing from Nārada.)

Now, the Parvasaṅgraha section: the narration of Samantapañcaka, the measurements of Akṣauhiṇī and others, a summarized account of the events of the Adiparva and all other books, and the narration of the merit of hearing (this) from Nārada.

३. अथ पौष्यपर्व॥३॥जनमेजयं प्रति सरमाख्यदवेशुनीशापः॥१॥शापनिवारणार्थमृषेः सोमश्रवसः पौरोहित्येन वरणम्॥२॥आरुण्युपमन्युबैदाख्यानां धौम्यशिष्याणामुपाख्यानम्॥३॥बैदशिष्यस्योत्तङ्कस्योपाख्यानम्॥४॥पौष्यस्य राज्ञ उपाख्यानम्॥५॥

3. atha pauṣyaparva॥3॥janamejayaṃ prati saramākhyada-veśunīśāpaḥ॥1॥śāpanivāraṇārtham ṛṣeḥ somaśravasaḥ paurohitvena varaṇam॥2॥āruṇy-upamanyu-baidākhyānāṃ dhaumya-śiṣyāṇām upākhyānam॥3॥baidaśiṣyasya uttaṅkasya upākhyānam॥4॥pauṣyasya rājña upākhyānam॥5॥

[अथ (atha) (atha) - now; then; पौष्यपर्व (pauṣyaparva) (pauṣyaparva) - Pauṣya section; chapter; जनमेजयं (janamejayaṃ) (janamejayaṃ) - Janamejaya; (proper noun, accusative singular); प्रति (prati) (prati) - towards; with respect to; सरमाख्यद (saramākhyada) (saramākhyada) - named Saramā; वेशुनीशापः (veśunīśāpaḥ) (veśunīśāpaḥ) - curse of Veśunī; शापनिवारणार्थम् (śāpanivāraṇārtham) (śāpanivāraṇārtham) - for the purpose of curse removal; ऋषेः (ṛṣeḥ) (ṛṣeḥ) - of the sage; सोमश्रवसः (somaśravasaḥ) (somaśravasaḥ) - Somaśravas; (proper noun, genitive singular); पौरोहित्येन (paurohitvena) (paurohitvena) - by priesthood; by performing priestly office; वरणम् (varaṇam) (varaṇam) - choosing; selection; आरुण्युपमन्युबैदाख्यानाम् (āruṇy-upamanyu-baidākhyānām) (āruṇy-upamanyu-baidākhyānām) - of the stories of Aruṇi, Upamanyu, and Baida; धौम्यशिष्याणाम् (dhaumyaśiṣyāṇām) (dhaumyaśiṣyāṇām) - of Dhaumya’s disciples; उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) (upākhyānam) - sub-story; episode; बैदशिष्यस्य (baidaśiṣyasya) (baidaśiṣyasya) - of the disciple of Baida; उत्तङ्कस्य (uttaṅkasya) (uttaṅkasya) - of Uttaṅka; पौष्यस्य (pauṣyasya) (pauṣyasya) - of Pauṣya; राज्ञ (rājña) (rājña) - of the king; उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) (upākhyānam) - sub-story; episode;]

(Now, Pauṣya section. The curse of Veśunī, named Saramā, upon Janamejaya. The choosing of Somaśravas, the sage, by priesthood, for the purpose of curse removal. The sub-story of the disciples of Dhaumya—Aruṇi, Upamanyu, and Baida. The episode of Uttaṅka, the disciple of Baida. The sub-story of Pauṣya, the king.)

Now begins the Pauṣya section. Regarding Janamejaya, the curse of Veśunī named Saramā. For removing the curse, the sage Somaśravas is chosen as priest. The sub-stories of Dhaumya’s disciples—Aruṇi, Upamanyu, and Baida. The episode of Uttaṅka, Baida’s disciple. And an episode concerning King Pauṣya.

४. अथ पौलोमपर्व॥४॥

4. atha paulomaparva॥4॥

[अथ (atha) - now; then; पौलोमपर्व (paulomaparva) - the Pauloma section; ४ (4) - 4; ॥ (॥) - ; ४ (4) - 4;]

(4. Now, the Pauloma section; 4;)

4. Now begins the Pauloma section. (4)

५. भृगुवंशकथनम्॥१॥पौलोमोपाख्यानम्॥२॥पुलोमापहारः॥३॥पुलोमाग्निसंवादः॥४॥

5. bhṛguvaṃśakathanam॥1॥paulomopākhyānam॥2॥pulomāpahāraḥ॥3॥pulomāgnisaṃvādaḥ॥4॥

[भृगुवंशकथनम् (bhṛguvaṃśakathanam) - account of the Bhṛgu lineage; पौलोमोपाख्यानम् (paulomopākhyānam) - the story of Paulomā; पुलोमापहारः (pulomāpahāraḥ) - abduction of Pulomā; पुलोमाग्निसंवादः (pulomāgnisaṃvādaḥ) - dialogue of Pulomā and Agni;]

(5. Account of the Bhṛgu lineage. 1. The story of Paulomā. 2. Abduction of Pulomā. 3. Dialogue of Pulomā and Agni. 4.)

5. The account of the Bhṛgu lineage. (1) The story of Paulomā. (2) The abduction of Pulomā. (3) The dialogue of Pulomā and Agni. (4)

६. च्यवनोत्पत्ती रक्षोविनाशश्च॥१॥अग्नेर्भृगुशापः॥२॥

6. cyavanotpatti rakṣovināśaśca॥1॥agnerbhṛguśāpaḥ॥2॥

[च्यवनोत्पत्ती (cyavanotpatti) - origin of Cyavana; रक्षोविनाशः (rakṣovināśaḥ) - destruction of the demon; च (ca) - and; अग्नेः (agner) - of Agni; भृगुशापः (bhṛguśāpaḥ) - curse of Bhṛgu;]

(6. Origin of Cyavana, destruction of the demon and; (1) Of Agni, the curse of Bhṛgu; (2))

6. The origin of Cyavana, the destruction of the demon, and the curse of Bhṛgu on Agni. (1)(2)

७. क्रोधेनाग्निकृत आत्मोपसंहारः॥१॥ब्रह्मोक्तसान्त्ववचनेनाग्नेः संतोषः॥२॥

7. krodhenāgni-kṛta ātmopasaṁhāraḥ॥1॥brahmokta-sāntva-vacanenāgneḥ santoṣaḥ॥2॥

[क्रोधेन (krodhena) - by anger; अग्निकृत (agni-kṛta) - caused by Agni; आत्मोपसंहारः (ātma-upasaṁhāraḥ) - self-annihilation; ब्रह्मोक्तसान्त्ववचनेन (brahma-ukta-sāntva-vacanena) - by the soothing words spoken by Brahmā; अग्नेः (agneḥ) - of Agni; संतोषः (santoṣaḥ) - contentment;]

(7. By anger, self-annihilation caused by Agni. By the soothing words spoken by Brahmā, contentment of Agni.)

7. Due to anger, Agni committed self-annihilation. By Brahmā's consoling words, Agni became contented. (1)(2)

८. रुरुचरितं॥१॥मेन्कात्मजायाः प्रमद्वरायाः रुरुणा सह विवाहप्रसङ्गः॥२॥प्रमद्वरायाः सर्पदंशेन रुरोर्दुःखम्॥३॥

8. rurucaritaṃ॥1॥menkātmajāyāḥ pramadvarāyāḥ ruruṇā saha vivāhaprasaṅgaḥ॥2॥pramadvarāyāḥ sarpadaṃśena rurorduḥkham॥3॥

[रुरुचरितं (rurucaritam) - the deeds of Ruru; मेन्कात्मजायाः (menkātmajāyāḥ) - of the daughter of Menakā; प्रमद्वरायाः (pramadvarāyāḥ) - of Pramadvarā; रुरुणा (ruruṇā) - by Ruru; सह (saha) - with; विवाहप्रसङ्गः (vivāhaprasaṅgaḥ) - the occasion of marriage; प्रमद्वरायाः (pramadvarāyāḥ) - of Pramadvarā; सर्पदंशेन (sarpadaṃśena) - by snake-bite; रुरोः (ruroḥ) - of Ruru; दुःखम् (duḥkham) - sorrow;]

(8. The deeds of Ruru. (1) Of the daughter of Menakā, of Pramadvarā, with Ruru, the occasion of marriage. (2) Of Pramadvarā, by snake-bite, of Ruru, sorrow. (3))

8. The story of Ruru. (1) The marriage of Pramadvarā, daughter of Menakā, with Ruru. (2) Ruru's sorrow caused by the snake-bite of Pramadvarā. (3)

९. देवदूतवचनेन रुरुकृतस्वार्धायुः प्रदानेन प्रमद्वराजीवनं तया सह रुरोर्विवाहश्च॥१॥

9. devadūta-vacanena ruru-kṛta-sva-ardhāyuḥ pradānena pramad-varā-jīvanam tayā saha ruroḥ vivāhaś ca॥1॥

[देवदूतवचनेन (devadūta-vacanena) - by the command of the divine messenger; रुरुकृतस्वार्धायुः (ruru-kṛta-sva-ardhāyuḥ) - Ruru-made-own-half-lifespan; प्रदानेन (pradānena) - by the giving; प्रमद्वराजीवनं (pramad-varā-jīvanam) - the vital force of the excellent maiden; तया (tayā) - with her; सह (saha) - together; रुरोर्विवाहश्च (ruroḥ vivāhaś ca) - and the marriage of Ruru;]

(By the command of the divine messenger, by Ruru giving his own half-lifespan, the vital force of the excellent maiden, together with her, and the marriage of Ruru.)

Through the command of the divine messenger, after Ruru gave his own half lifespan, the maiden's life was restored, and then Ruru married her. (1)

१०. रुरुडुण्डुभसंवादः॥१॥

10. ruruḍuṇḍubhasaṃvādaḥ॥1॥

[रुरु (ruru) - Ruru; (a proper noun); डुण्डुभ (ḍuṇḍubha) - Ḍuṇḍubha; (a proper noun); संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue; conversation;]

(10. Ruru Ḍuṇḍubha dialogue॥1॥)

10. The dialogue of Ruru and Ḍuṇḍubha. (1)

११. डुण्डुभचरितम्॥१॥

11. ḍuṇḍubha-caritam॥1॥

[डुण्डुभ (ḍuṇḍubha) - Ḍuṇḍubha (proper noun); चरितम् (caritam) - deeds;]

(11. Ḍuṇḍubha deeds.)

11. The deeds of Ḍuṇḍubha. (1)

१२. जनमेजयसर्पसन्नप्रस्तावः॥१॥

12. janamejayasarpasannapraṣṭāvaḥ॥1॥

[जनमेजय (janamejaya) - Janamejaya; (proper noun, a king); सर्प (sarpa) - snake; सन्न (sanna) - assembly; gathering; presence; (contextually, proximity/occasion); प्रस्तावः (praṣṭāvaḥ) - introduction; proposal; topic;]

(12. Janamejaya snake assembly introduction. (1))

12. Introduction to the snake assembly of Janamejaya. (1)

१३. आस्तीकजरत्कार्वोराख्यानं॥१॥जरत्कारोस्तत्पितॄणां च संवादः॥२॥

13. āstīka-jaratkārvor-ākhyānaṃ॥1॥ jaratkāros-tat-pitṝṇāṃ ca saṃvādaḥ॥2॥

[आस्तीक (āstīka) - Āstīka (proper noun); जरत्कार्वोः (jaratkārvoḥ) - and Jaratkāru (genitive dual); आख्यानं (ākhyānaṃ) - narration; जरत्कारोः (jaratkāroḥ) - of Jaratkāru; तत्पितॄणां (tat-pitṝṇāṃ) - of those ancestors; च (ca) - and; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue;]

(13. Āstīka and Jaratkāru's narration॥1॥ Jaratkāru, of those ancestors and dialogue॥2॥)

13. The narration of Āstīka and Jaratkāru (1). The dialogue of Jaratkāru and his ancestors (2).

१४. वासुकिभगिन्या जरत्कारोर्विवाहः॥१॥

14. vāsukibhaginyā jaratkārorvivāhaḥ॥1॥

[वासुकि (vāsuki) - Vāsuki; (proper noun, name of the serpent-king); भगिन्या (bhaginyā) - by the sister; (instrumental singular of 'bhaginī', sister); जरत्कारोः (jaratkāroḥ) - of Jaratkāru; (genitive singular, proper noun); विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage; (subject, masculine singular);]

(14. By Vāsuki's sister, of Jaratkāru, marriage. (1))

14. The marriage of Jaratkāru with Vāsuki's sister. (1)

१५. आस्तीकोत्पत्तिः॥१॥संक्षेपेण सर्पमोचनवृत्तान्तश्च॥२॥

15. āstikotpattiḥ॥1॥saṅkṣepena sarpamocanavṛttāntaś ca॥2॥

[आस्तीकोत्पत्तिः (āstikotpattiḥ) - origin of Āstīka; संक्षेपेण (saṅkṣepena) - in summary; सर्पमोचनवृत्तान्तः (sarpamocanavṛttāntaḥ) - account of the release of the serpent; च (ca) - and;]

(15. Origin of Āstīka।1। In summary, account of the release of the serpent and।2।)

15. The origin of Āstīka. (1) In summary, the account of the release of the serpent as well. (2)

१६. आस्तीकाख्यानविस्तरः॥१॥कद्रूविनतयोः कश्यपाद्वरलाभः॥२॥कद्र्वाः सर्पोत्पत्तिर्विनताया अरुणोत्पत्तिश्च॥३॥

16. āstīkākhyāna-vistaraḥ॥1॥kadrū-vinatayoḥ kaśyapād vara-lābhaḥ॥2॥kadrvāḥ sarpotpattir vinatāyā aruṇotpattiś ca॥3॥

[आस्तीकाख्यानविस्तरः (āstīkākhyāna-vistaraḥ) - expansion of the story of Āstīka; कद्रूविनतयोः (kadrū-vinatayoḥ) - of Kadru and Vinatā; कश्यपात् (kaśyapāt) - from Kaśyapa; वरलाभः (vara-lābhaḥ) - obtaining of a boon; कद्र्वाः (kadrvāḥ) - of Kadru; सर्पोत्पत्तिः (sarpa-utpattiḥ) - origin of the serpents; विनताया (vinatāyāḥ) - of Vinatā; अरुणोत्पत्तिः (aruṇa-utpattiḥ) - origin of Aruṇa; च (ca) - and;]

(16. Expansion of the story of Āstīka. From Kaśyapa, obtaining of a boon by Kadru and Vinatā. Of Kadru, origin of the serpents; of Vinatā, origin of Aruṇa and.)

16. The detailed narration of the Āstīka story. The obtaining of a boon by Kadru and Vinatā from Kaśyapa. The origin of the serpents from Kadru and the origin of Aruṇa from Vinatā.

१७. अमृतमथनविषये भगवदाज्ञया देवानां विचारः॥१॥

17. amṛtamathana-viṣaye bhagavad-ājñayā devānāṃ vicāraḥ॥1॥

[अमृतमथनविषये (amṛtamathana-viṣaye) - on the subject of the churning of nectar; भगवदाज्ञया (bhagavad-ājñayā) - by the command of the Blessed Lord; देवानां (devānāṃ) - of the gods; विचारः (vicāraḥ) - discussion;]

(On the subject of the churning of nectar, by the command of the Blessed Lord, discussion of the gods.)

(17) Discussion among the gods on the subject of the churning of nectar, by the command of the Blessed Lord. (1)

१८. मोहितैर्दैत्यैर्मोहिन्या अमृतकलशदानम्॥१॥

18. mohitairdaiytyairmohinyā amṛtakalaśadānam॥1॥

[मोहितैः (mohitaiḥ) - by those who have been deluded; by deluded ones; दैत्यैः (daityaiḥ) - by the daityas; by the asuras; मोहिन्या (mohinyā) - by Mohinī; by the enchantress; अमृतकलशदानम् (amṛtakalaśadānam) - giving of the pot of amṛta; bestowing the nectar vessel;]

(By deluded daityas, by Mohinī, the giving of the nectar pot.)

The pot of amṛta (nectar) was given by Mohinī (the enchantress) while the daityas were deluded. (1)

१९. देवानाममृतपानं॥१॥देवरूपेणामृतं पिबतो राहोः शिरश्छेदनं॥२॥देवदैत्ययोर्युद्धं। तत्र दैत्यपराजयः॥३॥

19. devānām amṛta-pānaṁ॥1॥ deva-rūpeṇa amṛtaṁ pibato rāhoḥ śiraś-chedanaṁ॥2॥ deva-daitya-yor yuddhaṁ। tatra daitya-parājayaḥ॥3॥

[देवानाम् (devānām) (devānām) - of the gods; अमृतपानम् (amṛta-pānam) (amṛta-pānam) - drinking of nectar; देवरूपेण (deva-rūpeṇa) (deva-rūpeṇa) - in the form of a god; अमृतम् (amṛtam) (amṛtam) - nectar; पिबत: (pibataḥ) (pibataḥ) - (of one) drinking; राहोः (rāhoḥ) (rāhoḥ) - of Rāhu; शिर: (śiraḥ) (śiraḥ) - head; छेदनम् (chedanam) (chedanam) - cutting off; देव (deva) (deva) - god; दैत्ययोः (daityayoḥ) (daityayoḥ) - of the demon and (of the god and the demon); युद्धम् (yuddham) (yuddham) - battle; तत्र (tatra) (tatra) - there; दैत्य (daitya) (daitya) - demon; पराजय: (parājayaḥ) (parājayaḥ) - defeat;]

(Of the gods, drinking of nectar. (1) In the form of a god, while drinking nectar, the beheading of Rāhu. (2) The battle of the god and the demon; there, defeat of the demon. (3))

The gods drank the nectar. (1) While Rāhu, in the guise of a god, was drinking the nectar, his head was cut off. (2) There was a battle between the gods and the demons; there the demon was defeated. (3)

२०. कद्रूविनतयोः पणबन्धः॥१॥सर्पाणां कद्रूशापः॥२॥ब्रह्मणा कश्यपाय विषहरविद्यादानं॥३॥

20. kadrūvinatayoḥ paṇabandhaḥ॥1॥sarpāṇāṃ kadrūśāpaḥ॥2॥brahmaṇā kaśyapāya viṣaharavidyādānaṃ॥3॥

[कद्रूविनतयोः (kadrūvinatayoḥ) - of Kadru and Vinatā; पणबन्धः (paṇabandhaḥ) - a wager/compact; सर्पाणां (sarpāṇām) - of the serpents; कद्रूशापः (kadrūśāpaḥ) - Kadru's curse; ब्रह्मणा (brahmaṇā) - by Brahmā; कश्यपाय (kaśyapāya) - to Kaśyapa; विषहरविद्यादानं (viṣaharavidyādānaṃ) - the bestowal of (anti-)poison knowledge; २०. (20.) - 20.;]

(20. Of Kadru and Vinatā, a wager; of the serpents, Kadru's curse; by Brahmā, to Kaśyapa, the bestowal of anti-poison knowledge.)

20. The wager between Kadru and Vinatā; Kadru's curse upon the serpents; Brahmā's bestowal of anti-poison knowledge to Kaśyapa. (20)

२१. उच्चैःश्रवसो दर्शार्थं कद्रूविनतयोर्गमनम्॥१॥

21. uccaiḥśravaso darśārthaṃ kadrūvinatayor gamanam॥1॥

[उच्चैःश्रवसो (uccaiḥśravasaḥ) - of Uccaiḥśravas; (the divine horse); दर्शार्थं (darśārtham) - for the purpose of seeing; कद्रू-विनतयोः (kadrū-vinatayoḥ) - of Kadru and Vinatā; गमनम् (gamanam) - going;]

(Of Uccaiḥśravas for the purpose of seeing of Kadru and Vinatā going.)

21. The going of Kadru and Vinatā to see Uccaiḥśravas. (1)

२२. सर्पौर्मातृवचनादुच्चैःश्रवःपुच्छवेष्टनम्॥१॥

22. sarpaur mātṛ-vacanād ucchaiḥśravaḥ-puccha-veṣṭanam॥1॥

[सर्पौः (sarpauḥ) - serpents (dual, nominative); मातृ-वचनात् (mātṛ-vacanāt) - from the mother's word; उच्चैःश्रवः (ucchaiḥśravaḥ) - Ucchaiḥśravas (proper noun, the divine horse); पुच्छ-वेष्टनम् (puccha-veṣṭanam) - tail-twining;]

(Serpents, from the mother's word, Ucchaiḥśravas, tail-twining.)

By the instruction of their mother, the serpents twined themselves around the tail of Ucchaiḥśravas. (1)

२३. गरुडोत्पत्तिः॥१॥देवकृतस्तुत्या गरुडकृतं स्वतेजस्संहरणम्॥२॥

23. garuḍotpattiḥ॥1॥devakṛtastutyā garuḍakṛtaṃ svatejassaṃharaṇam॥2॥

[गरुडोत्पत्तिः (garuḍotpattiḥ) - the origin of Garuḍa; देवकृतस्तुत्या (devakṛtastutyā) - with praise made by the gods; गरुडकृतं (garuḍakṛtaṃ) - performed by Garuḍa; स्वतेजः-संहरणम् (svatejaḥ-saṃharaṇam) - withdrawal of his own radiance;]

(23. The origin of Garuḍa. (1) By the praise made by the gods, an act performed by Garuḍa: the withdrawal of his own radiance. (2))

23. The origin of Garuḍa. (1) In response to the praise made by the gods, Garuḍa withdrew his own radiance. (2)

२४. राहुणा कृतोपद्रवस्य सूर्यस्य क्रोधः॥१॥ब्रह्माज्ञयाऽरुणस्य सूर्यसारथ्यकरणम्॥२॥

24. rāhuṇā kṛtopadravasya sūryasya krodhaḥ॥1॥brahmājñayā'ruṇasya sūryasārathyakaraṇam॥2॥

[राहुणा (rāhuṇā) - by Rāhu; कृतोपद्रवस्य (kṛta-upadravasya) - having caused affliction; सूर्यस्य (sūryasya) - of the sun; क्रोधः (krodhaḥ) - anger; ब्रह्माज्ञया (brahmājñayā) - by Brahmā’s command; अरुणस्य (aruṇasya) - of Aruṇa; सूर्यसारथ्यकरणम् (sūryasārathya-karaṇam) - the making of the sun’s charioteer;]

(24. By Rāhu, having caused affliction, anger of the sun. By Brahmā’s command, of Aruṇa, the making of the sun’s charioteer.)

24. The anger of the sun caused by Rāhu’s affliction. By Brahmā’s command, Aruṇa becomes the charioteer of the sun. (1–2)

२५. विनतया कद्रूवहनं गरुडेन सर्पवहनं च॥१॥सूर्यातपतप्तस्वपुत्ररक्षार्थं कद्रूकृत इन्द्रस्तवः॥२॥

25. vinatayā kadrū-vahanaṁ garuḍena sarpa-vahanaṁ ca॥1॥sūryātapatapta-svaputra-rakṣārthaṁ kadrū-kṛta indrastavaḥ॥2॥

[विनतया (vinatayā) - by Vinatā; कद्रूवहनं (kadrū-vahanaṁ) - the bearing by Kadrū; गरुडेन (garuḍena) - by Garuḍa; सर्पवहनं (sarpa-vahanaṁ) - bearing of serpents; च (ca) - and; सूर्यातपतप्त (sūryātapatapta) - scorched by the heat of the sun; स्वपुत्ररक्षार्थं (svaputra-rakṣārthaṁ) - for the purpose of protecting her own son; कद्रूकृत (kadrū-kṛta) - composed by Kadrū; इन्द्रस्तवः (indrastavaḥ) - a hymn to Indra;]

(By Vinatā, the bearing by Kadrū; by Garuḍa, the bearing of serpents and. Scorched by the heat of the sun, for the sake of protecting her own son, the hymn to Indra composed by Kadrū.)

By Vinatā, the carrying by Kadrū; by Garuḍa, the carrying of serpents—and. Being scorched by the sun, in order to protect her own son, Kadrū composed a hymn to Indra.

२६. स्तुत्या तुष्टेन इन्द्रेण कृतं जलवर्षणम्॥१॥

26. stutyā tuṣṭena indreṇa kṛtaṃ jalavarṣaṇam॥1॥

[स्तुत्या (stutyā) - by praise; तुष्टेन (tuṣṭena) - by the pleased; इन्द्रेण (indreṇa) - by Indra; कृतं (kṛtaṃ) - was done; जलवर्षणम् (jalavarṣaṇam) - rainfall;]

(By praise, by the pleased Indra, rainfall was done.)

Rainfall was caused by the pleased Indra as a result of praise. (26-1)

२७. गरुडस्य विनतां प्रति दास्यकारणप्रश्नः॥१॥सर्पैः दास्यमोचनोपायकथनम्॥२॥

27. garuḍasya vinatāṃ prati dāsyakāraṇapraśnaḥ॥1॥ sarpaiḥ dāsyamocanopāyakathanaṃ॥2॥

[गरुडस्य (garuḍasya) - of Garuḍa; विनतां (vinatāṃ) - to Vinatā; प्रति (prati) - towards; दास्यकारणप्रश्नः (dāsyakāraṇapraśnaḥ) - question regarding the reason for bondage; सर्पैः (sarpaiḥ) - by the serpents; दास्यम् (dāsyam) - slavery; मोचन (mocana) - liberation; उपाय (upāya) - means; कथनम् (kathanaṃ) - narration;]

(27. Of Garuḍa towards Vinatā, question regarding the reason for bondage. 1. By the serpents, means for the liberation from slavery, narration. 2.)

27. Garuḍa's question to Vinatā regarding the reason for bondage. (1) The narration of the means for liberation from slavery by the serpents. (2)

२८. अमृताहरणार्थं गच्छतो गरुडस्य मक्ष्ययाचनम्॥१॥ब्राह्मणवर्जं समुद्रकुक्षिस्थनिषादभक्षणे विनताया अनुज्ञा॥२॥

28. amṛta-haraṇārthaṃ gacchato garuḍasya makṣya-yācanam॥1॥ brāhmaṇa-varjaṃ samudra-kukṣi-stha-niṣāda-bhakṣaṇe vinatāyā anujñā॥2॥

[अमृताहरणार्थं (amṛta-haraṇārtham) - for the sake of bringing nectar; गच्छतो (gacchataḥ) - of (him who is) going; गरुडस्य (garuḍasya) - of Garuḍa; मक्ष्ययाचनम् (makṣya-yācanam) - request for fish; ब्राह्मणवर्जं (brāhmaṇa-varjam) - except a Brāhmaṇa; समुद्रकुक्षिस्थ (samudra-kukṣi-stha) - dwelling in the belly of the ocean; निषादभक्षणे (niṣāda-bhakṣaṇe) - in (the matter of) eating the Niṣādas (fisherfolk); विनताया (vinatāyāḥ) - of Vinatā; अनुज्ञा (anujñā) - permission;]

(For the sake of bringing nectar, of Garuḍa who is going, request for fish. Except (killing) Brāhmaṇa, in eating the Niṣādas dwelling in the belly of the ocean, of Vinatā, permission.)

While Garuḍa was going to bring the nectar, he requested for fish. Vinatā granted permission to eat the Niṣādas dwelling in the belly of the ocean, except a Brāhmaṇa. (28.1-2)

२९. कण्ठं दहतो ब्राह्मणस्य विषादीसहितस्य परित्राणम्॥१॥गरुडस्य कश्यपेन संवादः॥२॥गजकच्छपपूर्ववृत्तान्तकथनम्॥३॥कश्यपाज्ञया गरुडस्य गजकच्छपग्रहणम्॥४॥रोहिणवृक्षशाखाभङ्गः॥५॥

29. kaṇṭhaṁ dahato brāhmaṇasya viṣādīsahitasya paritrāṇam॥1॥ garuḍasya kaśyapena saṁvādaḥ॥2॥ gajakacchapapūrvavṛttāntakathanam॥3॥ kaśyapājñayā garuḍasya gajakacchapagrahaṇam॥4॥ rohiṇavṛkṣaśākhābhaṅgaḥ॥5॥

[कण्ठम् (kaṇṭham) - throat; दहतः (dahataḥ) - of burning; ब्राह्मणस्य (brāhmaṇasya) - of the brāhmaṇa; विषादीसहितस्य (viṣādīsahitasya) - with poison etc.; परित्राणम् (paritrāṇam) - deliverance; गरुडस्य (garuḍasya) - of Garuḍa; कश्यपेन (kaśyapena) - by Kaśyapa; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - dialogue; गजकच्छपपूर्ववृत्तान्तकथनम् (gajakacchapapūrvavṛttāntakathanam) - narration of former story of elephant and tortoise; कश्यपाज्ञया (kaśyapājñayā) - by Kaśyapa’s order; गरुडस्य (garuḍasya) - of Garuḍa; गजकच्छपग्रहणम् (gajakacchapagrahaṇam) - seizing the elephant and tortoise; रोहिणवृक्षशाखाभङ्गः (rohiṇavṛkṣaśākhābhaṅgaḥ) - breaking of a branch of the Rohiṇa tree;]

((29.) Deliverance of the throat burning of the brāhmaṇa with poison etc. (1) Dialogue of Garuḍa by Kaśyapa (2) Narration of the former story of elephant and tortoise (3) By Kaśyapa’s order, Garuḍa’s seizing of the elephant and tortoise (4) Breaking of a branch of the Rohiṇa tree (5))

(29.) The deliverance of the brāhmaṇa's throat burning with poison and the rest (1), the conversation between Garuḍa and Kaśyapa (2), telling the former story of the elephant and the tortoise (3), by Kaśyapa's command, Garuḍa's seizing of the elephant and the tortoise (4), the breaking of the branch of the Rohiṇa tree (5).

३०. भग्नशाखाया अधोभागे लम्बमानवालखिल्यरक्षणार्थं मुखेन शाखाग्रहणम्।॥१॥ कश्यपाज्ञया हिमालयं गत्वा तत्र शाखां परित्यज्य तत्रैव स्थित्वा गजकच्छपभक्षणम्।॥२॥ उत्पातान्दृष्ट्वा देवैः कृतोऽमृतरक्षणोपायः।॥३॥

30. bhagnaśākhāyā adhobhāge lambamānāvalakhilyarakṣaṇārthaṃ mukhena śākhāgrahaṇam॥1॥ kaśyapājñayā himālayaṃ gatvā tatra śākhāṃ parityajya tatraiva sthitvā gajakacchapabhakṣaṇam॥2॥ utpātāndṛṣṭvā devaiḥ kṛto'mṛtarakṣaṇopāyaḥ॥3॥

[भग्नशाखाया (bhagnaśākhāyā) - of a broken branch; अधोभागे (adhobhāge) - at the lower part; लम्बमान (lambamāna) - hanging; वालखिल्यरक्षणार्थं (valakhilyarakṣaṇārtham) - for the purpose of protecting the Vālakhilyas; मुखेन (mukhena) - with (the) mouth; शाखाग्रहणम् (śākhāgrahaṇam) - grasping of (the) branch; कश्यपाज्ञया (kaśyapājñayā) - by the order of Kaśyapa; हिमालयं (himālayaṃ) - the Himālaya; गत्वा (gatvā) - having gone; तत्र (tatra) - there; शाखां (śākhām) - (the) branch; परित्यज्य (parityajya) - having relinquished; तत्रैव (tatraiva) - right there; स्थित्वा (sthitvā) - having remained; गजकच्छपभक्षणम् (gajakacchapabhakṣaṇam) - eating of (an) elephant and tortoise; उत्पातान् (utpātān) - omens; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; देवैः (devaiḥ) - by the gods; कृतः (kṛtaḥ) - was made; अमृतरक्षणोपायः (amṛtarakṣaṇopāyaḥ) - method for protecting nectar;]

(30. At the lower part of a broken branch, for the purpose of protecting the hanging Vālakhilyas, grasping the branch with (the) mouth. (1) By the order of Kaśyapa, having gone to Himālaya, there, having relinquished the branch, remaining right there, eating of elephant and tortoise. (2) Having seen omens, a method for protecting nectar was made by the gods. (3))

30. At the lower part of a broken branch, grasping the branch with the mouth to protect the hanging Vālakhilyas. (1) Following Kaśyapa's command, going to the Himālaya, releasing the branch there and remaining there, eating elephant and tortoise. (2) Seeing omens, the gods devised a method to protect the nectar. (3)

३१. वालखिल्यतपसा गरुडोत्पत्तिकथनपूर्वकं तस्य पक्षीन्द्रत्वेऽभिषेचनम्॥१॥

31. vālakhiḷya-tapasā garuḍotpatti-kathana-pūrvakaṃ tasya pakṣīndratve'bhiṣecanam॥1॥

[वालखिल्यतपसा (vālakhiḷya-tapasā) - by the austerity of the Vālakhiḷya sages; गरुडोत्पत्तिकथनपूर्वकं (garuḍotpatti-kathana-pūrvakam) - preceded by the narration of the origin of Garuḍa; तस्य (tasya) - his; पक्षीन्द्रत्वे (pakṣīndratve) - in the sovereignty of birds; अभिषेचनम् (abhiṣecanam) - anointing; ३१. (31.) - 31; ॥१॥ (॥1॥) - (1);]

(31. By the austerity of the Vālakhiḷyas; preceded by the narration of Garuḍa's origin; his anointing in the sovereignty of birds. (1))

31. Through the penance of the Vālakhiḷya sages, and after recounting the story of Garuḍa's origin, his consecration as the king of birds. (1)

३२. देवगरुडयुद्धं तत्र देवानां पराजयः॥१॥

32. devagaruḍayuddhaṃ tatra devānāṃ parājayaḥ॥1॥

[देवगरुडयुद्धं (devagaruḍayuddhaṃ) - battle of gods and Garuḍa; तत्र (tatra) - there; देवानाम् (devānām) - of the gods; पराजयः (parājayaḥ) - defeat;]

(32. Battle of gods and Garuḍa; there, of the gods, defeat. (1))

32. There was a battle between the gods and Garuḍa, in which the gods were defeated. (1)

३३. अमृतसमीपे गरुडस्य गमनम्॥१॥अमृतं गृहीत्वा गच्छतो गरुडस्य विष्णुदर्शनम्॥२॥विष्णुगरुडयोः परस्परं वरदानम्॥३॥गरुडस्य सुपर्णनामप्राप्तिः॥४॥

33. amṛtasamīpe garuḍasya gamanam॥1॥amṛtaṃ gṛhītvā gacchato garuḍasya viṣṇudarśanam॥2॥viṣṇugaruḍayoḥ parasparaṃ varadānam॥3॥garuḍasya suparṇanāmaprāptiḥ॥4॥

[अमृतसमीपे (amṛtasamīpe) - near the nectar; गरुडस्य (garuḍasya) - of Garuḍa; गमनम् (gamanam) - going; अमृतम् (amṛtam) - nectar; गृहीत्वा (gṛhītvā) - having seized; गच्छतः (gacchataḥ) - going; गरुडस्य (garuḍasya) - of Garuḍa; विष्णु (viṣṇu) - Viṣṇu; दर्शनम् (darśanam) - sight; विष्णुगरुडयोः (viṣṇugaruḍayoḥ) - of Viṣṇu and Garuḍa; परस्परम् (parasparam) - mutually; वरदानम् (varadānam) - boon-giving; गरुडस्य (garuḍasya) - of Garuḍa; सुपर्ण (suparṇa) - Suparṇa; नाम (nāma) - name; प्राप्तिः (prāptiḥ) - attainment;]

(Near the nectar, going of Garuḍa. Having seized the nectar, as Garuḍa was going, sight of Viṣṇu. Granting of boons mutually by Viṣṇu and Garuḍa. Attainment of the name Suparṇa by Garuḍa.)

33. Garuḍa’s approach near the nectar. As Garuḍa seized the nectar and was going, he beheld Viṣṇu. Viṣṇu and Garuḍa exchanged boons. Garuḍa received the name Suparṇa.

३४. इन्द्रस्य गरुडसख्यलाभः॥१॥इन्द्राद्गरुडस्य वरलाभः॥२॥विनताया दास्यमोचनम्॥३॥सर्पाणां द्विजिह्वत्वप्राप्तिः॥४॥

34. indrasya garuḍasakhyalābhaḥ॥1॥ indrādgaruḍasya varalābhaḥ॥2॥ vinatāyā dāsyamocanam॥3॥ sarpāṇāṃ dvijihvatvaprāptiḥ॥4॥

[इन्द्रस्य (indrasya) - of Indra; गरुडसख्यलाभः (garuḍasakhyalābhaḥ) - friendship-gain with Garuḍa; इन्द्रात् (indrāt) - from Indra; गरुडस्य (garuḍasya) - of Garuḍa; वरलाभः (varalābhaḥ) - boon-gain; विनतायाः (vinatāyāḥ) - of Vinatā; दास्य (dāsya) - slavery; मोचनम् (mocanam) - release; सर्पाणाम् (sarpāṇām) - of the serpents; द्विजिह्वत्व (dvijihvatva) - double-tongued-ness; प्राप्तिः (prāptiḥ) - attainment;]

(34. Of Indra, friendship-gain with Garuḍa. 1. From Indra, boon-gain of Garuḍa. 2. Of Vinatā, release from slavery. 3. Of the serpents, attainment of double-tongued-ness. 4.)

34. Indra's gaining friendship with Garuḍa. (1) Garuḍa's receiving a boon from Indra. (2) Vinatā's release from slavery. (3) The serpents' attainment of being double-tongued. (4)

३५. सर्पनामकथनम्॥१॥

35. sarpanāmakathanam॥1॥

[सर्प (sarpa) - serpent; as a noun; नाम (nāma) - name; कथनम् (kathanam) - telling; narration;]

(35. serpent name telling॥1॥)

35. The narration of the names of serpents. (1)

३६. शेषस्य ब्रह्मणो वरलाभः पृथ्वीधारणाज्ञा च॥१॥

36. śeṣasya brahmaṇo varalābhaḥ pṛthvīdharaṇājñā ca॥1॥

[शेषस्य (śeṣasya) - of Śeṣa; ब्रह्मणः (brahmaṇaḥ) - of Brahmā; वरलाभः (varalābhaḥ) - boon-obtaining; पृथ्वीधारणाज्ञा (pṛthvīdharaṇājñā) - command to support the earth; च (ca) - and;]

(Of Śeṣa, from Brahmā, boon-obtaining, command to support the earth, and.)

Śeṣa received from Brahmā the boon and the command to support the earth. (36-1)

३७. मातृशापपरिहारार्थं सर्पाणां मन्त्रालोचनम्॥१॥

37. mātṛśāpaparihārārthaṃ sarpāṇāṃ mantrālocanam॥1॥

[मातृशाप (mātṛśāpa) - mother’s curse; परिहारार्थं (parihārārthaṃ) - for the purpose of removal; सर्पाणां (sarpāṇāṃ) - of the serpents; मन्त्र (mantra) - mantra; आलोचनम् (ālocanam) - consideration;]

(For the purpose of removal of the mother’s curse, consideration of the mantra of the serpents.)

Consideration of the mantra of the serpents for the removal of the mother’s curse. (1)

३८. एलापत्रभाषणम्॥१॥देवब्रह्मसंवादमुखेनास्तीकोत्पत्तिकथनम्॥२॥

38. Elāpatrabhāṣaṇam॥1॥ Devabrahmasaṁvādamukhena āstīkotpattikathanam॥2॥

[एलापत्रभाषणम् (Elāpatrabhāṣaṇam) - speech of Elāpatra; देवब्रह्मसंवादमुखेन (Devabrahmasaṁvādamukhena) - by means of (as introduction to) the dialogue between Deva and Brahma; आस्तीकोत्पत्तिकथनम् (Āstīkotpattikathanam) - description of the origin of Āstīka;]

(38. Speech of Elāpatra. 1. By means of (as introduction to) the dialogue between Deva and Brahma, description of the origin of Āstīka. 2.)

38. The speech of Elāpatra. (1) The story of the origin of Āstīka is told by way of the dialogue between Deva and Brahma. (2)

३९. एलापत्रोपदेशेन वासुकिभगिन्या जरत्कार्वा रक्षणम्॥१॥

39. elāpatropadeśena vāsukibhaginyā jaratkārvā rakṣaṇam॥1॥

[एलापत्र-उपदेशेन (elāpatra-upadeśena) - by the instruction of Elāpatrā; वासुकि-भगिन्या (vāsuki-bhaginyā) - by the sister of Vāsuki; जरत्कार्वा (jaratkārvā) - of Jaratkāru; रक्षणम् (rakṣaṇam) - protection;]

(By the instruction of Elāpatrā, by the sister of Vāsuki, protection of Jaratkāru.)

Protection of Jaratkāru by the sister of Vāsuki, guided by the instruction of Elāpatrā. (39-1)

४०. जरत्कारुनामव्युत्पत्तिकथनम्॥१॥शौनकस्य सौतिं प्रति आस्तीकोत्पत्तिप्रश्नः॥२॥प्रसङ्गेन परीक्षिन्मृगयाकथनम्॥३॥परीक्षिता शमीकस्कन्धे मृतसर्पनिधानम्॥४॥

40. jaratkārunāmavyutpattikathanam॥1॥śaunakasya sautim prati āstikotpattipraśnaḥ॥2॥prasaṅgena parīkṣiṇmṛgayākathanam॥3॥parīkṣitā śamīkaskandhe mṛtasarpanidhānam॥4॥

[जरत्कारु (jaratkāru) - the name Jaratkaru; नाम (nāma) - name; व्युत्पत्ति (vyutpatti) - etymology; कथनम् (kathanam) - mention; शौनकस्य (śaunakasya) - of Śaunaka; सौतिं (sautim) - to Sauti; प्रति (prati) - to; towards; आस्तीकोत्पत्ति (āstikotpatti) - Astīka's origin; प्रश्नः (praśnaḥ) - question; प्रसङ्गेन (prasaṅgena) - by connection; incidentally; परीक्षिन् (parīkṣin) - Parīkṣit (name); मृगया (mṛgayā) - hunting; कथनम् (kathanam) - narration; परीक्षित (parīkṣita) - Parīkṣit; शमीक (śamīka) - Śamīka (name); स्कन्धे (skandhe) - on the shoulder; मृत (mṛta) - dead; सर्प (sarpa) - serpent; निधानम् (nidhānam) - placing; deposition;]

(40. The mention of the etymology of the name Jaratkaru. 1. Śaunaka's question to Sauti about the origin of Astika. 2. Incidentally, the narration of Parikshit’s hunting. 3. The placing of a dead serpent on Śamīka’s shoulder by Parikṣit. 4.)

40. The explanation of the etymology of the name Jaratkaru. (1) Śaunaka questions Sauti regarding the origin of Astika. (2) By connection, the story of Parikshit’s hunt is told. (3) Parikshit places a dead serpent on Śamīka’s shoulder. (4).

४१. मुनिपुत्राच्छृङ्गिणः परीक्षितः शापः॥१॥

41. muniputrāc chṛṅgiṇaḥ parīkṣitaḥ śāpaḥ॥1॥

[मुनिपुत्रात् (muniputrāt) - from the sage's son; शृङ्गिणः (śṛṅgiṇaḥ) - Śṛṅgi (proper name, son of sage Samīka); परीक्षितः (parīkṣitaḥ) - Parīkṣit (proper name, the king); शापः (śāpaḥ) - curse;]

(From the sage's son Śṛṅgi, Parīkṣit (received) a curse.)

Parīkṣit was cursed by Śṛṅgi, the sage's son. (41-1)

४२. शृङ्गिशमीकसवादः॥१॥शमीकप्रेषितेन गौरमुखाख्यशिष्येण सह परिक्षित्संवादः॥२॥मन्त्रिभिः सह राज्ञं विचारः॥३॥तक्षककाश्यपसंवादः॥४॥

42. śṛṅgiśamīkasavādaḥ॥1॥śamīkakpreṣitena gauramukhākhyaśiṣyeṇa saha parikṣitsaṃvādaḥ॥2॥mantribhiḥ saha rājñaṃ vicāraḥ॥3॥takṣakakāśyapasaṃvādaḥ॥4॥

[शृङ्गि-शमीक-सवादः (śṛṅgi-śamīka-savādaḥ) - śṛṅgi (name); śamīka (name); dialogue; शमीक-प्रेषितेन (śamīka-preṣitena) - by śamīka (name) sent; गौरमुख-अख्य-शिष्येण (gauramukha-akhya-śiṣyeṇa) - by disciple named gauramukha; सह (saha) - with; परिक्षित्-संवादः (parikṣit-saṃvādaḥ) - parikṣit (name); dialogue; मन्त्रिभिः (mantribhiḥ) - by ministers; सह (saha) - with; राज्ञं (rājñaṃ) - of the king; विचारः (vicāraḥ) - deliberation; तक्षक-काश्यप-संवादः (takṣaka-kāśyapa-saṃvādaḥ) - takṣaka (name); kāśyapa (name); dialogue;]

(42. Dialogue of Śṛṅgi and Śamīka. (1) Dialogue of Parikṣit with the disciple named Gauramukha, sent by Śamīka. (2) Deliberation of the king with ministers. (3) Dialogue of Takṣaka and Kāśyapa. (4))

42. Dialogue between Śṛṅgi and Śamīka. (1) Conversation between Parikṣit and the disciple called Gauramukha, sent by Śamīka. (2) The king's consultation with his ministers. (3) Dialogue between Takṣaka and Kāśyapa. (4)

४३. स्वदष्टन्यग्रोधोज्जीवनेन परीक्षितस्य काश्यपस्य धनं दत्वा तक्षकेण कृतं परावर्तनं परीक्षिद्दंशश्च॥१॥

43. svadaṣṭa-nyagrodha-ujjīvanena parīkṣitasya kāśyapasya dhanaṃ datvā takṣakeṇa kṛtaṃ parāvartanaṃ parīkṣid-daṃśaś-ca॥1॥

[स्वदष्ट (svadaṣṭa) - by being self-bitten; by biting itself; न्यग्रोध (nyagrodha) - banyan (tree); उज्जीवनेन (ujjīvanena) - by the reviving; by the restoring to life; परीक्षितस्य (parīkṣitasya) - of Parīkṣit; काश्यपस्य (kāśyapasya) - of Kāśyapa; धनं (dhanaṃ) - wealth; money; दत्वा (datvā) - having given; तक्षकेण (takṣakeṇa) - by Takṣaka; कृतं (kṛtaṃ) - done; performed; परावर्तनं (parāvartanaṃ) - turning back; return; परीक्षिद्दंशश्च (parīkṣid-daṃśaś-ca) - and the biting of Parīkṣit;]

(By reviving a banyan (tree) bitten by itself, giving wealth of Parīkṣit to Kāśyapa, the turning back done by Takṣaka, and the biting of Parīkṣit.)

After reviving a banyan tree that had bitten itself and giving Parīkṣit's wealth to Kāśyapa, the turning back accomplished by Takṣaka and the biting of Parīkṣit (are described). (1)

४४. परीक्षिन्मरणोत्तरं तत्पुत्रस्य जनमेजयस्य राज्याभिषेकः॥१॥वपुष्टमाविवाहः॥२॥

44. parīkṣin-maraṇottaraṃ tat-putrasya janamejayasya rājya-abhiṣekaḥ॥1॥ vapuṣṭamāvivāhaḥ॥2॥

[परीक्षिन्मरणोत्तरं (parīkṣin-maraṇottaraṃ) - after the death of Parīkṣit; तत्पुत्रस्य (tat-putrasya) - his son's; जनमेजयस्य (janamejayasya) - of Janamejaya; राज्याभिषेकः (rājya-abhiṣekaḥ) - royal consecration; वपुष्टमाविवाहः (vapuṣṭamāvivāhaḥ) - the marriage of Vapuṣṭamā;]

(44. After the death of Parīkṣit, the royal consecration of his son Janamejaya. (1) The marriage of Vapuṣṭamā. (2))

44. After Parīkṣit's death, his son Janamejaya is consecrated as king. (1) The marriage of Vapuṣṭamā. (2)

४५. जरत्कारोः स्वपितॄणां दर्शनं तद्भाषणं च॥१॥

45. jaratkāroḥ svapitṝṇāṃ darśanaṃ tadbhāṣaṇaṃ ca॥1॥

[जरत्कारोः (jaratkāroḥ) - of Jaratkāra; स्वपितॄणां (svapitṝṇāṃ) - of (his) forefathers; दर्शनं (darśanam) - seeing; तत् (tat) - that; भाषणं (bhāṣaṇam) - speaking; च (ca) - and;]

(Of Jaratkāra, of the forefathers, seeing, that speaking and.)

45. The seeing of the forefathers of Jaratkāra, and their speaking. (1)

४६. जरत्कारोः स्वपितृसंवादानन्तरं दारान्वेषणम्॥१॥

46. jaratkāroḥ svapitṛsaṃvādānantaraṃ dārānveṣaṇam॥1॥

[जरत्कारोः (jaratkāroḥ) - of Jaratkāru; स्वपितृ (svapitṛ) - his own ancestors; संवाद (saṃvāda) - conversation; अनन्तरं (anantaraṃ) - after; दारान्वेषणम् (dārānveṣaṇam) - seeking a wife;]

(46. Of Jaratkāru, after conversation with his own ancestors, seeking a wife. (1))

46. Jaratkāru, after conversing with his own ancestors, seeks a wife. (1)

४७. जरत्कारोरुद्वाहः॥१॥तस्यां गर्भसंभवः॥२॥समयोल्लङ्घनेन क्रुद्धस्य मुनेः तपोर्थं गमनम्॥३॥

47. jaratkārorudvāhaḥ॥1॥tasyāṃ garbhasaṃbhavaḥ॥2॥samayollaṅghanena kruddhasya muneḥ taporthaṃ gamanam॥3॥

[जरत्कारोः (jaratkāroḥ) - of Jaratkāru; उद्वाहः (udvāhaḥ) - marriage; तस्याम् (tasyām) - in her; गर्भसंभवः (garbhasaṃbhavaḥ) - conception; समयोल्लङ्घनेन (samayollaṅghanena) - by transgressing (breaking) an agreement; क्रुद्धस्य (kruddhasya) - of (him who is) angry; मुनेः (muneḥ) - of the sage; तपः-अर्थम् (tapaḥ-artham) - for the purpose of penance; गमनम् (gamanam) - departure;]

(47. Marriage of Jaratkāru. In her, conception. By breaking the agreement, of the angry sage, departure for the purpose of penance.)

47. The marriage of Jaratkāru. (1) In her, conception occurred. (2) Because the agreement was broken, the sage, being angered, departed for penance. (3)

४८. वासुकेः तद्भगिन्याश्च संवादः॥१॥आस्तीकोत्पत्तिः॥२॥तन्नामनिर्वचनम्॥३॥

48. vāsukeḥ tad-bhaginyaś ca saṁvādaḥ॥1॥āstīkotpattiḥ॥2॥tan-nāma-nirvacanam॥3॥

[वासुकेः (vāsukeḥ) - of Vāsuki; तद्भगिन्याः (tad-bhaginyaḥ) - of his sister; च (ca) - and; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - conversation; आस्तीकोत्पत्तिः (āstīka-utpattiḥ) - origin of Āstīka; तन्नामनिर्वचनम् (tan-nāma-nirvacanam) - explanation of that name;]

(48. Of Vāsuki, of his sister and conversation. Origin of Āstīka. Explanation of that name.)

48. The conversation between Vāsuki and his sister. The origin of Āstīka. The explanation of that name. (1) (2) (3)

४९. जनमेजयमन्त्रिसंवादमुखेन पुनः परीक्षिच्चरितकथनम्॥१॥

49. janamejayamantrisaṃvādamukhena punaḥ parīkṣiccaritakathanam॥1॥

[जनमेजय (janamejaya) - Janamejaya; (a proper noun, name of a king); मन्त्रि (mantri) - minister; adviser; संवाद (saṃvāda) - dialogue; conversation; मुखेन (mukhena) - through the mouth of; by way of; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; परीक्षिच्चरितकथनम् (parīkṣic-carita-kathanam) - relating/explaining the deeds/history/activities after (further) examination;]

(49. Janamejaya minister dialogue through again relating the activities explanation. (1))

49. Through the dialogue between Janamejaya and his minister, the narration of incidents is retold after further examination. (1)

५०. शून्यारण्ये वृत्तस्य काश्यपतक्षकवृत्तान्तस्योपलब्धिप्रकारकथनम्॥१॥

50. śūnyāraṇye vṛttasya kāśyapatakṣakavṛttāntasyopalabdhiprakārakathanam॥1॥

[शून्यारण्ये (śūnyāraṇye) - in the empty forest; वृत्तस्य (vṛttasya) - of the incident; काश्यपतक्षकवृत्तान्तस्य (kāśyapatakṣakavṛttāntasya) - of the narrative concerning the ascetic Kāśyapa; उपलब्धि (upalabdhi) - attainment; प्रकार (prakāra) - of the manner; कथनम् (kathanam) - the narration;]

(In the empty forest, of the incident, of the narrative concerning the ascetic Kāśyapa, the narration of the manner of attainment.)

50. In the empty forest: narration of how the incident concerning ascetic Kāśyapa was realized. (1)

५१. जनमेजयस्य सर्पसत्रप्रतिज्ञा॥१॥यज्ञसामग्रीसंपादनम्॥२॥दीक्षाग्रहणम्॥३॥

51. janamejayasya sarpasatrapratijñā॥1॥yajñasāmagrīsaṃpādanam॥2॥dīkṣāgrahaṇam॥3॥

[जनमेजयस्य (janamejayasya) - of Janamejaya; सर्पसत्रप्रतिज्ञा (sarpasatrapratijñā) - snake-sacrifice-vow; यज्ञसामग्रीसंपादनम् (yajñasāmagrīsaṃpādanam) - ritual-materials-preparation; दीक्षाग्रहणम् (dīkṣāgrahaṇam) - initiation-taking;]

(51. Of Janamejaya, snake-sacrifice-vow. Ritual-materials-preparation. Initiation-taking.)

51. Janamejaya’s vow for the snake sacrifice; preparation of ritual materials; taking of initiation. (1–3)

५२. अग्नौ सर्पपतनम्॥१॥

52. agnau sarpapatanam॥1॥

[अग्नौ (agnau) - in fire; सर्पपतनम् (sarpapatanam) - falling of a serpent;]

(In fire, a serpent falling.)

A serpent falls into fire. (52-1)

५३. ऋत्विगादिनामकथनम्॥१॥इन्द्रकृतं तक्षकाश्वासनम्॥२॥वासुकेः स्वभगिन्या संवादः॥३॥

53. ṛtvigādināmakathanam॥1॥indrakṛtaṃ takṣakāśvāsanam॥2॥vāsukeḥ svabhaginyaāṃ saṃvādaḥ॥3॥

[ऋत्विगादिनामकथनम् (ṛtvig-ādi-nāma-kathanam) - the narration of the names such as ṛtvik etc.; इन्द्रकृतं (indra-kṛtam) - made (done, performed) by Indra; तक्षकाश्वासनम् (takṣaka-āśvāsanam) - comforting of Takṣaka; वासुकेः (vāsukeḥ) - of Vāsuki; स्वभगिन्या (sva-bhaginyaā) - with his own sister; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - conversation;]

(53. The narration of the names such as ṛtvik etc.; the comforting of Takṣaka done by Indra; the conversation of Vāsuki with his own sister.)

53. The narration of the names like ṛtvik and others; Indra comforts Takṣaka; Vāsuki converses with his own sister.

५४. आस्तीकस्य स्वमात्रा सवादः। वासुकेराश्वासनं च॥१॥आस्तीकस्य सर्पसत्रं प्रति गमनम्॥२॥

54. āstīkasya svamātrā svādaḥ। vāsukerasvāśāsanaṃ ca॥1॥ āstīkasya sarpasatraṃ prati gamanam॥2॥

[आस्तीकस्य (āstīkasya) - of Āstīka; स्वमात्रा (svamātrā) - his own mother; सवादः (svādaḥ) - taste; वासुकेः (vāsukeḥ) - of Vāsuki; आश्वासनम् (āśvāsanam) - consolation; च (ca) - and; आस्तीकस्य (āstīkasya) - of Āstīka; सर्पसत्रम् (sarpasatram) - snake-sacrifice; प्रति (prati) - towards; गमनम् (gamanam) - going; ५४ (54) - 54; १ (1) - 1; २ (2) - 2;]

(54. Of Āstīka, his own mother's taste. And the consolation of Vāsuki. (1) Of Āstīka, going towards the snake-sacrifice. (2))

54. The taste (character) of Āstīka's own mother; Vāsuki’s consolation; (1) Āstīka’s journey to the snake-sacrifice. (2)

५५. आस्तीककृता जनमेजययज्ञप्रशंसा॥१॥

55. āstīka-kṛtā janamejaya-yajña-praśaṁsā॥1॥

[आस्तीककृता (āstīka-kṛtā) - made/done by Āstīka; जनमेजययज्ञ (janamejaya-yajña) - Janamejaya's sacrifice; प्रशंसा (praśaṁsā) - praise;]

(55. Praise of Janamejaya's sacrifice made by Āstīka. (1))

55. The praise of Janamejaya's sacrifice composed by Āstīka. (1)

५६. प्रशंसया तुष्टस्य जनमेजयस्य ऋत्विग्भिः संवादः॥१॥ऋत्विगाह्वानेन सतक्षकस्येन्द्रस्यागमनम्॥२॥भयेनेन्द्रे पलायितेऽग्निसमीपे तक्षकागमनम्॥३॥आस्तीकस्य यज्ञसमाप्तिवरयाचनम्॥४॥

56. praśaṁsayā tuṣṭasya janamejayasya ṛtvigbhiḥ saṁvādaḥ॥1॥ṛtvigāhvanena satakṣakasya indrasya āgamanam॥2॥bhayena indre palāyite agnisamīpe takṣaka āgamanam॥3॥āstīkasya yajñasamāpti-varayācanam॥4॥

[प्रशंसया (praśaṁsayā) - with praise; तुष्टस्य (tuṣṭasya) - of the pleased; जनमेजयस्य (janamejayasya) - of Janamejaya; ऋत्विग्भिः (ṛtvigbhiḥ) - by the priests; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - dialogue; ऋत्विगाह्वानेन (ṛtvigāhvanena) - by the invitation of the priests; सतक्षकस्य (satakṣakasya) - with Takṣaka present; इन्द्रस्य (indrasya) - of Indra; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - arrival; भयेन (bhayena) - by fear; इन्द्रे (indre) - when Indra; पलायिते (palāyite) - having fled; अग्निसमीपे (agnisamīpe) - near the fire; तक्षक (takṣaka) - Takṣaka; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - arrival; आस्तीकस्य (āstīkasya) - of Āstīka; यज्ञसमाप्तिवरयाचनम् (yajñasamāpti-varayācanam) - boon request for the ending of the sacrifice;]

(56. With praise, of the pleased Janamejaya, by the priests, dialogue. By the invitation of the priests, with Takṣaka present, of Indra, arrival. By fear, when Indra having fled, near the fire, Takṣaka, arrival. Of Āstīka, boon request for the ending of the sacrifice.)

56. There is a dialogue between the pleased Janamejaya and the priests with praise. By the priests' invitation, Indra arrives together with Takṣaka. When Indra flees out of fear, Takṣaka arrives near the fire. Āstīka requests a boon to end the sacrifice. (56)

५७. सर्पसत्रे हतानां नागानां नामकथनम्॥१ ।

57. sarpasatre hatānāṃ nāgānāṃ nāmakathanam॥1 ।

[सर्पसत्रे (sarpasatre) - in the snake-sacrifice; हतानां (hatānāṃ) - of those slain; नागानां (nāgānāṃ) - of the nāgas (serpents); नामकथनम् (nāmakathanam) - account of the names;]

(57. In the snake-sacrifice, of those slain nāgas, account of the names. (1))

57. The account of the names of the nāgas who were slain in the snake-sacrifice. (1)

५८. आस्तीकवरप्रदानेन यज्ञसमाप्तिः॥१॥प्रत्यागतस्यास्तीकस्य सर्पेभ्यो वरलाभः॥२॥

58. Āstīka-vara-pradānena yajña-samāptiḥ॥1॥Pratyāgatasya Āstīkasya sarpebhyaḥ vara-lābhaḥ॥2॥

[आस्तीकवरप्रदानेन (Āstīka-vara-pradānena) - by the granting of a boon to Āstīka; यज्ञसमाप्तिः (yajña-samāptiḥ) - ending of the sacrifice; प्रत्यागतस्य (pratyāgatasya) - of the returned; आस्तीकस्य (Āstīkasya) - of Āstīka; सर्पेभ्यः (sarpebhyaḥ) - to the serpents; वरलाभः (vara-lābhaḥ) - obtaining of a boon;]

(58. By the granting of a boon to Āstīka, the sacrifice ends. (1) Of the returned Āstīka, boon-obtaining for the serpents. (2))

58. The sacrifice concludes by granting a boon to Āstīka. (1) When Āstīka returns, he obtains a boon for the serpents. (2)

५९. सौतेर्भारतकथनप्रतिज्ञा॥१॥

59. sauterbhāratakathanapratijñā॥1॥

[सौत: (sautaḥ) - the son of a sūta; भारत (bhārata) - the Bhārata (Mahābhārata); कथन (kathana) - narration; प्रतिज्ञा (pratijñā) - vow; ५९ (59) - 59; १ (1) - 1;]

(59. The vow regarding the narration of the Bhārata by the son of a sūta. 1.)

59. The vow of the son of a sūta to narrate the Bhārata. (1)

६०. भारतकथानुबन्धः॥१॥

60. bhāratakathānubandhaḥ॥1॥

[भारत (bhārata) - of Bhārata; (the Mahābhārata or related to Bhārata); कथा (kathā) - story; अनुबन्धः (anubandhaḥ) - appendix; supplement; continuation;]

(60. Bhārata story appendix 1)

60. Appendix to the Bhārata story (1)

६१. वैशम्पायनेन जनमेजयाय संक्षिप्य भारतकथाकथनम्॥१॥

61. vaiśampāyanena janamejayāya saṅkṣipya bhāratakathākathanam॥1॥

[वैशम्पायनेन (vaiśampāyanena) - by Vaiśampāyana; जनमेजयाय (janamejayāya) - to Janamejaya; संक्षिप्य (saṅkṣipya) - having condensed; भारतकथाकथनम् (bhāratakathākathanam) - the narration of the story of Mahābhārata;]

(61. By Vaiśampāyana to Janamejaya having condensed the narration of the story of the Mahābhārata. (1))

61. The narration of the Mahābhārata story, condensed by Vaiśampāyana for Janamejaya. (1)

६२. भारतप्रशंसा॥१॥तच्छ्रवणादिफलकथनम्॥२॥

62. Bhāratapraśaṁsā॥1॥tacchravaṇādiphala-kathanam॥2॥

[भारतप्रशंसा (bhāratapraśaṁsā) - praise of the Bhārata (Mahābhārata); तच्छ्रवणादि (tacchravaṇādi) - the hearing and so on (etc.) of that; फल (phala) - fruit; reward; result; कथनम् (kathanam) - statement; narration; telling;]

(62. Praise of the Bhārata; 1; Statement of the fruit (result) of hearing and so on of that; 2;)

62. Praise of the Bhārata; (1) Statement of the result of hearing and other acts regarding it; (2)

६३. पूरुवंशकथनम्॥१॥

63. pūru-vaṁśa-kathanaṁ॥1॥

[पूरुवंशकथनम् (pūru-vaṁśa-kathanaṁ) - statement of the Pūru dynasty;]

(63. Statement of the Pūru dynasty; (1))

63. Statement of the Pūru dynasty. (1)

६४. उपरिचरराजोपाख्यानम्॥१॥इन्द्रध्वजोत्सववृत्तान्तः॥२॥गिरिकाया उत्पत्तिः। उपरिचरस्य तया विवाहश्च॥३॥मृगयार्थं गतेनोपरिचरेण स्वपत्नीस्मरणात्स्कन्नस्य श्येनद्वरा प्रेषितस्य रेतसो यमुनाजले पतनम्॥४॥ब्रह्मशापान्मत्स्यभावं प्राप्तयाऽद्रिकया तद्रेतःपानम्॥५॥तदुदरे मिथुनोत्पत्तिः॥६॥तत्र पुत्रस्य उपरिचरवसुना ग्रहणम्। कन्याया दाशगृहे स्थितिः॥७॥नावं वाहयमानायां सत्यवतीनाम्न्यां दाशकन्यायां पराशराद्द्वैपायनस्योत्पत्तिः। तस्य व्यासनामप्राप्तिश्च॥८॥पाठान्तरे पराशरसत्यवतीविवाहादि॥९॥भीष्मादीनां संक्षेपतो जन्मवृत्तान्तकथनम्॥१०॥

64. uparicararājopākhyānam॥1॥indradhvajotsavavṛttāntaḥ॥2॥girikāyā utpattiḥ. uparicarasya tayā vivāhaś ca॥3॥mṛgayārthaṃ gatenoparicareṇa svapatnīsmaraṇāt skannasya śyenadvarā preṣitasya retaso yamunā-jale patanam॥4॥brahmaśāpān matsyabhāvaṃ prāptayā 'drikayā tad-retaḥ pānam॥5॥tad-udare mithunotpattiḥ॥6॥tatra putrasya uparicaravasunā grahaṇam. kanyāyā dāśagṛhe sthitiḥ॥7॥nāvaṃ vāhayamānāyāṃ satyavatī-nāmnyāṃ dāśakanyāyāṃ parāśarād dvaipāyanasyotpattiḥ. tasya vyāsa-nāma-prāptiś ca॥8॥pāṭhāntare parāśara-satyavatī-vivāhādi॥9॥bhīṣmādīnāṃ saṃkṣepato janmavṛttānta-kathanam॥10॥

[उपरिचरराजोपाख्यानम् (uparicararājopākhyānam) - account of King Uparicara; इन्द्रध्वजोत्सववृत्तान्तः (indradhvajotsavavṛttāntaḥ) - narrative of Indra-banner festival; गिरिकाया उत्पत्तिः (girikāyā utpattiḥ) - origin of Girikā; उपरिचरस्य तया विवाहः (uparicarasya tayā vivāhaḥ) - marriage of Uparicara with her; मृगयार्थं गतेन उपरिचरेण स्वपत्नीस्मरणात् स्कन्नस्य श्येनद्वरा प्रेषितस्य रेतसः यमुनाजले पतनम् (mṛgayārthaṃ gatenoparicareṇa svapatnīsmaraṇāt skannasya śyenadvarā preṣitasya retasaḥ yamunā-jale patanam) - for hunting having gone by Uparicara from remembering his own wife of semen fallen, by a hawk carried, of that semen in the Yamunā water falling; ब्रह्मशापान् मत्स्यभावं प्राप्तया अद्रिकया तद् रेतः पानम् (brahmaśāpān matsyabhāvaṃ prāptayā adrikayā tad retaḥ pānam) - through Brahma's curse fish-form attained by Adrikā that semen drinking; तदुदरे मिथुनोत्पत्तिः (tad-udare mithunotpattiḥ) - in her womb a pair's birth; तत्र पुत्रस्य उपरिचरवसुना ग्रहणम् (tatra putrasya uparicaravasunā grahaṇam) - there the son by Uparicara Vasu taken; कन्यायाः दाशगृहे स्थितिः (kanyāyāḥ dāśagṛhe sthitiḥ) - of the girl, in the fisherman's house, dwelling; नावं वाहयमानायां सत्यवती नाम्न्यां दाशकन्यायां पराशरात् द्वैपायनस्य उत्पत्तिः (nāvaṃ vāhayamānāyāṃ satyavatī-nāmnyāṃ dāśakanyāyāṃ parāśarāt dvaipāyanasya utpattiḥ) - as the boat was being rowed, from Parāśara, from Satyavatī by name, fisherman's daughter, birth of Dvaipāyana; तस्य व्यासनामप्राप्तिः च (tasya vyāsa-nāma-prāptiḥ ca) - to him the name Vyāsa obtaining and; पाठान्तरे पराशरसत्यवतीविवाहादि (pāṭhāntare parāśara-satyavatī-vivāhādi) - in other recensions Parāśara-Satyavatī marriage-etc; भीष्मादीनां संक्षेपतो जन्मवृत्तान्तकथनम् (bhīṣmādīnāṃ saṃkṣepato janmavṛttāntakathanam) - of Bhīṣma and others in brief relation of birth-story;]

(64. Account of King Uparicara. 1. Narrative of Indra-banner festival. 2. Origin of Girikā. Marriage of Uparicara with her. 3. For hunting having gone by Uparicara, from remembrance of his wife, of semen fallen, by a hawk carried, of that semen's falling in the Yamunā water. 4. Through Brahma's curse, fish-form attained by Adrikā, that semen drinking. 5. In her womb, a pair born. 6. There, the son taken by Uparicara Vasu. The girl's dwelling in the fisherman's house. 7. As the boat was being rowed, from Parāśara, from Satyavatī by name, fisherman's daughter, birth of Dvaipāyana. To him, the name Vyāsa also obtained. 8. In other recensions, Parāśara-Satyavatī marriage, etc. 9. Of Bhīṣma and others, in brief, relation of birth-story. 10.)

64. The story of King Uparicara: (1) narration of the festival of the Indra-banner; (2) Girikā's origin and her marriage with Uparicara; (3) while Uparicara went hunting, from remembering his wife his semen fell, which was carried by a hawk and dropped into the Yamunā; (4) due to Brahma's curse, Adrikā in fish form drank that semen; (5) thus twins were conceived in her womb; (6) the son was taken by Uparicara Vasu, and the daughter stayed in the fisherman's house; (7) as the boat was rowed by Satyavatī, the fisherman's daughter, Dvaipāyana was born from Parāśara, and he became known as Vyāsa; (8) in other recensions, further details about the marriage of Parāśara and Satyavatī; (9) and a brief account of the birth stories of Bhīṣma and others; (10).

६५. विस्तरश्रवणेच्छया जनमेजयस्य प्रश्नः॥१॥परशुरामेण लोके निःक्षत्रिये कृते ब्राह्मणेभ्यः क्षत्रस्य पुनरुत्पत्तिः॥२॥तत्कालस्य धर्मभूयिष्ठत्वम्॥३॥देवैर्निर्जितानां दानवानां भूमावुत्पत्तिः॥४॥तद्भूरिभारार्तया पृथ्व्या प्रार्थितस्य ब्रह्मणो देवान्प्रत्यंशावतरणाज्ञापनम्॥५॥अवतारार्थं इन्द्रेण नारायणप्रार्थना॥६॥

65. vistaraśravaṇecchayā janamejayasya praśnaḥ॥1॥paraśurāmeṇa loke niḥkṣatriye kṛte brāhmaṇebhyaḥ kṣatrasya punarutpattiḥ॥2॥tatkālasya dharmabhūyiṣṭhatvam॥3॥devairnirjitānāṃ dānavānāṃ bhūmāvutpattiḥ॥4॥tadbhūribharārṭayā pṛthvyā prārthitasya brahmaṇo devānpratyaṃśāvataraṇājñāpanam॥5॥avatārārthaṃ indreṇa nārāyaṇapraarthanā॥6॥

[विस्तरश्रवणेच्छया (विस्तर-श्रवण-इच्छया) (vistara-śravaṇa-icchayā) - by the desire to hear in detail; जनमेजयस्य (janamejayasya) - of Janamejaya; प्रश्नः (praśnaḥ) - question; परशुरामेण (paraśurāmeṇa) - by Parashurama; लोके (loke) - in the world; निःक्षत्रिये (niḥkṣatriye) - (being) without kṣatriyas; कृते (kṛte) - having been made; ब्राह्मणेभ्यः (brāhmaṇebhyaḥ) - from the Brahmins; क्षत्रस्य (kṣatrasya) - of the kṣatriya class; पुनरुत्पत्तिः (punarutpattiḥ) - renewed birth; तत्कालस्य (tatkālasya) - of that time; धर्मभूयिष्ठत्वम् (dharmabhūyiṣṭhatvam) - predominance of dharma; देवैः (devaiḥ) - by the gods; निर्जितानाम् (nirjitānām) - having been subdued; दानवानाम् (dānavānām) - of the Dānavas; भूमौ (bhūmau) - on the earth; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - origin; तद्भूरिभारार्तया (tadbhūribharārṭayā) - by that earth afflicted with great burden; पृथ्व्या (pṛthvyā) - by the earth; प्रार्थितस्य (prārthitasya) - of (him) who was requested; ब्रह्मणः (brahmaṇaḥ) - of Brahma; देवान् (devān) - (to) the gods; प्रत्यंशावतरणाज्ञापनम् (pratyaṃśāvataraṇājñāpanam) - order (for) descent of (their) respective portions; अवतारार्थम् (avatārārtham) - for the purpose of descent (incarnation); इन्द्रेण (indreṇa) - by Indra; नारायणप्रार्थना (nārāyaṇapraarthanā) - prayer to Nārāyaṇa;]

(By the desire to hear in detail, the question of Janamejaya. By Parashurama, when the world was made devoid of kṣatriyas, the renewed birth of kṣatriyas from Brahmins. The predominance of dharma at that time. The origin of Dānavas who had been subdued by the gods, on the earth. The order by Brahma, who was requested by earth afflicted with great burden, to the gods for descent of their respective portions. For incarnation, the prayer to Nārāyaṇa by Indra.)

Owing to Janamejaya's wish to hear the detailed account, questions arise: Parashurama's making the earth devoid of kṣatriyas and the restoration of the kṣatriya class from the Brahmins; the era's predominance of dharma; the origin of Dānavas conquered by the gods, appearing on earth; Brahma, petitioned by the earth burdened with weight, instructs the gods to incarnate parts of themselves; and, for the sake of incarnation, Indra's prayer to Nārāyaṇa. (65-1-6)

६६. अदित्यादिदक्षकन्यावंशकथनम्॥१॥

66. adityādi-dakṣa-kanyā-vaṁśa-kathanam॥1॥

[अदित्यादि (adityādi) - beginning with Aditi; etc.; दक्ष (dakṣa) - Dakṣa; कन्या (kanyā) - daughter; वंश (vaṁśa) - lineage; कथनम् (kathanam) - narration;]

(66. Narration of the lineage of Dakṣa’s daughters beginning with Aditi. 1.)

66. The narration of the lineage of Dakṣa’s daughters, starting from Aditi. (1)

६७. ऋष्यादिवंशकथनम्॥१॥

67. ṛṣyādivaṃśakathanam॥1॥

[ऋष्यादि (ṛṣyādi) - sage and others; (ṛṣi - sage; ādi - and others;) वंश (vaṃśa) - lineage; कथनम् (kathanam) - narration;]

(Sage and others lineage narration.)

Narration of the lineage beginning with the sages. (67-1)

६८. जरासन्धादीनां संभवः॥१॥द्रोणादीनां संभवः॥२॥धृतराष्ट्रादीनां संभवः॥३॥दुर्योधनादीनां संभवः॥४॥युधिष्ठिरादीनां संभवः॥५॥धृष्टद्युम्नादीनां संभवः॥६॥पृथाचरित्रं। कर्णोत्पत्तिश्च॥७॥बलरामादीनां संभवः॥८॥द्रौपदीसंभवः॥९॥कुन्तीमाद्र्योः संभवः॥१०॥

68. jarāsandhādīnāṁ saṁbhavaḥ॥1॥droṇādīnāṁ saṁbhavaḥ॥2॥dhṛtarāṣṭrādīnāṁ saṁbhavaḥ॥3॥duryodhanādīnāṁ saṁbhavaḥ॥4॥yudhiṣṭhirādīnāṁ saṁbhavaḥ॥5॥dhṛṣṭadyumnādīnāṁ saṁbhavaḥ॥6॥pṛthācaritraṁ. karṇotpattiśca॥7॥balarāmādīnāṁ saṁbhavaḥ॥8॥draupadīsaṁbhavaḥ॥9॥kuntīmādryoḥ saṁbhavaḥ॥10॥

[जरासन्धादीनां (jarāsandhādīnāṁ) - of Jarasandha and others; संभवः (saṁbhavaḥ) - origin; द्रोणादीनां (droṇādīnāṁ) - of Droṇa and others; संभवः (saṁbhavaḥ) - origin; धृतराष्ट्रादीनां (dhṛtarāṣṭrādīnāṁ) - of Dhṛtarāṣṭra and others; संभवः (saṁbhavaḥ) - origin; दुर्योधनादीनां (duryodhanādīnāṁ) - of Duryodhana and others; संभवः (saṁbhavaḥ) - origin; युधिष्ठिरादीनां (yudhiṣṭhirādīnāṁ) - of Yudhiṣṭhira and others; संभवः (saṁbhavaḥ) - origin; धृष्टद्युम्नादीनां (dhṛṣṭadyumnādīnāṁ) - of Dhṛṣṭadyumna and others; संभवः (saṁbhavaḥ) - origin; पृथाचरित्रं (pṛthācaritraṁ) - character of Pṛthā; कर्णोत्पत्तिः (karṇotpattiḥ) - origin of Karṇa; च (ca) - and; बलरामादीनां (balarāmādīnāṁ) - of Balarāma and others; संभवः (saṁbhavaḥ) - origin; द्रौपदीसंभवः (draupadīsaṁbhavaḥ) - origin of Draupadī; कुन्तीमाद्र्योः (kuntīmādryoḥ) - of Kuntī and Mādrī; संभवः (saṁbhavaḥ) - origin;]

(68. Of Jarasandha and others origin. Of Drona and others origin. Of Dhritarashtra and others origin. Of Duryodhana and others origin. Of Yudhishthira and others origin. Of Dhrishtadyumna and others origin. Character of Pritha. And origin of Karna. Of Balarama and others origin. Origin of Draupadi. Of Kunti and Madri origin.)

68. The origin of Jarasandha and others; the origin of Drona and others; the origin of Dhritarashtra and others; the origin of Duryodhana and others; the origin of Yudhishthira and others; the origin of Dhrishtadyumna and others; the story of Pritha; and the origin of Karna; the origin of Balarama and others; the origin of Draupadi; the origin of Kunti and Madri. (68)

६९. कुरुवंशकथनम्॥१॥संक्षेपेण ययात्युपाख्यानम्॥२॥

69. kuruvaṃśakathanam॥1॥ saṃkṣepeṇa yayātyupākhyānam॥2॥

[कुरुवंशकथनम् (kuruvaṃśa-kathanam) - narration of the Kuru lineage; संक्षेपेण (saṃkṣepeṇa) - in brief; ययात्युपाख्यानम् (yayāti-upākhyānam) - story of Yayāti;]

(Narration of the Kuru lineage. In brief, the story of Yayāti.)

(69) The narration of the Kuru lineage. (1) The story of Yayāti in brief. (2)

७०. ययात्युपाख्यानारम्भः॥१॥सञ्जीवनीविद्यालाभार्थं देवैः शुक्रसमीपे कचस्य प्रेषणम्॥२॥कचस्य शिष्यत्वेनाङ्गीकारः॥३॥दैत्यैर्हतस्य कचस्योज्जीवनम्॥४॥दैत्यैर्भस्मीकृत्य तन्मिश्रितसुराद्वारा स्वकुक्षिं प्रापितस्य कचस्य शुक्रेण विद्यादानपूर्वकमुज्जीवनम्॥५॥शुक्रेण सुरापाननिषेधः॥६॥

70. yayātyupākhyānarambhaḥ॥1॥sañjīvinīvidyā-lābhārthaṃ devaiḥ śukrasamīpe kachasya preṣaṇam॥2॥kachasya śiṣyatvena aṅgīkāraḥ॥3॥daityaiḥ hatasya kachasya ujjīvanam॥4॥daityaiḥ bhasmīkṛtya tanmiśrita-surā-dvārā svakukṣiṃ prāpitasya kachasya śukreṇa vidyādānapūrvakam ujjīvanam॥5॥śukreṇa surāpāna-niṣedhaḥ॥6॥

[ययात्युपाख्यानारम्भः (yayāty-upākhyāna-ārambhaḥ) - beginning; of the story of Yayāti; सञ्जीवनीविद्यालाभार्थं (sañjīvinī-vidyā-lābhārtham) - for the obtaining of the life-restoring knowledge; देवैः (devaiḥ) - by the gods; शुक्रसमीपे (śukra-samīpe) - at Śukra’s place; कचस्य (kachasya) - of Kacha; प्रेषणम् (preṣaṇam) - sending; कचस्य (kachasya) - of Kacha; शिष्यत्वेन (śiṣyatvena) - in the role of pupil; अङ्गीकारः (aṅgīkāraḥ) - acceptance; दैत्यैः (daityaiḥ) - by the demons; हतस्य (hatasya) - of the slain; कचस्य (kachasya) - of Kacha; उज्जीवनम् (ujjīvanam) - revival; दैत्यैः (daityaiḥ) - by the demons; भस्मीकृत्य (bhasmīkṛtya) - having made into ashes; तन्मिश्रितसुराद्वारा (tanmiśrita-surā-dvārā) - through liquor mixed with that (ash); स्वकुक्षिं (sva-kukṣim) - one’s own belly; प्रापितस्य (prāpitasya) - of (his) being brought into; कचस्य (kachasya) - of Kacha; शुक्रेण (śukreṇa) - by Śukra; विद्यादानपूर्वकम् (vidyā-dāna-pūrvakam) - preceded by granting of knowledge; उज्जीवनम् (ujjīvanam) - revival; शुक्रेण (śukreṇa) - by Śukra; सुरापाननिषेधः (surā-pāna-niṣedhaḥ) - prohibition of liquor drinking;]

(Beginning of the story of Yayāti. For the obtaining of the life-restoring knowledge, sending of Kacha by the gods to Śukra's place. Acceptance of Kacha in the role of pupil. Revival of the slain Kacha by the demons. Having made into ashes by the demons, through liquor mixed with that (ash), of Kacha brought into one’s own belly; by Śukra, after granting knowledge, revival (of Kacha). By Śukra, prohibition of liquor drinking.)

(70) Beginning of the story of Yayāti. In order to obtain the Sañjīvinī knowledge, the gods send Kacha to Śukra. Kacha is accepted as a pupil. After being slain by the demons, Kacha is revived. The demons turn Kacha into ashes, mix them with liquor, and have Śukra ingest it; Śukra revives Kacha after imparting knowledge. Śukra prohibits the drinking of liquor. (1–6)

७१. स्वपाणिग्रहणार्थं प्रार्थितवत्या देवयान्या कचस्य विवादः॥१॥कचदेवयान्योः परस्परशापदानम्॥२॥

71. svapāṇigrahaṇārthaṃ prārthitavatyā devayānyā kachasya vivādaḥ॥1॥kacadevahānyoḥ parasparaśāpadānam॥2॥

[स्वपाणिग्रहणार्थं (svapāṇigrahaṇārtham) - for the purpose of own-hand-taking (marriage); प्रार्थितवत्या (prārthitavatyā) - by one who has requested; देवयान्या (devayānyā) - by Devayānī; कचस्य (kachasya) - of Kacha; विवादः (vivādaḥ) - dispute; कचदेवयान्योः (kacadevahānyoḥ) - of Kacha and Devayānī; परस्परशापदानम् (parasparaśāpadānam) - mutual curse-bestowing;]

(For the purpose of own-hand-taking (marriage), by pleading Devayānī, a dispute of Kacha. Of Kacha and Devayānī, mutual curse-bestowal.)

A dispute arose between Kacha and Devayānī, since Devayānī pleaded for self-marriage with him. Kacha and Devayānī mutually cursed each other.

७२. स्वर्गंप्रत्यागतात्कचात्संजीविन्यध्ययनेन देवानां कृतार्थता॥१॥शुक्रवृषपर्वणोर्विरोधोत्पादनार्थमिन्द्रकृतं कन्यानां वस्त्रमिश्रणम्॥२॥वस्त्रमिश्रणेन शर्मिष्ठादेवयान्योर्विरोधः॥३॥शर्मिष्ठया कूपे प्रक्षिप्ताया देवयान्या ययातिना कूपादुद्धरणम्॥४॥शुक्रस्य कूपसमीपागमनं देवयानीसान्त्वनं च॥५॥

72. svargaṃpratyāgatātkacātsañjīvinyadhyayanena devānāṃ kṛtārthatā॥1॥śukravṛṣaparvaṇorvirodhotpādanārthamindrakṛtaṃ kanyānāṃ vastramiśraṇam।2।vastramiśraṇena śarmiṣṭhādevayānyorvirodhaḥ।3।śarmiṣṭhayā kūpe prakṣiptāyā devayānyā yayātinā kūpāduddharaṇam।4।śukrasya kūpasamīpāgamanaṃ devayānīsāntvanaṃ ca।5।

[स्वर्गं (svargaṃ) - heaven; प्रत्यागतात् (pratyāgatāt) - from (the one) returned; कचात् (kacāt) - from Kaca; संजीविन्यध्-ययनेन (sañjīvinyadhyayanena) - by study of (the) resurrecting (art); देवानाम् (devānām) - of the gods; कृतार्थता (kṛtārthatā) - accomplishment; शुक्र-वृषपर्वणोः (śukra-vṛṣaparvaṇoḥ) - of Śukra and Vṛṣaparvan; विरोध-उत्पादन-अर्थम् (virodha-utpādana-artham) - for the purpose of creating enmity; इन्द्र-कृतम् (indra-kṛtam) - done by Indra; कन्यानाम् (kanyānām) - of the maidens; वस्त्र-मिश्रणम् (vastra-miśraṇam) - mixing of garments; वस्त्र-मिश्रणेन (vastra-miśraṇena) - by the mixing of garments; शर्मिष्ठा-देवयान्योः (śarmiṣṭhā-devayānyoḥ) - of Śarmiṣṭhā and Devayānī; विरोधः (virodhaḥ) - enmity; शर्मिष्ठया (śarmiṣṭhayā) - by Śarmiṣṭhā; कूपे (kūpe) - into a well; प्रक्षिप्तायाः (prakṣiptāyāḥ) - having been thrown; देवयान्याः (devayānyāḥ) - of Devayānī; ययातिना (yayātinā) - by Yayāti; कूपात् (kūpāt) - from the well; उद्धरणम् (uddharaṇam) - lifting out; शुक्रस्य (śukrasya) - of Śukra; कूप-समीप-आगमनम् (kūpa-samīpa-āgamanam) - coming to the vicinity of the well; देवयानी-सान्त्वनं (devayānī-sāntvanaṃ) - consoling Devayānī; च (ca) - and;]

(From Kaca, who had returned from heaven, by the study of the resurrecting (art), there was accomplishment for the gods. For the purpose of causing enmity between Śukra and Vṛṣaparvan, the mixing of the maidens' garments was done by Indra. By the mixing of clothes, there was enmity between Śarmiṣṭhā and Devayānī. Devayānī, having been thrown into a well by Śarmiṣṭhā, was lifted out from the well by Yayāti. Śukra came to the vicinity of the well and consoled Devayānī.)

(72) By Kaca's return from heaven and his learning of the resurrecting art, the gods achieved their purpose. To create a conflict between Śukra and Vṛṣaparvan, Indra mixed up the maidens' garments. This caused enmity between Śarmiṣṭhā and Devayānī. After Śarmiṣṭhā threw Devayānī into a well, Yayāti rescued her. Then Śukra approached the well and consoled Devayānī. (1–5)

७३. शुक्रदेवयानीसंवादः॥१॥

73. śukradevayānīsaṃvādaḥ॥1॥

[७३. (73.) - 73; शुक्र (śukra) - Śukra (the sage Śukra); देवयानी (devayānī) - Devayānī (the name of a woman); संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue;]

(73. Śukra Devayānī dialogue; 1;)

73. Dialogue between Śukra and Devayānī. (1)

७४. शुक्रवृषपर्वणोः संवादः॥१॥शुक्रकोपशान्तये वृषपर्वनियोगात् शर्मिष्ठया देवयानीदास्याङ्गीकारः॥२॥प्रसन्नया देवयान्या सह शुक्रस्य पुरप्रवेशनम्॥३॥

74. śukra-vṛṣaparvaṇoḥ saṁvādaḥ॥1॥ śukra-kopa-śāntaye vṛṣaparvan-niyogāt śarmiṣṭhayā devayānī-dāsyāṅgīkāraḥ॥2॥ prasannayā devayānyā saha śukrasya pura-praveśanam॥3॥

[शुक्रवृषपर्वणोः (śukra-vṛṣaparvaṇoḥ) - of Śukra and Vṛṣaparvan;* संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - dialogue;* शुक्रकोपशान्तये (śukra-kopa-śāntaye) - for the appeasement of Śukra's anger;* वृषपर्वनियोगात् (vṛṣaparvan-niyogāt) - by the order of Vṛṣaparvan;* शर्मिष्ठया (śarmiṣṭhayā) - by Śarmiṣṭhā;* देवयानीदास्याङ्गीकारः (devayānī-dāsyāṅgīkāraḥ) - acceptance of servitude to Devayānī;* प्रसन्नया (prasannayā) - by the pleased (one);* देवयान्या (devayānyā) - by Devayānī;* सह (saha) - with;* शुक्रस्य (śukrasya) - of Śukra;* पुरप्रवेशनम् (pura-praveśanam) - entering the city;*;]

(74. Of Śukra and Vṛṣaparvan, dialogue. For the appeasement of Śukra's anger, by the order of Vṛṣaparvan, by Śarmiṣṭhā, acceptance of servitude to Devayānī. By the pleased Devayānī, with Śukra, entering the city.)

74. Dialogue between Śukra and Vṛṣaparvan. To appease Śukra's anger, Śarmiṣṭhā, on Vṛṣaparvan's order, accepts servitude to Devayānī. After Devayānī is pleased, Śukra enters the city with her. (1-3)

७५. मृगयार्थं गतस्य ययातेः पुनर्देवयानीसमागमः॥१॥शुक्राज्ञया तयोर्विवाहः॥२॥देवयानीशर्मिष्ठायां सह ययातेः स्वपुरप्रवेशः॥३॥

75. mṛgayārthaṃ gatasya yayāteḥ punardevayānīsamāgamaḥ॥1॥śukrājñayā tayorvivāhaḥ॥2॥devayānīśarmiṣṭhāyāṃ saha yayāteḥ svapurapraveśaḥ॥3॥

[मृगयार्थं (mṛgayārtham) - for the sake of hunting; गतस्य (gatasya) - of the one who went; ययातेः (yayāteḥ) - of Yayāti; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; देवयानीसमागमः (devayānī-samāgamaḥ) - meeting with Devayānī; शुक्राज्ञया (śukrājñayā) - by Śukra's command; तयोः (tayoḥ) - of those two; विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage; देवयानीशर्मिष्ठायां (devayānī-śarmiṣṭhāyām) - in Devayānī and Śarmiṣṭhā; सह (saha) - together with; ययातेः (yayāteḥ) - of Yayāti; स्वपुरप्रवेशः (svapura-praveśaḥ) - entry into own city;]

(75. For the sake of hunting, of Yayāti who went, again meeting with Devayānī. By Śukra's command, marriage of those two. In Devayānī and Śarmiṣṭhā, together with Yayāti, entry into own city.)

75. Yayāti, who had gone for hunting, again met Devayānī. By Śukra's command, those two were married. With Devayānī and Śarmiṣṭhā, Yayāti entered his own city.

७६. देवयान्याः पुत्रोत्पत्तिः॥१॥अशोकवनिकायां शर्मिष्ठाया ययातिसमागमात्पुत्रोत्पत्तिः॥२॥

76. devayānyāḥ putrotpattiḥ॥1॥aśokavanikāyāṃ śarmiṣṭhāyā yayātisamāgamāt putrotpattiḥ॥2॥

[देवयान्याः (devayānyāḥ) - of Devayānī; पुत्रोत्पत्तिः (putrotpattiḥ) - son's birth; अशोकवनिकायां (aśokavanikāyām) - in the grove of ashoka trees; शर्मिष्ठाया (śarmiṣṭhāyā) - of Śarmiṣṭhā; ययातिसमागमात् (yayātisamāgamāt) - from union with Yayāti; पुत्रोत्पत्तिः (putrotpattiḥ) - son's birth;]

(Of Devayānī, son's birth. In the ashoka grove, of Śarmiṣṭhā, from union with Yayāti, son's birth.)

The birth of a son to Devayānī. In the ashoka grove, the birth of a son to Śarmiṣṭhā from union with Yayāti.

७७. शर्मिष्ठापुत्रदर्शनेन देवयान्याः शर्मिष्ठया सह संवादः॥१॥देवयानीशर्मिष्ठयोः पुत्रान्तरोत्पत्तिः॥२॥शर्मिष्ठापुत्रान्ययातिजाञ्ज्ञात्वा कुपितायाः देवयान्याः शुक्रसमीपे गमनम्॥३॥ययातेः शुक्रशापाज्जराप्राप्तिः॥४॥तस्या अन्यस्मिन्संक्रमणरूपवरप्राप्तिः॥५॥

77. śarmiṣṭhā-putra-darśanena devayānyāḥ śarmiṣṭhayā saha saṃvādaḥ॥1॥ devayānī-śarmiṣṭhayoḥ putra-antara-utpattiḥ॥2॥ śarmiṣṭhā-putrān yayāti-jān jñātvā kupitāyāḥ devayānyāḥ śukra-samīpe gamanam॥3॥ yayāteḥ śukra-śāpāt jarā-prāptiḥ॥4॥ tasyāḥ anyasmin saṃkramaṇa-rūpa-vara-prāptiḥ॥5॥

[शर्मिष्ठा (śarmiṣṭhā) - Śarmiṣṭhā; (proper noun); पुत्र (putra) - son; दर्शनेन (darśanena) - by the sight; देवयान्याः (devayānyāḥ) - of Devayānī; (proper noun, genitive singular); शर्मिष्ठया (śarmiṣṭhayā) - with Śarmiṣṭhā; (instrumental singular); सह (saha) - together with; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue; देवयानि (devayānī) - Devayānī; (proper noun); शर्मिष्ठयोः (śarmiṣṭhayoḥ) - of Devayānī and Śarmiṣṭhā; (genitive dual); पुत्र (putra) - son; अन्तर (antara) - mutual; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; शर्मिष्ठा (śarmiṣṭhā) - Śarmiṣṭhā; पुत्रान् (putrān) - sons (accusative plural); ययाति (yayāti) - Yayāti; (proper noun); जान् (jān) - who were born; ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - having known; कुपितायाः (kupitāyāḥ) - of the angered; देवयान्याः (devayānyāḥ) - of Devayānī; शुक्र (śukra) - Śukra; (proper noun); समीपे (samīpe) - near; गमनम् (gamanam) - going; ययातेः (yayāteḥ) - of Yayāti; शुक्र (śukra) - Śukra; शापात् (śāpāt) - by the curse; जरा (jarā) - old age; प्राप्तिः (prāptiḥ) - obtaining; तस्या (tasyāḥ) - of her; अन्यस्मिन् (anyasmin) - in another; संक्रमण (saṃkramaṇa) - transfer; रूप (rūpa) - form; वर (vara) - boon; प्राप्तिः (prāptiḥ) - obtaining;]

(By the sight of Śarmiṣṭhā's son, Devayānī's dialogue together with Śarmiṣṭhā. The mutual birth of sons of Devayānī and Śarmiṣṭhā. Śarmiṣṭhā's sons, knowing them as Yayāti's, the angered Devayānī's going near Śukra. Of Yayāti, by Śukra's curse, obtaining old age. Of her, attainment of a boon in the form of transfer to another.)

1. Upon seeing Śarmiṣṭhā's son, Devayānī converses with Śarmiṣṭhā. 2. The birth of sons arising between Devayānī and Śarmiṣṭhā. 3. Upon learning that Śarmiṣṭhā's sons were Yayāti's, the angered Devayānī goes to Śukra. 4. Yayāti is afflicted with old age by Śukra's curse. 5. She obtains a boon in the form of transferring that (old age) to another.

७८. स्वजरामनङ्गीकुर्वतां यदुप्रभृतीनां ययातिना शापः॥१॥तामङ्गीकुर्वतः पूरोर्वरदानम्॥२॥

78. svajarāman-aṅgīkurvatāṃ yadu-prabhṛtīnāṃ yayātinā śāpaḥ॥1॥tām-aṅgīkurvataḥ pūror-varadānam॥2॥

[स्व (sva) - own; जराम् (jarām) - old age; अनङ्गीकुर्वताम् (anaṅgīkurvatām) - of those who do not accept; यदुप्रभृतीनाम् (yadu-prabhṛtīnām) - of Yadu and others; ययातिना (yayātinā) - by Yayāti; शापः (śāpaḥ) - curse; ताम् (tām) - that (old age); अङ्गीकुर्वतः (aṅgīkurvataḥ) - of him who accepts; पूरोः (pūroḥ) - of Puru; वरदानम् (varadānam) - boon;]

(A curse by Yayāti upon Yadu and others who do not accept their own old age. For him who accepts that (old age)—a boon from Puru.)

Yayāti pronounced a curse upon Yadu and others who refused to accept their father's old age. For Puru, who accepted it, he granted a boon. (78.1-2)

७९. विषयानुभवेन ययातेर्वैराग्यप्राप्तिः॥१॥पूरोः ययातिना यौवनप्रत्यर्पणम्॥२॥तस्य राज्याभिषेकः॥३॥ययातेर्वनं प्रति गमनम्॥४॥यदुप्रभृतीनां वंशकथनम्॥५॥

79. viṣayānubhavena yayāter vairāgyaprāptiḥ॥1॥ pūroḥ yayātinā yauvanapratyarpaṇam॥2॥ tasya rājyābhiṣekaḥ॥3॥ yayāter vanaṃ prati gamanam॥4॥ yaduprabhṛtīnāṃ vaṃśakathanam॥5॥

[विषय-अनुभवेन (viṣaya-anubhavena) (viṣaya-anubhavena) - by the experience of sensual objects; ययातेः (yayāteḥ) (yayāteḥ) - of Yayāti; वैराग्य-प्राप्तिः (vairāgya-prāptiḥ) (vairāgya-prāptiḥ) - attainment of dispassion; पूरोः (pūroḥ) (pūroḥ) - of Puru; ययातिना (yayātinā) (yayātinā) - by Yayāti; यौवन-प्रत्यर्पणम् (yauvana-pratyarpaṇam) (yauvana-pratyarpaṇam) - restoration of youth; तस्य (tasya) (tasya) - his; राज्य-अभिषेकः (rājya-abhiṣekaḥ) (rājya-abhiṣekaḥ) - royal consecration; ययातेः (yayāteḥ) (yayāteḥ) - of Yayāti; वनं (vanaṃ) (vanaṃ) - to the forest; प्रति (prati) (prati) - towards; गमनम् (gamanam) (gamanam) - going; यदु-प्रभृतीनां (yadu-prabhṛtīnāṃ) (yadu-prabhṛtīnāṃ) - of Yadu and others; वंश-कथनम् (vaṃśa-kathanam) (vaṃśa-kathanam) - narration of lineage;]

(79. By the experience of sensual objects, Yayāti's attainment of dispassion. (1) Of Puru, restoration of youth by Yayāti. (2) His royal consecration. (3) Yayāti's going towards the forest. (4) Of Yadu and others, narration of lineage. (5))

79. Yayāti attains dispassion through experiencing sensual objects. (1) Yayāti restores youth to Puru. (2) His royal consecration. (3) Yayāti's departure to the forest. (4) Narration of the lineage of Yadu and others. (5)

८०. ययातेः स्वर्गगमनम्॥१॥

80. yayāteḥ svargagamanam॥1॥

[ययातेः (yayāteḥ) - of Yayāti; स्वर्गगमनम् (svargagamanam) - going to heaven;]

(80. Of Yayāti; going to heaven; (1))

80. Yayāti's ascent to heaven. (1)

८१. इन्द्रययातिसंवादः॥१॥

81. indraya-yāti-saṃvādaḥ॥1॥

[इन्द्र (indra) - Indra; (proper noun, Vedic deity); ययाति (yayāti) - Yayāti; (proper noun, king Yayāti from legend); संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue; conversation;]

(81. Indra Yayāti dialogue 1.)

81. Dialogue between Indra and Yayāti. (1)

८२. स्वर्गतो ययातेः पतनं। अष्टकप्रश्नश्च॥१॥

82. svargato yayāteḥ patanaṃ. aṣṭakapraśnaśca॥1॥

[८२ (82) - 82; (verse or section number;) स्वर्गतः (svargataḥ) - from heaven; (ablative singular of svarga;) ययातेः (yayāteḥ) - of Yayāti; (genitive singular;) पतनं (patanaṃ) - fall; (nominal neuter singular;) अष्टकप्रश्नः (aṣṭakapraśnaḥ) - the question of Aṣṭaka; (nominal masculine singular;) च (ca) - and;]

(82. The fall of Yayāti from heaven. And the question of Aṣṭaka.)

82. The fall of Yayāti from heaven and the question of Aṣṭaka. (1)

८३. ययातेः स्वनामकथनपूर्वकं अष्टकेन सह संवादः॥१॥तत्र ययातिना स्वस्य स्वर्गादधःपतनकारणकथनम्॥२॥

83. yayāteḥ svanāmakathana-pūrvakaṁ aṣṭakena saha saṁvādaḥ॥1॥tatra yayātinā svasya svargādadhaḥ-patana-kāraṇa-kathanam॥2॥

[ययातेः (yayāteḥ) - of Yayāti; स्वनामकथनपूर्वकं (svanāma-kathana-pūrvakam) - with his own name being stated beforehand; अष्टकेन (aṣṭakena) - with Ashtaka; सह (saha) - together with; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - dialogue; तत्र (tatra) - there; ययातिना (yayātinā) - by Yayāti; स्वस्य (svasya) - of himself; स्वर्गात् (svargāt) - from heaven; अधःपतन (adhaḥ-patana) - falling down; कारण (kāraṇa) - cause; कथनम् (kathanam) - statement;]

(83. Of Yayāti, with his own name being stated beforehand, dialogue with Ashtaka. 1. There, by Yayāti of himself from heaven falling down cause statement. 2.)

83. Dialogue between Yayāti, who first announces his own name, and Ashtaka. (1) There, Yayāti explains the reason for his own fall from heaven. (2)

८४. मृतस्य स्वर्गादिभोगानन्तरं पुनर्जननप्रकारकथनम्॥१॥

84. mṛtasya svargādibhogānantaraṃ punarjananaprakārakathanam॥1॥

[मृतस्य (mṛtasya) - of the dead; स्वर्गादि (svargādi) - svarga (heaven) and others; भोग (bhoga) - enjoyments; अनन्तरं (anantaraṃ) - after; पुनर्जनन (punarjanana) - rebirth; प्रकार (prakāra) - manner; कथनम् (kathanam) - explanation;]

(84. Of the dead, after the enjoyments of svarga and others, the explanation of the manner of rebirth. (1))

84. After the dead have experienced the enjoyments of heaven and similar realms, an explanation of the manner of rebirth. (1)

८५. ब्रह्मचर्याद्याश्रमविषयकाष्टकययातिप्रश्नप्रतिवचनम्॥१॥

85. brahmacaryādyāśrama-viṣayakāṣṭaka-yayāti-praśna-prativacanam॥1॥

[ब्रह्मचर्यादि (brahmacaryādi) - beginning with celibacy; आश्रम (āśrama) - āśrama; stage of life; विषयक (viṣayaka) - concerning; relating to; अष्टक (aṣṭaka) - group of eight; ययाति (yayāti) - Yayāti (proper noun); प्रश्न (praśna) - question; प्रतिवचनम् (prativacanam) - reply; answer;]

(85. Reply to Yayāti’s question concerning the group of eight matters relating to the āśramas beginning with celibacy. (1))

85. The reply to Yayāti’s question about the eightfold subjects concerning the āśramas beginning with brahmacarya. (1)

८६. स्वर्गाच्च्युतस्य ययातेरष्टकादियज्ञभूमिं प्रत्यागमननिमित्तकथनम्॥१॥अष्टकप्रतर्दनयोर्ययातिना संवादः॥२॥

86. svargāccyutasya yayāteraṣṭakādiyajñabhūmiṃ pratyāgamananimittakathanam॥1॥aṣṭakapratardanayoryayātinā saṃvādaḥ॥2॥

[स्वर्गात् (svargāt) - from Heaven; च्युतस्य (cyutasya) - of the one fallen; ययातेः (yayāteḥ) - of Yayāti; अष्टकादियज्ञभूमिं (aṣṭakādi-yajña-bhūmiṃ) - region of the Aṣṭaka and other sacrifices; प्रत्यागमननिमित्तकथनम् (pratyāgamana-nimitta-kathanam) - statement of the reason for return; अष्टकप्रतर्दनयोः (aṣṭaka-pratardanayoḥ) - of Aṣṭaka and Pratardana; ययातिना (yayātinā) - by Yayāti; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue;]

(From Heaven, of the one fallen, of Yayāti, the region of the Aṣṭaka and other sacrifices, statement of the reason for return. Of Aṣṭaka and Pratardana, by Yayāti, dialogue.)

86. The story of the reason for the return of Yayāti, who fell from Heaven, to the place of the Aṣṭaka and other sacrifices. (1) The dialogue between Yayāti and Aṣṭaka and Pratardana. (2)

८७. वसुमतः शिबेश्च ययातिना संवादः॥१॥पुनरष्टकययातिसंवादः॥२॥तत्रागतया माधव्या स्वपुत्रान्प्रति यया तेर्मातामहत्वकथनम्॥३॥तद्वचनेन ययातेरष्टकादिदत्तपुण्यस्वीकारपूर्वकमष्टकादिभिः सह स्वर्गगमनम्॥४॥ययातिना मार्गे अष्टकादीन्प्रति विस्तरेण स्ववृत्तान्तकथनम्॥५॥ययात्युपाख्यानश्रवणादिफलकथनम्॥६॥

87. vasumataḥ śibeś ca yayātinā saṁvādaḥ॥1॥punaraṣṭakayayātisaṁvādaḥ॥2॥tatrāgatayā mādhavyā svaputrān prati yayātermātāmahatvakathanam॥3॥tadvacanena yayāter aṣṭakādi-dattapuṇya-svīkārapūrvakam aṣṭakādibhiḥ saha svargagamanam॥4॥yayātinā mārge aṣṭakādīn prati vistareṇa svavṛttāntakathanam॥5॥yayātyupākhyānaśravaṇādi-phalakathanam॥6॥

[८७ (87) - 87; वसुमतः (vasumataḥ) - of Vasumat; शिबेः (śibeḥ) - of Śibi; च (ca) - and; ययातिना (yayātinā) - by Yayāti; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - dialogue; ॥ (॥) - ; १ (1) - 1; पुनरष्टकययातिसंवादः (punaraṣṭakayayātisaṁvādaḥ) - again Aṣṭaka-Yayāti-dialogue; ॥ (॥) - ; २ (2) - 2; तत्रागतया (tatrāgatayā) - having come there; माधव्या (mādhavyā) - by Mādhavī; स्वपुत्रान् (svaputrān) - her own sons; प्रति (prati) - towards; ययातेर् (yayāter) - of Yayāti; मातामहत्वकथनम् (mātāmahatvakathanam) - statement about the status of maternal grandfather; ॥ (॥) - ; ३ (3) - 3; तद्वचनेन (tadvacanena) - by that statement; ययातेः (yayāteḥ) - of Yayāti; अष्टकादिदत्तपुण्यस्वीकारपूर्वकम् (aṣṭakādi-dattapuṇya-svīkārapūrvakam) - preceded by acceptance of merit given by Aṣṭaka and others; अष्टकादिभिः (aṣṭakādibhiḥ) - with Aṣṭaka and others; सह (saha) - together with; स्वर्गगमनम् (svargagamanam) - ascent to heaven; ॥ (॥) - ; ४ (4) - 4; ययातिना (yayātinā) - by Yayāti; मार्गे (mārge) - on the way; अष्टकादीन् (aṣṭakādīn) - Aṣṭaka and others; प्रति (prati) - to; विस्तरेण (vistareṇa) - in detail; स्ववृत्तान्तकथनम् (svavṛttāntakathanam) - narration of his own history; ॥ (॥) - ; ५ (5) - 5; ययात्युपाख्यानश्रवणादिफलकथनम् (yayātyupākhyānaśravaṇādi-phalakathanam) - enunciation of the result etc. of hearing Yayāti's story; ॥ (॥) - ; ६ (6) - 6;]

(87. Of Vasumat, of Śibi and dialogue by Yayāti; 1; again Aṣṭaka-Yayāti dialogue; 2; by Mādhavī having come there, statement to her own sons by Yayāti about status as maternal grandfather; 3; by that statement of Yayāti, preceded by acceptance of merit given by Aṣṭaka and others, ascent to heaven together with Aṣṭaka and others; 4; by Yayāti, narration in detail of his own history to Aṣṭaka and others on the way; 5; enunciation of the result etc. of hearing Yayāti's story; 6;)

87. Dialogue between Vasumat, Śibi, and Yayāti. (1) Again, the conversation between Aṣṭaka and Yayāti. (2) There, with Mādhavī's arrival, Yayāti tells her own sons about being their maternal grandfather. (3) According to Yayāti's statement, after accepting merit given by Aṣṭaka and others, he ascends to heaven together with them. (4) On the way, Yayāti narrates in detail his own story to Aṣṭaka and the others. (5) The result and related benefits of hearing the story of Yayāti. (6)

८८. पूरुवंशकथनम्॥१॥

88. pūruvaṃśakathanam॥1॥

[पूरु (pūru) - descendant of Pūru; वंश (vaṃśa) - lineage; कथनम् (kathanam) - narration;]

(88. Narration of the Pūru lineage. 1.)

88. Narration of the Pūru lineage. (1)

८९. शकुन्तलोपाख्यानारम्भः॥१॥

89. śakuntalopākhyānārambhaḥ॥1॥

[शकुन्तला (śakuntalā) - Śakuntalā; (proper noun, name of a woman); उपाख्यान (upākhyāna) - episode; story; आरम्भः (ārambhaḥ) - beginning; commencement;]

(89. Śakuntalā episode beginning. 1.)

89. The beginning of the episode of Śakuntalā. (1)

९०. मृगयार्थं दुष्यन्तस्यारण्यगमनम्॥१॥

90. mṛgayārthaṃ duṣyantasyāraṇyagamanaṃ॥1॥

[मृगयार्थं (mṛgayārtham) - for the purpose of hunting; दुष्यन्तस्य (duṣyantasya) - of Duṣyanta; अरण्यगमनम् (araṇyagamanam) - going to the forest;]

(For the purpose of hunting, of Duṣyanta, going to the forest.)

90. Duṣyanta's going to the forest for the purpose of hunting. (1)

९१. मृगयाप्रसङ्गेन दुष्यन्तस्य कण्वाश्रमगमनम्॥१॥

91. mṛgayā-prasaṅgena duṣyantasya kaṇvāśrama-gamanam॥1॥

[मृगया (mṛgayā) - by hunting; प्रसङ्गेन (prasaṅgena) - by the occasion; दुष्यन्तस्य (duṣyantasya) - of Duṣyanta; कण्वाश्रम (kaṇvāśrama) - Kaṇva's hermitage; गमनम् (gamanam) - going;]

(91. By the occasion of hunting, of Duṣyanta, going to Kaṇva's hermitage. (1))

91. On the occasion of hunting, Duṣyanta goes to Kaṇva's hermitage. (1)

९२. कण्वाश्रमे दुष्यन्तशकुन्तलासंवादः॥१॥शकुन्तलायाः स्वजन्मवृत्तान्तकथनारम्भः॥२॥

92. Kaṇvāśrame duṣyantaśakuntalāsaṃvādaḥ॥1॥śakuntalāyāḥ svajanmavṛttāntakathanārambhaḥ॥2॥

[कण्वाश्रमे (kaṇvāśrame) - in the hermitage of Kaṇva; दुष्यन्तशकुन्तला (duṣyantaśakuntalā) - Duṣyanta and Śakuntalā; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - conversation; शकुन्तलायाः (śakuntalāyāḥ) - of Śakuntalā; स्व (sva) - own; जन्मवृत्तान्त (janmavṛttānta) - birth account; कथन (kathana) - narration; आरम्भः (ārambhaḥ) - beginning;]

(92. In Kaṇva's hermitage Duṣyanta and Śakuntalā conversation. (1) Of Śakuntalā own birth account narration beginning. (2))

92. In Kaṇva’s hermitage, a conversation between Duṣyanta and Śakuntalā. (1) The beginning of Śakuntalā’s narration of her own birth story. (2)

९३. विश्वामित्रान्मेनकायां शकुन्तलाया जन्मकथनम्॥१॥

93. viśvāmitrān menakāyāṃ śakuntalayā janmakathanam॥1॥

[विश्वामित्रात् (viśvāmitrāt) - from Viśvāmitra; मेचकायाम् (menakāyām) - in Menakā; शकुन्तलायाः (śakuntalāyāḥ) - of Śakuntalā; जन्मकथनम् (janmakathanam) - birth narrative; ९३ (93) - 93; १ (1) - 1;]

(93. From Viśvāmitra, in Menakā, of Śakuntalā, birth narrative. 1.)

93. The narrative of the birth of Śakuntalā from Viśvāmitra in Menakā. (1)

९४. समयबन्धपूर्वकं गान्धर्वेण विवाहेन शकुन्तलापाणिग्रहणम्॥१॥कण्वस्य स्वाश्रमं प्रति प्रत्यागमनम्॥२॥कण्वशकुन्तलासंवादः॥३॥कण्वाच्छकुन्तलाया वरलाभः॥४॥

94. samayabandhapūrvakaṁ gāndharveṇa vivāhena śakuntalāpāṇigrahaṇam॥1॥kaṇvasya svāśramaṁ prati pratyāgamanam॥2॥kaṇvaśakuntalāsaṁvādaḥ॥3॥kaṇvācchakuntalāyā varalābhaḥ॥4॥

[समयबन्धपूर्वकं (samayabandhapūrvakaṁ) - preceded by a time agreement; गान्धर्वेण (gāndharveṇa) - by the gāndharva (form); विवाहेन (vivāhena) - by marriage; शकुन्तला (śakuntalā) - Śakuntalā; पाणिग्रहणम् (pāṇigrahaṇam) - taking of the hand; कण्वस्य (kaṇvasya) - of Kaṇva; स्वाश्रमं (svāśramam) - own hermitage; प्रति (prati) - towards; प्रत्यागमनम् (pratyāgamanam) - return; कण्वशकुन्तला (kaṇvaśakuntalā) - Kaṇva and Śakuntalā; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - conversation; कण्वात् (kaṇvāt) - from Kaṇva; शकुन्तलाया (śakuntalāyā) - to Śakuntalā; वरलाभः (varalābhaḥ) - bestowal of a boon;]

(Preceded by a time agreement, by the gāndharva form of marriage, Śakuntalā's taking of the hand. (1) Kaṇva's return towards his own hermitage. (2) Conversation between Kaṇva and Śakuntalā. (3) From Kaṇva, bestowal of a boon to Śakuntalā. (4))

94. Śakuntalā's hand-taking through gāndharva marriage, preceded by a time agreement. (1) Kaṇva's return to his hermitage. (2) Conversation between Kaṇva and Śakuntalā. (3) Kaṇva bestows a boon on Śakuntalā. (4)

९५. शकुन्तलायाः पुत्रोत्पत्तिः॥१॥तस्य सर्वदमनेतिनामप्राप्तिः॥२॥

95. śakuntalāyāḥ putrotpattiḥ॥1॥tasya sarvadamaneti nāmaprāptiḥ॥2॥

[शकुन्तलायाः (śakuntalāyāḥ) - of Śakuntalā; पुत्र (putra) - son; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; तस्य (tasya) - his; सर्वदमनेति (sarvadamane ‘iti) - “Sarvadamana” thus; नाम (nāma) - name; प्राप्तिः (prāptiḥ) - acquisition;]

(95. Of Śakuntalā son birth. (1) His ‘Sarvadamana’ thus name acquisition. (2))

95. The birth of Śakuntalā’s son. (1) He receives the name 'Sarvadamana.' (2)

९६. शकुन्तलाया दुष्यन्तं प्रति प्रेषयितुं कण्वकृत उपदेशः॥१॥हास्तिनपुरगमनविषयेकण्वशकुन्तलासर्वदमनानां विवादः॥२॥कण्वेन स्वशिष्यद्वारा शकुन्तलासर्वदमनयोर्हास्तिनपुरप्रेषणम्॥३॥पुरप्रवेशान्निर्विण्णैः शिष्यैः कण्वाश्रमं प्रति निवर्तनम्॥४॥

96. śakuntalāyā duṣyantaṃ prati preṣayituṃ kaṇva-kṛta upadeśaḥ॥1॥hāstinapura-gamana-viṣaye kaṇva-śakuntalā-sarvadamanānāṃ vivādaḥ॥2॥kaṇvena sva-śiṣya-dvārā śakuntalā-sarvadamanayoḥ hāstinapura-preṣaṇam॥3॥pura-praveśāt nirviṇṇaiḥ śiṣyaiḥ kaṇvāśramaṃ prati nivartanam॥4॥

[शकुन्तलाया (śakuntalāyāḥ) - of Śakuntalā; दुष्यन्तं (duṣyantam) - Duṣyanta (accusative, as object); प्रति (prati) - towards; प्रेषयितुं (preṣayitum) - to send; कण्वकृत (kaṇva-kṛta) - made by Kaṇva; उपदेशः (upadeśaḥ) - instruction; हास्तिनपुरगमनविषये (hāstinapura-gamana-viṣaye) - regarding going to Hastinapura; कण्वशकुन्तलासर्वदमनानां (kaṇva-śakuntalā-sarvadamanānām) - of Kaṇva, Śakuntalā, and Sarvadamana; विवादः (vivādaḥ) - discussion; कण्वेन (kaṇvena) - by Kaṇva; स्वशिष्यद्वारा (sva-śiṣya-dvārā) - by his disciples; शकुन्तलासर्वदमनयोः (śakuntalā-sarvadamanayoḥ) - of Śakuntalā and Sarvadamana; हास्तिनपुरप्रेषणम् (hāstinapura-preṣaṇam) - sending to Hastinapura; पुरप्रवेशात् (pura-praveśāt) - from city entering; निर्विण्णैः (nirviṇṇaiḥ) - disheartened; शिष्यैः (śiṣyaiḥ) - by disciples; कण्वाश्रमं (kaṇvāśramam) - Kaṇva’s hermitage; प्रति (prati) - towards; निवर्तनम् (nivartanam) - returning;]

(Of Śakuntalā, instruction made by Kaṇva to send towards Duṣyanta. Regarding going to Hastinapura, discussion of Kaṇva, Śakuntalā, and Sarvadamana. By Kaṇva, by his disciples, sending of Śakuntalā and Sarvadamana to Hastinapura. From entering the city, by disheartened disciples, returning towards Kaṇva’s hermitage.)

(96.) Instruction made by Kaṇva to Śakuntalā about sending her to Duṣyanta. Discussion among Kaṇva, Śakuntalā, and Sarvadamana regarding the journey to Hastinapura. Sending of Śakuntalā and Sarvadamana to Hastinapura by Kaṇva through his disciples. Return of the disheartened disciples to Kaṇva’s hermitage after entering the city. (1) (2) (3) (4)

९७. सपुत्रायाः शकुन्तलाया दुप्यन्तसमीपगमनं॥१॥तयोः संवादश्च॥२॥

97. saputrayāḥ śakuntalāyā dupyanta-samīpagamanaṃ॥1॥tayoḥ saṃvādaśca॥2॥

[सपुत्रायाः (saputrayāḥ) - with her son; (of) the one who has her son; शकुन्तलाया (śakuntalāyā) - of Śakuntalā; दुप्यन्तसमीपगमनं (dupyanta-samīpagamanaṃ) - approaching the vicinity of Duṣyanta; तयोः (tayoḥ) - of the two; संवादश्च (saṃvādaś ca) - and conversation;]

(With her son, of Śakuntalā, approaching the vicinity of Duṣyanta. Of the two, and conversation.)

97. Śakuntalā, with her son, approaches Duṣyanta. The conversation of the two. (1) (2)

९८. शकुन्तलायाः स्वपाणिग्रहणमनङ्कीकुर्वता दुष्यन्तेन सह विवादः॥१॥

98. śakuntalāyāḥ svapāṇigrahaṇam anaṅkīkurvatā duṣyantena saha vivādaḥ॥1॥

[शकुन्तलायाः (śakuntalāyāḥ) - of Śakuntalā; स्वपाणिग्रहणम् (svapāṇigrahaṇam) - her own hand-taking (wedding); अनङ्कीकुर्वता (anaṅkīkurvatā) - not acknowledging; दुष्यन्तेन (duṣyantena) - by Duṣyanta; सह (saha) - with; विवादः (vivādaḥ) - dispute;]

(98. Of Śakuntalā, her own hand-taking not acknowledging by Duṣyanta with dispute. (1))

98. A dispute with Duṣyanta, who did not acknowledge his marriage to Śakuntalā. (1)

९९. दुष्यन्तशकुन्तलाविवादः॥१॥

99. duṣyanta-śakuntalā-vivādaḥ॥1॥

[दुष्यन्त (duṣyanta) - Duṣyanta (proper noun); शकुन्तला (śakuntalā) - Śakuntalā (proper noun); विवादः (vivādaḥ) - dispute;]

(99. Duṣyanta Śakuntalā dispute.)

99. The dispute between Duṣyanta and Śakuntalā. (1)

१००. आकाशवाणीश्रवणानन्तरं सपुत्रायाः शकुन्तलाया राज्ञाङ्गीकारः॥१॥भरतेतिनामकरणपूर्वकं पुत्रस्य राज्येऽभिषेकः॥२॥

100. ākāśavāṇī-śravaṇānantaraṃ saputrāyāḥ śakuntalāyā rājñā aṅgīkāraḥ॥1॥ bharata-iti-nāmakaraṇa-pūrvakaṃ putrasya rājye'bhishekaḥ॥2॥

[आकाशवाणीश्रवणानन्तरं (ākāśavāṇī-śravaṇa-ānantaram) - after hearing the celestial voice; सपुत्रायाः (sa-putrāyāḥ) - with her son; शकुन्तलाया (śakuntalāyāḥ) - of Śakuntalā; राज्ञा (rājñā) - by the king; अङ्गीकारः (aṅgīkāraḥ) - acceptance; भरतेति (bharata-iti) - Bharata (so named); नामकरणपूर्वकं (nāma-karaṇa-pūrvakam) - after naming; पुत्रस्य (putrasya) - of the son; राज्ये (rājye) - in kingship; अभिषेकः (abhiṣekaḥ) - anointment;]

(After hearing the celestial voice, with her son, Śakuntalā's acceptance by the king. Bharata (so named), after naming, the son's anointment in kingship.)

After hearing the celestial voice, the king accepts Śakuntalā along with her son. Naming the son Bharata, he is then anointed as the king.

१०१. भरतचरित्रकथनम्॥१॥तद्वंशकथनं च॥२॥

101. bharata-caritra-kathanam॥1॥ tad-vaṃśa-kathanaṃ ca॥2॥

[भरतचरित्रकथनम् (bharata-caritra-kathanam) - narration of the deeds of Bharata; तद्वंशकथनं (tad-vaṃśa-kathanaṃ) - narration of that lineage; च (ca) - and;]

(101. Narration of the deeds of Bharata. (1) Narration of that lineage also. (2))

101. The narration of the deeds of Bharata. (1) And narration of that lineage. (2)

१०२. महाभिषगुपाख्यानम्॥१॥महाभिषग्गङ्गयोः शापः॥२॥अष्टवसूनां गङ्गायाश्च संवादः॥३॥

102. Mahābhiṣagupākhyānam॥1॥Mahābhiṣag-gaṅgayoḥ śāpaḥ॥2॥Aṣṭavasūnāṃ gaṅgāyāś ca saṃvādaḥ॥3॥

[१०२ (102) - 102; महाभिषगुपाख्यानम् (Mahābhiṣag-upākhyānam) - the story of Mahābhiṣak; महाभिषग्गङ्गयोः (Mahābhiṣak-gaṅgayoḥ) - of Mahābhiṣak and Gaṅgā (two persons, genitive dual); शापः (śāpaḥ) - curse; अष्टवसूनां (aṣṭa-vasūnām) - of the eight Vasus (genitive plural); गङ्गायाश्च (gaṅgāyāś ca) - and of Gaṅgā; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue;]

(102. The story of Mahābhiṣak; the curse of Mahābhiṣak and Gaṅgā; the dialogue of the eight Vasus and Gaṅgā;)

102. The story of Mahābhiṣak; the curse of Mahābhiṣak and Gaṅgā; the dialogue between the eight Vasus and Gaṅgā;

१०३. प्रतीपेन गङ्गायाः स्नुषात्वेन परिग्रहः॥१॥शान्तनूत्पत्तिः॥२॥तस्य राज्येऽभिषेकः॥३॥मृगयार्थं गतस्य शान्त नोर्गङ्गया संवादः॥४॥

103. pratīpena gaṅgāyāḥ snuṣātvēna parigrahaḥ॥1॥śāntanūt-pattiḥ॥2॥tasya rājyē'bhiṣēkaḥ॥3॥mṛgayārthaṃ gatasya śāntanōr gaṅgayā saṃvādaḥ॥4॥

[प्रतीपेन (pratīpena) - by Pratipa; गङ्गायाः (gaṅgāyāḥ) - of Gaṅgā; स्नुषात्वेन (snuṣātvēna) - in the relation of daughter-in-law; परिग्रहः (parigrahaḥ) - acceptance; शान्तनूत्पत्तिः (śāntanūt-pattiḥ) - the birth of Śāntanu; तस्य (tasya) - his; राज्ये (rājye) - in the kingdom; अभिषेकः (abhiṣekaḥ) - anointing; मृगयार्थं (mṛgayārtham) - for the purpose of hunting; गतस्य (gatasya) - of the one who went; शान्तनोः (śāntanōḥ) - of Śāntanu; गङ्गया (gaṅgayā) - by Gaṅgā; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - conversation;]

(103. By Pratipa, of Gaṅgā, in the relation of daughter-in-law, acceptance. The birth of Śāntanu. His, in the kingdom, anointing. For the purpose of hunting, of the one who went, of Śāntanu, by Gaṅgā, conversation.)

103. Pratipa accepted Gaṅgā as a daughter-in-law. The birth of Śāntanu. Anointing him as king. Śāntanu, who had gone hunting, had a conversation with Gaṅgā.

१०४. समयबन्धपूर्वकं गङ्गाशान्तन्वोर्विवाहः॥१॥

104. samayabandhapūrvakaṁ gaṅgāśāntanvorvivāhaḥ॥1॥

[समयबन्धपूर्वकं (samayabandhapūrvakaṁ) - preceded by an agreement; गङ्गा-शान्तन्वोः (gaṅgā-śāntanvoḥ) - of Gaṅgā (the Ganges) and Śāntanu; विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage;]

(104. Preceded by an agreement, Gaṅgā and Śāntanu's marriage.)

104. The marriage of Gaṅgā and Śāntanu took place after an agreement. (1)

१०५. गङ्गया जातमात्रस्य पुत्रसप्तकस्य हननम्॥१॥अष्टमपुत्रहननोद्युक्तां स्वभार्यां प्रति शांन्तनुप्रश्नाः॥२॥पूर्ववृत्तकथनपूर्वकं गङ्गायाः प्रतिवचनम्॥३॥

105. gaṅgayā jāta-mātrasya putra-saptakasya hananam॥1॥aṣṭama-putra-hanana-udyuktāṃ sva-bhāryāṃ prati śāntanu-praśnāḥ॥2॥pūrva-vṛtta-kathana-pūrvakaṃ gaṅgāyāḥ prati-vacanam॥3॥

[गङ्गया (gaṅgayā) (gaṅgayā) - by Gaṅgā; जातमात्रस्य (jāta-mātrasya) (jāta-mātrasya) - just-born; पुत्रसप्तकस्य (putra-saptakasya) (putra-saptakasya) - of the seven sons; हननम् (hananam) (hananam) - killing; अष्टमपुत्रहननोद्युक्तां (aṣṭama-putra-hanana-udyuktāṃ) (aṣṭama-putra-hanana-udyuktāṃ) - about to kill the eighth son; स्वभार्यां (sva-bhāryāṃ) (sva-bhāryāṃ) - his own wife; प्रति (prati) (prati) - to; शान्तनुप्रश्नाः (śāntanu-praśnāḥ) (śāntanu-praśnāḥ) - questions of Śāntanu; पूर्ववृत्तकथनपूर्वकं (pūrva-vṛtta-kathana-pūrvakaṃ) (pūrva-vṛtta-kathana-pūrvakaṃ) - accompanied by telling the prior events; गङ्गायाः (gaṅgāyāḥ) (gaṅgāyāḥ) - of Gaṅgā; प्रतिवचनम् (prati-vacanam) (prati-vacanam) - reply;]

(By Gaṅgā, the killing of the just-born seven sons. About to kill the eighth son, questions of Śāntanu to his own wife. Accompanied by telling the prior events, reply of Gaṅgā.)

The killing of the seven just-born sons by Gaṅgā. When she was about to kill the eighth son, Śāntanu questioned his own wife. With a recounting of earlier events, Gaṅgā gives her reply.

१०६. स्वगोहर्तॄणां वसूनां वसिष्ठेन शापः॥१॥पुनस्तत्प्रार्थनया तुष्टने वसिष्टेन शापसंकोचः॥२॥गङ्गाया भीष्मेण सह स्वलोकगमनम्॥३॥

106. svagohartṝṇāṃ vasūnāṃ vasiṣṭhena śāpaḥ॥1॥punastatprārthanayā tuṣṭane vasiṣṭhena śāpasaṃkocaḥ॥2॥gaṅgāyā bhīṣmeṇa saha svalokagamanam॥3॥

[स्वगोहर्तॄणां (svagohartṝṇām) - of those who stole their own cows; वसूनां (vasūnām) - of the Vasus; वसिष्ठेन (vasiṣṭhena) - by Vasiṣṭha; शापः (śāpaḥ) - curse; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; तत्प्रार्थनया (tatprārthanayā) - by that request; तुष्टने (tuṣṭane) - when pleased; वसिष्ठेन (vasiṣṭhena) - by Vasiṣṭha; शापसंकोचः (śāpasaṃkocaḥ) - limitation of the curse; गङ्गाया (gaṅgāyā) - of Gaṅgā; भीष्मेण (bhīṣmeṇa) - with Bhīṣma; सह (saha) - together with; स्वलोकगमनम् (svalokagamanam) - return to one's own world;]

(Of those who stole their own cows, of the Vasus, by Vasiṣṭha, curse. Again, by that request, when pleased, by Vasiṣṭha, limitation of the curse. Of Gaṅgā, with Bhīṣma, together, return to one's own world.)

Vasiṣṭha's curse upon the Vasus who stole his own cow. Again, at their request, Vasiṣṭha, being pleased, limited the curse. Gaṅgā, together with Bhīṣma, returned to her own world.

१०७. शान्तनुभीष्मयोश्चरितम्॥१॥शान्तनोः पुनर्गङ्गादर्शनं तया सह संवादश्च॥२॥गङ्गादत्तेन भीष्मेण सह शान्तनोः स्वपुरप्रवेशः॥३॥भीष्मस्य यौवराज्येभिषेकः॥४॥शान्तनुभावं ज्ञात्वा दाशाशयानुसारेण प्रतिज्ञापूर्वकं भीष्मेण दाशकन्यानयनम्॥५॥तुष्टेन शान्तनुना भीष्माय स्वच्छन्दमरणवरदानम्॥६॥

107. śāntanubhīṣmayoś caritam॥1॥ śāntanoḥ punar gaṅgādarśanaṃ tayā saha saṃvādaś ca॥2॥ gaṅgādattena bhīṣmeṇa saha śāntanoḥ svapurapraveśaḥ॥3॥ bhīṣmasya yauvarājye'bhiṣekaḥ॥4॥ śāntanubhāvaṃ jñātvā dāśāśayānusāreṇa pratijñāpūrvakaṃ bhīṣmeṇa dāśakanyānayanam॥5॥ tuṣṭena śāntanunā bhīṣmāya svacchandamaraṇavaradānam॥6॥

[शान्तनु-भीष्मयोः (śāntanu-bhīṣmayoḥ) - of Śāntanu and Bhīṣma; चरितम् (caritam) - story; शान्तनोः (śāntanoḥ) - of Śāntanu; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; गङ्गा-दर्शनम् (gaṅgā-darśanam) - sight of Gaṅgā; तया (tayā) - with her; सह (saha) - along with; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - conversation; गङ्गा-दत्तेन (gaṅgā-dattena) - by Gaṅgā-born (i.e., Bhīṣma); भीष्मेण (bhīṣmeṇa) - by Bhīṣma; सह (saha) - along with; शान्तनोः (śāntanoḥ) - of Śāntanu; स्व-पुर-प्रवेशः (sva-pura-praveśaḥ) - return to his own city; भीष्मस्य (bhīṣmasya) - of Bhīṣma; यौवराज्ये-अभिषेकः (yauvarāyje'bhiṣekaḥ) - installation as crown prince; शान्तनुभावम् (śāntanu-bhāvam) - intention of Śāntanu; ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - having known; दाश-अशय-अनुसारेण (dāśāśaya-anusāreṇa) - in accordance with the wish of the fisherman; प्रतिज्ञा-पूर्वकम् (pratijñā-pūrvakam) - preceded by vow; भीष्मेण (bhīṣmeṇa) - by Bhīṣma; दाश-कन्या-आयनम् (dāśa-kanyā-āyanam) - bringing of the fisherman's daughter; तुष्टेन (tuṣṭena) - being pleased; शान्तनुना (śāntanunā) - by Śāntanu; भीष्माय (bhīṣmāya) - to Bhīṣma; स्वच्छन्द-मरण-वर-दानम् (svacchanda-maraṇa-vara-dānam) - granting the boon of death at will;]

(107. Story of Śāntanu and Bhīṣma. 1. Śāntanu's seeing Gaṅgā again and conversation with her. 2. The return of Śāntanu, accompanied by Bhīṣma born of Gaṅgā, to his own city. 3. Bhīṣma's installation as crown prince. 4. Knowing the intention of Śāntanu, Bhīṣma brings the fisherman's daughter, preceded by a vow, in accordance with the fisherman's wish. 5. Being pleased, Śāntanu grants to Bhīṣma the boon of death at will. 6.)

107. The story of Śāntanu and Bhīṣma. (1) Śāntanu again sees Gaṅgā and converses with her. (2) Śāntanu, along with Gaṅgā-born Bhīṣma, returns to his city. (3) Bhīṣma is crowned as heir-apparent. (4) Understanding Śāntanu's desire, Bhīṣma, after making a vow in line with the fisherman's wish, brings the fisherman's daughter. (5) Pleased, Śāntanu grants Bhīṣma the boon of choosing the time of his own death. (6).

१०८. शान्तनुसत्यवतीविवाहः॥१॥चित्राङ्गदविचित्रवीर्ययोरुत्पत्तिः॥२॥शान्तनुमरणम्॥३॥चित्राङ्गदमरणम्॥४॥विचित्रवीर्यस्य राज्येऽभिषेकः॥५॥

108. śāntanu-satyavatī-vivāhaḥ॥1॥citrāṅgada-vicitravīryayoḥ-utpattiḥ॥2॥śāntanu-maraṇam॥3॥citrāṅgada-maraṇam॥4॥vicitravīryasya rājye-'bhiṣekaḥ॥5॥

[शान्तनु (śāntanu) - Śāntanu; (proper noun); सत्यवती (satyavatī) - Satyavatī; (proper noun); विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage; चित्राङ्गद (citrāṅgada) - Citrāṅgada; (proper noun); विचित्रवीर्ययोः (vicitravīryayoḥ) - of Vicitravīrya and (of) (dual genitive); उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; शान्तनु (śāntanu) - Śāntanu; (proper noun); मरणम् (maraṇam) - death; चित्राङ्गद (citrāṅgada) - Citrāṅgada; (proper noun); मरणम् (maraṇam) - death; विचित्रवीर्यस्य (vicitravīryasya) - of Vicitravīrya; (genitive); राज्ये (rājye) - in the kingdom; अभिषेकः (abhiṣekaḥ) - consecration;]

(108. Śāntanu Satyavatī marriage. Citrāṅgada Vicitravīrya of birth. Śāntanu death. Citrāṅgada death. Of Vicitravīrya in the kingdom consecration.)

108. The marriage of Śāntanu and Satyavatī. The birth of Citrāṅgada and Vicitravīrya. The death of Śāntanu. The death of Citrāṅgada. The enthronement of Vicitravīrya in the kingdom.

१०९. भीष्मस्य काशिपतिकन्याहरणार्थं वाराणसीगमनम्॥१॥कन्यां हृतवता भीष्मेण युद्धे राज्ञां पराजयः॥२॥मध्येमार्गं साल्वपराजयः॥३॥विचित्रवीर्यविवाहोपक्रमे तमनिच्छन्त्या ज्येष्ठाया अम्बयाः साल्वं प्रति गमनम्॥४॥तेन प्रत्याख्यातायाः पुनर्भीष्मं प्राप्ताय अम्ब्रायाः भीष्मेण निराकरणम्॥५॥भीष्मजिघांसया तपस्यन्त्या अम्बायाः प्रसन्नात्कुमारान्मालाप्राप्तिः॥६॥

109. bhīṣmasya kāśipatikanya-haraṇārthaṃ vārāṇasī-gamanam॥1॥kanyāṃ hṛtavatā bhīṣmeṇa yuddhe rājñāṃ parājayaḥ॥2॥madhye mārgaṃ sālvaparājayaḥ॥3॥vicitra-vīrya-vivāhopakramae tam anicchantyā jyeṣṭhayā ambayā sālvam prati gamanam॥4॥tena pratyākhyātāyāḥ punar bhīṣmaṃ prāptāyā ambāyāḥ bhīṣmeṇa nirākaraṇam॥5॥bhīṣma-jighāṃsayā tapasyantyā ambāyāḥ prasannāt kumārān māla-prāptiḥ॥6॥

[भीष्मस्य (bhīṣmasya) - of Bhīṣma; काशिपतिकन्याहरणार्थं (kāśipatikanyakāraṇa-arthaṃ) - for the purpose of taking (the) daughter(s) of the King of Kāśi; वाराणसीगमनम् (vārāṇasī-gamanam) - going to Vārāṇasi; कन्यां (kanyāṃ) - the maiden; हृतवता (hṛtavatā) - having carried off; भीष्मेण (bhīṣmeṇa) - by Bhīṣma; युद्धे (yuddhe) - in battle; राज्ञां (rājñām) - of the kings; पराजयः (parājayaḥ) - defeat; मध्येमार्गं (madhye mārgaṃ) - on the middle route; साल्वपराजयः (sālvaparājayaḥ) - defeat of Sālva; विचित्रवीर्यविवाहोपक्रमे (vicitra-vīrya-vivāha-upakramae) - at the beginning of Vicitra-vīrya’s marriage; तम् (tam) - him; अनिच्छन्त्या (anicchantyā) - by (the one) not wishing; ज्येष्ठायाः (jyeṣṭhāyāḥ) - of the eldest; अम्बायाः (ambāyāḥ) - of Ambā; साल्वं (sālvam) - to Sālva; प्रतिगमनम् (prati gamanam) - going towards; तेन (tena) - by him; प्रत्याख्यातायाः (pratyākhyātāyāḥ) - having been rejected; पुनः (punar) - again; भीष्मं (bhīṣmam) - Bhīṣma; प्राप्तायाः (prāptāyāḥ) - having come to; अम्बायाः (ambāyāḥ) - of Ambā; भीष्मेण (bhīṣmeṇa) - by Bhīṣma; निराकरणम् (nirākaraṇam) - rejection; भीष्मजिघांसया (bhīṣma-jighāṃsayā) - with intent to destroy Bhīṣma; तपस्यन्त्या (tapasyantyā) - by one performing penance; अम्बायाः (ambāyāḥ) - of Ambā; प्रसन्नात् (prasannāt) - being pleased; कुमारान् (kumārān) - the sons; मालाप्राप्तिः (mālā-prāptiḥ) - attainment of the garland;]

(109. For the purpose of seizing the maiden(s) of the King of Kāśi, the going of Bhīṣma to Vārāṇasī. With the maiden having been carried off by Bhīṣma, defeat of the kings in battle. On the middle way, defeat of Sālva. At the commencement of Vicitra-vīrya’s wedding, by the eldest, Ambā, not wishing (for it), going to Sālva. Having been rejected by him, again (having) come to Bhīṣma, rejection by Bhīṣma of Ambā. With the intent to kill Bhīṣma, by Ambā performing penance, on being pleased, the sons’ attainment of the garland.)

109. Bhīṣma goes to Vārāṇasī to abduct the daughter(s) of the King of Kāśi. When Bhīṣma carries away the maiden(s), he defeats the assembled kings in battle. On the return journey, Sālva is also defeated. When Vicitra-vīrya's marriage is about to begin, the eldest daughter, Ambā, who does not wish for the marriage, goes to Sālva. When she is rejected by Sālva, she returns to Bhīṣma and is also rejected by him. Desiring to destroy Bhīṣma, Ambā performs austerities, and, being pleased, the sons receive the garland. (109)

११०. संग्रहेण अम्बाचरित्रकथनम्॥१॥

110. saṅgraheṇa ambācaritrakathanam॥1॥

[संग्रहेण (saṅgraheṇa) - in brief; अम्बा (ambā) - Ambā; चरित्र (caritra) - life story; कथनम् (kathanam) - narration;]

(110. In brief Ambā life story narration 1)

110. The narration of Ambā's life story in brief. (1)

१११. विचित्रवीर्यस्य अम्बिकाम्बालिकाश्यां विवाहः॥१॥विचित्रवीर्यमरणम्॥२॥

111. vicitravīryasya ambikāmbālikāśyāṃ vivāhaḥ॥1॥vicitravīryamaraṇam॥2॥

[विचित्रवीर्यस्य (vicitravīryasya) - of Vicitravīrya; अम्बिकाम्बालिकाश्यां (ambikāmbālikāśyām) - in Ambikā and Ambālikā; विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage; विचित्रवीर्यमरणम् (vicitravīryamaraṇam) - death of Vicitravīrya;]

(111. Of Vicitravīrya, in Ambikā and Ambālikā, marriage. (1) Death of Vicitravīrya. (2))

111. The marriage of Vicitravīrya to Ambikā and Ambālikā. (1) The death of Vicitravīrya. (2)

११२. विचित्रवीर्यभार्ययोरम्बिकाम्बालिकयोः पुत्रोत्पादनाय सत्यवत्या नियुक्तेन भीष्मेण तदनङ्गीकारः॥१॥

112. vicitravīryabhāryayor ambikāmbālikayoḥ putrotpādanāya satyavatyā niyuktena bhīṣmeṇa tadanangīkāraḥ॥1॥

[विचित्रवीर्यभार्ययोः (vicitravīryabhāryayoḥ) - of the wives of Vicitravīrya; अम्बिका-अम्बालिकयोः (ambikā-ambālikayoḥ) - of Ambikā and Ambālikā; पुत्रोत्पादनाय (putrotpādanāya) - for the procreation of sons; सत्यवत्या (satyavatyā) - by Satyavatī; नियुक्तेन (niyuktena) - having been appointed; भीष्मेण (bhīṣmeṇa) - by Bhīṣma; तद्-अनङ्गीकारः (tad-anangīkāraḥ) - that non-acceptance;]

(Of the wives of Vicitravīrya—Ambikā and Ambālikā—for the procreation of sons, by Satyavatī, having been appointed, by Bhīṣma, that non-acceptance.)

Bhīṣma, being appointed by Satyavatī for the procreation of sons with Vicitravīrya's wives, Ambikā and Ambālikā, did not accept (the commission). (1)

११३. दीर्घतमसो ऋषेरुपाख्यानम्॥१॥

113. dīrghatamaso ṛṣer-upākhyānam॥1॥

[दीर्घतमसः (dīrghatamasaḥ) - of Dīrghatamas (proper name of a sage); ऋषेः (ṛṣeḥ) - of the sage; उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) - legend;]

(113. Of Dīrghatamas, of the sage, legend.)

113. The legend of the sage Dīrghatamas. (1)

११४. सत्यवत्या स्वस्मिन्कन्यात्वावस्थायां व्यासोत्पत्तिकथनम्॥१॥स्मरणमात्रादागतेन व्यासेन सह सत्यवत्याः संवादः॥२॥व्यासेन अम्बिकाम्बालिकलोः पुत्रोत्पादनाङ्गीकारः॥३॥

114. satyavatyā svasmin kanyātvāvasthāyāṁ vyāsotpattikathanam॥1॥smaraṇamātrād āgatena vyāsena saha satyavatyāḥ saṁvādaḥ॥2॥vyāsena ambikāmbālikaloh putrotpādanāṅgīkāraḥ॥3॥

[११४ (114) - 114; (verse/chapter/section number; not translated further); सत्यवत्या (satyavatyā) - by Satyavatī; (instrumental singular of proper noun Satyavatī;) स्वस्मिन (svasmin) - in her own; (locative singular; her own;) कन्यात्वावस्थायां (kanyātvāvasthāyām) - in maidenhood-state; (locative singular; state of being unmarried;) व्यासोत्पत्तिकथनम् (vyāsotpattikathanam) - narration of Vyāsa's birth; (compound: vyāsa-utpatti-kathana, narration of the birth of Vyāsa;) स्मरणमात्रात् (smaraṇamātrāt) - on mere remembrance; (ablative singular; from mere recollection;) आगतेन (āgatena) - having arrived; (instrumental singular masculine/neuter; by the one who has arrived;) व्यासेन (vyāsena) - by Vyāsa; (instrumental singular;) सह (saha) - with; (indeclinable;) सत्यवत्याः (satyavatyāḥ) - of Satyavatī; (genitive singular;) संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - conversation; (nominative singular;) व्यासेन (vyāsena) - by Vyāsa; (instrumental singular;) अम्बिका-अम्बालि-कलोः (ambikā-ambālika-loḥ) - of Ambikā and Ambālikā; (genitive dual; Ambikā, Ambālikā and the two - loḥ, dual-ending;) पुत्रोत्पादन-अङ्गीकारः (putrotpādana-aṅgīkāraḥ) - agreement to produce sons; (putra-utpādana: producing sons; aṅgīkāra: acceptance/agreement; nominative singular;) ॥१॥ (॥1॥) - (section marker; not translated further;) ॥२॥ (॥2॥) - (section marker; not translated further;) ॥३॥ (॥3॥) - (section marker; not translated further;);]

(114. By Satyavatī, in her maidenhood, the narration of the origin of Vyāsa. On mere remembrance, by the arrived Vyāsa, with Satyavatī, a conversation. By Vyāsa, with Ambikā and Ambālikā, the acceptance of producing sons.)

114. The account of Vyāsa's birth by Satyavatī in her maidenhood; a conversation between Vyāsa, who arrives at the mere remembrance, and Satyavatī; and Vyāsa's acceptance to beget sons with Ambikā and Ambālikā.

११५. अम्बिकायां व्यासाद्धृतराष्ट्रस्योत्पत्तिः॥१॥अम्बालिकायां पाण्डोरुत्पत्तिः॥२॥अम्बिकादास्यां विदुरस्योत्पत्तिः॥३॥

115. ambikāyāṃ vyāsāddhṛtarāṣṭrasya utpattiḥ॥1॥ambālikāyāṃ pāṇḍoḥ utpattiḥ॥2॥ambikā-dāsyāṃ vidurasya utpattiḥ॥3॥

[अम्बिकायाम् (ambikāyām) - in Ambikā; व्यासात् (vyāsāt) - from Vyāsa; धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhṛtarāṣṭrasya) - of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; अम्बालिकायाम् (ambālikāyām) - in Ambālikā; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; अम्बिकादास्याम् (ambikā-dāsyām) - in the maid of Ambikā; विदुरस्य (vidurasya) - of Vidura; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth;]

(In Ambikā, from Vyāsa, of Dhṛtarāṣṭra the birth. In Ambālikā, of Pāṇḍu the birth. In the maid of Ambikā, of Vidura the birth.)

Dhṛtarāṣṭra was born from Vyāsa through Ambikā. Pāṇḍu was born through Ambālikā. Vidura was born through Ambikā's maid. (115)

११६. माण्डव्योपाख्यानम्॥१॥राजाज्ञया माण्डव्यस्य शूलारोपणम्॥२॥

116. māṇḍavyopākhyānam॥1॥ rājājñayā māṇḍavyasya śūlāropaṇam॥2॥

[माण्डव्योपाख्यानम् (māṇḍavyopākhyānam) - the story of Māṇḍavya; राजाज्ञया (rājājñayā) - by the king's order; माण्डव्यस्य (māṇḍavyasya) - of Māṇḍavya; शूलारोपणम् (śūlāropaṇam) - impalement on a stake;]

(116. The story of Māṇḍavya. 1. By the king's order, impalement of Māṇḍavya on a stake. 2.)

116. The story of Māṇḍavya. (1) Māṇḍavya was impaled on a stake by the king's command. (2)

११७. माण्डव्यं ऋषिं ज्ञात्वा भीतेन राज्ञा तस्य शूलाद्विमोक्षणम्॥१॥अणीमाण्डव्यस्य यमेन विवादः॥२॥माण्डव्यं न यमस्य शापः॥३॥

117. māṇḍavyaṃ ṛṣiṃ jñātvā bhītena rājñā tasya śūlād vimokṣaṇam॥1॥aṇīmāṇḍavyasya yamena vivādaḥ॥2॥māṇḍavyaṃ na yamasya śāpaḥ॥3॥

[११७ (117) - 117; माण्डव्यं (māṇḍavyam) - Māṇḍavya (proper noun, the sage); ऋषिं (ṛṣiṃ) - sage (accusative singular); ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - having known; भीतेन (bhītena) - by the frightened; राज्ञा (rājñā) - by the king; तस्य (tasya) - his; शूलात् (śūlāt) - from the stake; विमोक्षणम् (vimokṣaṇam) - release; अणीमाण्डव्यस्य (aṇīmāṇḍavyasya) - of Aṇī-Māṇḍavya (the small Māṇḍavya, a proper noun, genitive); यमेन (yamena) - by Yama (god of death); विवादः (vivādaḥ) - dispute; माण्डव्यं (māṇḍavyam) - Māṇḍavya (the sage); न (na) - not; यमस्य (yamasya) - of Yama; शापः (śāpaḥ) - curse;]

(117. Having known the sage Māṇḍavya, by the frightened king, his release from the stake. (1) Of Aṇī-Māṇḍavya, dispute with Yama. (2) Māṇḍavya not of Yama's curse. (3))

117. Upon recognizing the sage Māṇḍavya, the frightened king released him from the stake. (1) A dispute between Aṇī-Māṇḍavya and Yama. (2) Māṇḍavya was not subject to Yama's curse. (3)

११८. कंचित्कालं भीष्मेण राज्यपरिपालनानन्तरं पाण्डो राज्येऽभिषेकः॥१॥

118. kaṃcitkālaṃ bhīṣmeṇa rājyaparipālanānantaraṃ pāṇḍo rājye'bhiṣekaḥ॥1॥

[कंचित्कालम् (kaṃcitkālam) - for some time; भीष्मेण (bhīṣmeṇa) - by Bhīṣma; राज्यपरिपालनानन्तरम् (rājyaparipālanānantaram) - after the administration of the kingdom; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; राज्ये (rājye) - to the kingdom; अभिषेकः (abhiṣekaḥ) - anointment;]

(For some time by Bhīṣma, after the administration of the kingdom, of Pāṇḍu, to the kingdom, anointment.)

118. For some time, after Bhīṣma had administered the kingdom, Pāṇḍu was anointed as king. (1)

११९. धृतराष्ट्रविवाहार्थं भीष्मविदुरसंवादः॥१॥धृतराष्ट्रस्य गान्धार्या विवाहः॥२॥

119. dhṛtarāṣṭravivāhārthaṃ bhīṣmavidurasaṃvādaḥ॥1॥dhṛtarāṣṭrasya gāndhāryā vivāhaḥ॥2॥

[धृतराष्ट्रविवाहार्थं (dhṛtarāṣṭra-vivāha-artham) - for the purpose of Dhṛtarāṣṭra’s marriage; भीष्म-विदुर-संवादः (bhīṣma-vidura-saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue between Bhīṣma and Vidura; धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhṛtarāṣṭrasya) - of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; गान्धार्या (gāndhāryāḥ) - of Gāndhārī; विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage;]

(For the purpose of Dhṛtarāṣṭra’s marriage, dialogue between Bhīṣma and Vidura. Marriage of Dhṛtarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī.)

Dialogue between Bhīṣma and Vidura regarding Dhṛtarāṣṭra’s marriage. Dhṛtarāṣṭra’s marriage with Gāndhārī.

१२०. पृथाया बाल्यचरित्रकथनम्॥१॥तस्या दुर्वाससो मन्त्रप्राप्तिः॥२॥मन्त्रप्रभावजिज्ञासयाऽऽहूतात्सूर्यात्कुन्त्यां कर्णस्योत्पत्तिः॥३॥लोकभयात्कुन्त्या यमुनायां विसृष्टस्य राधाभर्त्रा स्वीकारो वसुषेणेति नामकरमं च॥४॥संग्रहेण कर्णचरित्रकथनम्॥५॥

120. pṛthāyā bālyacaritrakathanam॥1॥tasyā durvāsaso mantraprāptiḥ॥2॥mantraprabhāvajijñāsayā''hūtātsūryāt kuntyāṃ karṇasyotpattiḥ॥3॥lokabhayāt kuntyā yamunāyāṃ visṛṣṭasya rādhabhartrā svīkāro vasuṣeṇeti nāmakaramaṃ ca॥4॥saṅgraheṇa karṇacaritrakathanam॥5॥

[पृथाया (pṛthāyā) (pṛthāyā) - of Pṛthā; बाल्य-चरित्र-कथनम् (bālya-caritra-kathanam) (bālyacaritrakathanam) - childhood-character-narration; तस्या (tasyā) (tasyā) - of her; दुर्वाससः (durvāsasaḥ) (durvāsasaḥ) - of Durvāsas; मन्त्र-प्राप्तिः (mantra-prāptiḥ) (mantraprāptiḥ) - mantra-receiving; मन्त्र-प्रभाव-जिज्ञासया (mantra-prabhāva-jijñāsayā) (mantraprabhāvajijñāsayā) - by curiosity about the power of the mantra; आहूतात् (āhūtāt) (āhūtāt) - from being invoked; सूर्यात् (sūryāt) (sūryāt) - from Sūrya; कुन्त्यां (kuntyām) (kuntyāṃ) - in Kunti; कर्णस्य (karṇasya) (karṇasya) - of Karṇa; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) (utpattiḥ) - birth; लोक-भयात् (loka-bhayāt) (lokabhayāt) - from fear of the people; कुन्त्या (kuntyā) (kuntyā) - by Kunti; यमुनायाम् (yamunāyām) (yamunāyām) - in Yamunā; विसृष्टस्य (visṛṣṭasya) (visṛṣṭasya) - of the abandoned; राधा-भर्त्रा (rādhā-bhartrā) (rādha-bhartrā) - by the husband of Rādhā; स्वीकारः (svīkāraḥ) (svīkāraḥ) - acceptance; वसुषेण-इति (vasuṣeṇa-iti) (vasuṣeṇa-iti) - Vasuṣeṇa-thus; नामकरणम् (nāmakaraṇam) (nāmakaraṇam) - naming; संग्रहेण (saṅgraheṇa) (saṅgraheṇa) - in summary; कर्ण-चरित्र-कथनम् (karṇa-caritra-kathanam) (karṇacaritrakathanam) - Karṇa-character-narration;]

(120. Of Pṛthā, childhood-character-narration. (1) Of her, Durvāsas' mantra-receiving. (2) From curiosity about the mantra's power, from being invoked, from Sūrya, in Kunti, of Karṇa, birth. (3) From fear of people, by Kunti, in Yamunā, of the abandoned, by the husband of Rādhā, acceptance, Vasuṣeṇa, thus, naming also. (4) In summary, Karṇa-character-narration. (5))

120. The narration of Pṛthā's childhood. (1) Her receiving the mantra from Durvāsas. (2) Out of curiosity about the power of the mantra, upon invocation, Karṇa's birth from Sūrya in Kunti. (3) Out of fear of society, Kunti abandoned him in the Yamunā, and he was accepted by Rādhā's husband and named Vasuṣeṇa. (4) In summary, the narration of Karṇa's character. (5)

१२१. पाण्डोः कुन्त्या विवाहः॥१॥

121. pāṇḍoḥ kuntyā vivāhaḥ॥1॥

[पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; कुन्त्या (kuntyā) - with Kuntī; विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage;]

(121. Of Pāṇḍu with Kuntī marriage (took place).)

121. The marriage of Pāṇḍu with Kuntī. (1)

१२२. पाण्डोर्माद्र्या विवाहः। दिग्विजयश्च॥१॥

122. pāṇḍor mādryā vivāhaḥ. digvijayaś ca ॥1॥

[पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; माद्र्या (mādryā) - with Mādrī; विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage; दिग्विजयः (digvijayaḥ) - conquest of directions; च (ca) - and;]

(122. Marriage of Pāṇḍu with Mādrī. And conquest of directions.)

122. The marriage of Pāṇḍu with Mādrī and the conquest of the directions. (1)

१२३. सभार्यस्य पाण्डोर्मृगयार्थं वनगमनम्॥१॥तत्र मृगरूपस्य मृग्या मैथुनं चरतः किन्दमस्य मुनेर्हननम्॥२॥मैथुनकाले त्वं मरिष्यसीति किन्दमेन पाण्डुं प्रति शापः॥३॥

123. sabhāryasya pāṇḍor mṛgayārthaṃ vanagamanam॥1॥tatra mṛgarūpasya mṛgyā maithunaṃ carataḥ kindamasya muner hananam॥2॥maithunakāle tvaṃ mariṣyasīti kindamena pāṇḍuṃ prati śāpaḥ॥3॥

[सभार्यस्य (sabhāryasya) - with wife; of one having wife; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; मृगयार्थं (mṛgayārtham) - for the purpose of hunting; वनगमनम् (vanagamanam) - going to the forest; तत्र (tatra) - there; मृगरूपस्य (mṛgarūpasya) - of the one in the form of a deer; मृग्या (mṛgyā) - with a deer; (his) deer-wife; मैथुनं (maithunam) - sexual union; चरतः (carataḥ) - engaging in; moving; किन्दमस्य (kindamasya) - of Kindama; मुनेः (muneḥ) - of the sage; हननम् (hananam) - killing; मैथुनकाले (maithunakāle) - at the time of sexual union; त्वम् (tvam) - you; मरिष्यसि (mariṣyasi) - will die; इति (iti) - thus; किन्दमेन (kindamena) - by Kindama; पाण्डुं (pāṇḍum) - Pāṇḍu (accusative); प्रति (prati) - towards; शापः (śāpaḥ) - curse;]

(With wife, of Pāṇḍu, for the purpose of hunting, going to the forest. There, of the one in the form of a deer, with his deer-wife, sexual union, engaging in, of Kindama, of the sage, killing. At the time of sexual union, you will die thus, by Kindama, towards Pāṇḍu, curse.)

123. Pāṇḍu, along with his wife, went to the forest for the purpose of hunting. There, he killed the sage Kindama, who was in the form of a deer and engaged in sexual union with his deer-wife. Then, Kindama cursed Pāṇḍu: "At the time of sexual union, you will die." (123-1-3)

१२४. किन्दमशापात्खिन्नस्य पाण्डोः पत्नीभ्यां वने वासः॥१॥पाण्डोः शतशृङ्गे तपश्चरणम्॥२॥

124. kindamaśāpātkhinnasya pāṇḍoḥ patnībhyāṃ vane vāsaḥ॥1॥pāṇḍoḥ śataśṛṅge tapaścaraṇam॥2॥

[किन्दमशापात् (kindamaśāpāt) - from the curse of Kindama; खिन्नस्य (khinnasya) - distressed; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; पत्नीभ्यां (patnībhyām) - with the two wives; वने (vane) - in the forest; वासः (vāsaḥ) - dwelling; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; शतशृङ्गे (śataśṛṅge) - at Shataśṛṅga (the mountain); तपः (tapaḥ) - austerity; चरणम् (caraṇam) - practice;]

(Because of the curse of Kindama, distressed, of Pāṇḍu, with the two wives, in the forest, dwelling. Of Pāṇḍu, at Shataśṛṅga, austerity, practice.)

124. Because of Kindama’s curse, Pāṇḍu, distressed, dwelt in the forest with his two wives. At Shataśṛṅga, Pāṇḍu practiced austerities. (1)(2)

१२५. ब्रह्मलोकं जिगमिषोः पाण्डोः तव पुत्रा भविष्यन्तीत्युक्त्वा ऋषिभिः प्रतिनिवर्तनम्॥१॥

125. brahmalokaṃ jigamiṣoḥ pāṇḍoḥ tava putrā bhaviṣyantīty uktvā ṛṣibhiḥ pratinivartanam ॥1॥

[ब्रह्मलोकं (brahmalokaṃ) - brahma-loka; the world of Brahma; जिगमिषोः (jigamiṣoḥ) - of one desiring to go; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; तव (tava) - your; पुत्रा (putrā) - sons; भविष्यन्ति (bhaviṣyanti) - they will be; इति (iti) - thus; उक्त्वा (uktvā) - having spoken; ऋषिभिः (ṛṣibhiḥ) - by the sages; प्रतिनिवर्तनम् (pratinivartanam) - return;]

(To the world of Brahma, of one desiring to go, of Pāṇḍu, your sons will be thus—having spoken by the sages, the return.)

The sages, having said that your sons—of Pāṇḍu, who desires to go to Brahma's world—will be (thus), departed. (125-1)

१२६. विदुरस्य विवाहः पुत्रोत्पत्तिश्च॥१॥व्यासस्य वरेण गान्धार्यां धृतराष्ट्राद्गर्भोत्पत्तिः॥२॥पाण्डोः पुत्रोत्पत्तौ चिन्ता॥३॥

126. vidurasya vivāhaḥ putrotpattiśca॥1॥vyāsasya vareṇa gāndhāryāṃ dhṛtarāṣṭrādgarbhotpattiḥ॥2॥pāṇḍoḥ putrotpattau cintā॥3॥

[विदुरस्य (vidurasya) - of Vidura; विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage; पुत्रोत्पत्तिः (putrotpattiḥ) - son's birth; च (ca) - and; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyāsa; वरेण (vareṇa) - by the boon; गान्धार्यां (gāndhāryām) - in Gāndhārī; धृतराष्ट्रात् (dhṛtarāṣṭrāt) - from Dhṛtarāṣṭra; गर्भोत्पत्तिः (garbhotpattiḥ) - birth of offspring; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; पुत्रोत्पत्तौ (putrotpattau) - on son's birth; चिन्ता (cintā) - anxiety;]

(126. Of Vidura, marriage, son's birth and; of Vyāsa, by the boon, in Gāndhārī, from Dhṛtarāṣṭra, birth of offspring; of Pāṇḍu, on son's birth, anxiety.)

126. The marriage and birth of a son for Vidura; by Vyāsa's boon, the birth of an offspring in Gāndhārī from Dhṛtarāṣṭra; Pāṇḍu's anxiety regarding the birth of sons. (1-3)

१२७. कुन्त्या पाण्डुं प्रति व्युषिताश्वकथाकथनम्॥१॥

127. kuntyā pāṇḍuṃ prati vyuṣitāśva-kathā-kathanam॥1॥

[कुन्त्या (kuntyā) - by Kuntī; (instrumental singular, feminine proper noun); पाण्डुं (pāṇḍuṃ) - to Pāṇḍu; (accusative singular, masculine proper noun); प्रति (prati) - towards; (indeclinable); व्युषिताश्वकथा (vyuṣitāśva-kathā) - the stories of Vyuṣitāśva; (compound: vyuṣita-āśva-kathā); कथनम् (kathanam) - telling; (noun, neuter);]

(127. By Kuntī, to Pāṇḍu, towards, the stories of Vyuṣitāśva, telling. 1.)

127. Kuntī tells Pāṇḍu the stories of Vyuṣitāśva. (1)

१२८. उद्दालककथा॥१॥उद्दालकपुत्रेण श्वेतकेतुना कृता स्त्रीपुरुषमर्यादा॥२॥गुणाधिकात् द्विजातेः पुत्रोत्पादनार्थं प्रति पाण्डोराज्ञा॥३॥कुन्त्या दुर्वाससः स्वस्य मन्त्रप्राप्तिकथनम्॥४॥

128. uddālakakathā॥1॥uddālakaputreṇa śvetaketunā kṛtā strīpuruṣamaryādā॥2॥guṇādhikāt dvijāteḥ putrotpādanārthaṃ prati pāṇḍorājñā॥3॥kuntyā durvāsasaḥ svasya mantraprāptikathanam॥4॥

[१२८ (128) - 128; उद्दालककथा (uddālakakathā) - the story of Uddālaka; उद्दालकपुत्रेण (uddālakaputreṇa) - by Uddālaka's son; श्वेतकेतुना (śvetaketunā) - by Śvetaketu; कृता (kṛtā) - made; स्त्रीपुरुषमर्यादा (strīpuruṣamaryādā) - the woman-man boundary; गुणाधिकात् (guṇādhikāt) - from superiority of qualities; द्विजातेः (dvijāteḥ) - of a twice-born; पुत्रोत्पादनार्थं (putrotpādanārthaṃ) - for the sake of generating a son; प्रति (prati) - to; पाण्डोराज्ञा (pāṇḍorājñā) - order of Pāṇḍu; कुन्त्या (kuntyā) - by Kuntī; दुर्वाससः (durvāsasaḥ) - of Durvāsas; स्वस्य (svasya) - her own; मन्त्रप्राप्तिकथनम् (mantraprāptikathanam) - telling about obtaining the mantra;]

(128. The story of Uddālaka. 1. By Uddālaka's son Śvetaketu the woman-man boundary was made. 2. Because of superiority of qualities, for generating a son, order of Pāṇḍu to twice-born. 3. By Kuntī, narration of obtaining her own mantra from Durvāsas. 4.)

128. The story of Uddālaka. (1) Śvetaketu, the son of Uddālaka, established the law of relations between men and women. (2) By order of Pāṇḍu, a twice-born man of superior qualities was chosen for the purpose of producing a son. (3) Kuntī told how she obtained her own mantra from Durvāsas. (4).

१२९. धर्मात्कुन्त्यां युधिष्ठिरोत्पत्तिः॥१॥कुन्त्याः पुत्रोत्पत्तिश्रवणेन दुःखितया गान्धार्यां घातितात्स्वोदरान्मांसपेशीजननम्॥२॥मांसपेशीं एकोत्तरशतधा विभज्य पृथक्पृथक्कुण्डेषु निधाय रक्षणम्॥३॥वने स्थितस्य पाण्डोः कुन्त्यां वायोर्भीमसेन्नोत्पत्तिः॥४॥मातुरङ्कात्पतितेन भीमेन शैलशिलासंचूर्णनम्॥५॥दुर्योधनोत्पत्तिः॥६॥ततो मासेन धृतराष्ट्रस्य पुत्रशतोत्पत्तिः। दुःशलाजननं च॥७॥

129. dharmāt kuntyāṃ yudhiṣṭhirotpattiḥ॥1॥kuntyāḥ putrotpattiśravaṇena duḥkhitayā gāndhāryāṃ ghātitāt svodaran māṃsapeśījananam॥2॥māṃsapeśīṃ ekottaraśatadhā vibhajya pṛthakpṛthak kuṇḍeṣu nidhāya rakṣaṇam॥3॥vane sthitasya pāṇḍoḥ kuntyāṃ vāyor bhīmasenotpattiḥ॥4॥māturaṅkāt patitena bhīmena śailaśilāsaṃcūrṇanam॥5॥duryodhanotpattiḥ॥6॥tato māsena dhṛtarāṣṭrasya putraśatotpattiḥ. duḥśalājananaṃ ca॥7॥

[धर्मात् (dharmāt) - from Dharma; (god of righteousness); कुन्त्यां (kuntyām) - in Kuntī; (name of queen); युधिष्ठिरोत्पत्तिः (yudhiṣṭhira-utpattiḥ) - birth of Yudhiṣṭhira; (proper noun); कुन्त्याः (kuntyāḥ) - of Kuntī; (genitive); पुत्रोत्पत्ति-श्रवणेन (putra-utpatti-śravaṇena) - by the hearing of the birth of (her) son; (instrumental); दुःखितया (duḥkhitayā) - by the one made sorrowful; (instrumental, feminine); गान्धार्यां (gāndhāryām) - in Gāndhārī; (proper noun, locative); घातितात् (ghātitāt) - from the one who destroyed; (ablative); स्वोदरान् (sv-udaran) - her own womb-children; (accusative plural); मांसपेशी-जननम् (māṃsapeśī-jananam) - production of flesh-masses; (noun); मांसपेशीं (māṃsapeśīm) - flesh-mass; (accusative singular); एकोत्तरशतधा (eko'ttara-śata-dhā) - into one hundred and one parts; (adverbial); विभज्य (vibhajya) - dividing; (gerund); पृथक्-पृथक् (pṛthak-pṛthak) - separately; (adverb); कुण्डेषु (kuṇḍeṣu) - in pots; (locative plural); निधाय (nidhāya) - having placed; (gerund); रक्षणम् (rakṣaṇam) - preservation; (noun); वने (vane) - in the forest; (locative); स्थितस्य (sthitasya) - of the one staying; (genitive singular, masculine); पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; (genitive singular, proper noun); कुन्त्यां (kuntyām) - in Kuntī; (locative, proper noun); वायोः (vāyoḥ) - from Vāyu; (ablative, god of wind); भीमसेन-उत्पत्तिः (bhīmasena-utpattiḥ) - birth of Bhīmasena; (proper noun); मातुर्-अङ्कात् (mātur-aṅkāt) - from the mother's lap; (ablative); पतितेन (patitena) - by the one who fell; (instrumental); भीमेन (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; (instrumental proper noun); शैल-शिला-संचूर्णनम् (śaila-śilā-saṃcūrṇanam) - pulverizing rocks and stones; (noun); दुर्योधन-उत्पत्तिः (duryodhana-utpattiḥ) - birth of Duryodhana; (proper noun); ततः (tataḥ) - thereafter; (adverb); मासेन (māsena) - within a month; (instrumental); धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhṛtarāṣṭrasya) - of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; (genitive, proper noun); पुत्र-शत-उत्पत्तिः (putra-śata-utpattiḥ) - birth of one hundred sons; (noun); दुःशला-जननं (duḥśalā-jananam) - birth of Duḥśalā; (proper noun); च (ca) - and; (conjunction);]

(From Dharma in Kuntī, the birth of Yudhiṣṭhira. By hearing of the birth of a son of Kuntī, in the grief-stricken Gāndhārī, from the one who destroyed (her own embryos), production of flesh-masses (occurred). The flesh-mass, dividing into one hundred and one parts, placing separately in pots, preservation (was done). While Pāṇḍu dwelled in the forest, from Vāyu in Kuntī, the birth of Bhīmasena. By Bhīma, having fallen from the mother's lap, pulverizing of rocks and stones (occurred). The birth of Duryodhana. Thereafter, within a month, of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, the birth of one hundred sons and the birth of Duḥśalā.)

Yudhiṣṭhira was born to Kuntī by Dharma. When Gāndhārī, saddened upon hearing of Kuntī's son's birth, destroyed her own embryos, masses of flesh were produced. Dividing these flesh-masses into one hundred and one parts, they were preserved separately in pots. While Pāṇḍu lived in the forest, Bhīmasena was born to Kuntī by Vāyu. When Bhīma fell from his mother's lap, he shattered rocks and stones. Duryodhana was born next. Then, within a month, Dhṛtarāṣṭra's hundred sons and Duḥśalā were born.

१३०. दुःशलाजननप्रकारकथनम्॥१॥

130. duḥśalājananaprakārakathanam ॥1॥

[दुःशलाजन् (duḥśalājan) - Duḥśalā's birth; नप्रकार (naprakāra) - the kind/mode; कथनम् (kathanam) - narration;]

(130. Duḥśalā's birth mode narration. (1))

130. The narration of the manner of Duḥśalā's birth. (1)

१३१. दुर्योधनादीनां नामकथनम्॥१॥दुःशलाविवाहः॥२॥

131. duryodhanādīnāṃ nāmakathanam॥1॥duḥśalāvivāhaḥ॥2॥

[दुर्योधनादीनां (duryodhanādīnāṃ) - of Duryodhana and others; नाम (nāma) - names; कथनम् (kathanam) - statement; दुःशला (duḥśalā) - Duḥśalā; विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage;]

(131. Of Duryodhana and others names statement. (1) Duḥśalā marriage. (2))

131. Statement of the names of Duryodhana and others. (1) The marriage of Duḥśalā. (2)

१३२. कुन्त्यां इन्द्रादर्जुनोत्पत्तिः॥१॥तद्वेलायां आकाशवाण्यादि॥२॥

132. kuntyāṃ indrād arjunotpattiḥ॥1॥ tad-velāyāṃ ākāśavāṇy-ādi॥2॥

[कुन्त्यां (kuntyām) - in Kunti; fem. locative singular; इन्द्रात् (indrāt) - from Indra; ablative singular; अर्जुनो (arjuno) - Arjuna; nominative singular; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; nominative singular; तद्वेलायां (tad-velāyām) - at that time; fem. locative singular; आकाशवाणी (ākāśavāṇī) - divine voice; nominative singular; आदि (ādi) - etcetera; beginning;]

(132. In Kunti, from Indra, Arjuna's birth. At that time, divine voice, etcetera.)

132. Arjuna was born to Kunti by Indra. At that time, a divine voice and other events occurred.

१३३. अश्विभ्यां माद्र्यां नकुलसहदेवयोरुत्पत्तिः॥१॥युधिष्ठिरादीनां नामकरणम्॥२॥वसुदेवप्रेषितेन पुरोहितेन पाण्डवानामुपनयनादिसंस्कारकरणम्॥३॥पाण्डवानां शुक्राद्धनुर्वेदशिक्षणम्॥४॥

133. aśvibhyāṃ mādryāṃ nakulasaḥadevayorutpattiḥ॥1॥yudhiṣṭhirādīnāṃ nāmakaraṇam॥2॥vasudevapreṣitena purohitena pāṇḍavānām upanayanādisaṃskārakaraṇam॥3॥pāṇḍavānāṃ śukrāddhanurvedaśikṣaṇam॥4॥

[अश्विभ्यां (aśvibhyām) - from the two Aśvins; माद्र्यां (mādryām) - from Mādrī; नकुलसहदेवयोः (nakulasaḥadevayoḥ) - of Nakula and Sahadeva; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; युधिष्ठिरादीनां (yudhiṣṭhirādīnām) - of Yudhiṣṭhira and others; नामकरणम् (nāmakaraṇam) - naming; वसुदेवप्रेषितेन (vasudevapreṣitena) - by Vasudeva's sending; पुरोहितेन (purohitena) - by the priest; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; उपनयनादिसंस्कारकरणम् (upanayanādisaṃskārakaraṇam) - the performing of upanayana and other sacraments; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; शुक्रात् (śukrāt) - from Śukra; धनुर्वेदशिक्षणम् (dhanurvedaśikṣaṇam) - learning of Dhanurveda;]

(From the two Aśvins and from Mādrī, the birth of Nakula and Sahadeva. Of Yudhiṣṭhira and others, the naming. By Vasudeva's sending, by the priest, the performing of upanayana and other sacraments for the Pāṇḍavas. Of the Pāṇḍavas, from Śukra, learning of Dhanurveda.)

The birth of Nakula and Sahadeva from the Aśvins and Mādrī; the naming of Yudhiṣṭhira and his brothers; the performance of the upanayana and other sacraments for the Pāṇḍavas by the priest sent by Vasudeva; and the instruction of the Pāṇḍavas in the Dhanurveda by Śukra. (133-1-4)

१३४. पाण्डवानामायुष्यकथनम्॥१॥माद्र्या मैथुनप्रवृत्तस्य पाण्डोर्मरणम्॥२॥पाण्डवप्रलापः॥३॥माद्र्याः सहगमनम्॥४॥मृतस्य पाण्डोर्दहनादिसंस्कारः॥५॥

134. pāṇḍavānām āyuṣya-kathanam॥1॥mādryā maithuna-pravṛttasya pāṇḍor maraṇam॥2॥pāṇḍava-pralāpaḥ॥3॥mādryāḥ saha-gamanam॥4॥mṛtasya pāṇḍor dahana-ādi-saṁskāraḥ॥5॥

[पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; आयुष्यकथनम् (āyuṣya-kathanam) - narration of longevity; माद्र्या (mādryā) - by Mādrī; मैथुनप्रवृत्तस्य (maithuna-pravṛttasya) - who was engaged in sexual union; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; मरणम् (maraṇam) - death; पाण्डवप्रलापः (pāṇḍava-pralāpaḥ) - lamentation of the Pāṇḍavas; माद्र्याः (mādryāḥ) - of Mādrī; सहगमनम् (saha-gamanam) - accompanying (in death); मृतस्य (mṛtasya) - of the dead; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; दहनादिसंस्कारः (dahana-ādi-saṁskāraḥ) - funeral and other rites;]

(134. Narration of the longevity of the Pāṇḍavas; death of Pāṇḍu, who was engaged in sexual union with Mādrī; lamentation of the Pāṇḍavas; accompanying in death by Mādrī; funeral and other rites for the dead Pāṇḍu.)

134. Account of the Pāṇḍavas' longevity; Pāṇḍu's death with Mādrī; the Pāṇḍavas' lament; Mādrī's self-immolation; the funeral and related rites for the deceased Pāṇḍu.

१३५. पाण्डवैः सह ऋषीणां हस्तिनापुरगमनम्॥१॥पाण्डुवृत्तान्तकथनपूर्वकं पाण्डवान्भीष्माय समर्प्य ऋषीणां प्रतिनिवर्तनम्॥२॥

135. pāṇḍavaiḥ saha ṛṣīṇāṃ hastināpuragamanam॥1॥ pāṇḍuvṛttāntakathanapūrvakaṃ pāṇḍavānbhīṣmāya samarpya ṛṣīṇāṃ pratinivartanam॥2॥

[पाण्डवैः (pāṇḍavaiḥ) - by the Pāṇḍavas; सह (saha) - together with; ऋषीणां (ṛṣīṇāṃ) - of the sages; हस्तिनापुरगमनम् (hastināpuragamanam) - going to Hastināpura; पाण्डुवृत्तान्तकथनपूर्वकं (pāṇḍuvṛttāntakathanapūrvakaṃ) - preceded by the narration of Pāṇḍu's story; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - (the) Pāṇḍavas; भीष्माय (bhīṣmāya) - to Bhīṣma; समर्प्य (samarpya) - after handing over; ऋषीणां (ṛṣīṇāṃ) - of the sages; प्रतिनिवर्तनम् (pratinivartanam) - return;]

(135. Together with the Pāṇḍavas, the sages' going to Hastināpura. After narrating the story of Pāṇḍu, handing over the Pāṇḍavas to Bhīṣma, the sages' return.)

135. The sages go to Hastināpura along with the Pāṇḍavas. After telling the story of Pāṇḍu and entrusting the Pāṇḍavas to Bhīṣma, the sages return. (1) (2)

१३६. पाण्डोरस्थिसंस्काराद्यन्त्येष्टिविधिः॥१॥

136. pāṇḍor-asthi-saṁskārād- yantya-iṣṭi-vidhiḥ॥1॥

[पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; अस्थि (asthi) - bones; संस्कारात् (saṁskārāt) - from the rite (consecration or purification); यन्त्येष्टि (yantya-iṣṭi) - final oblation; विधिः (vidhiḥ) - procedure;]

(Of Pāṇḍu, from the rite concerning the bones, the procedure of the final oblation.)

The procedure for the final oblation after the ritual for the bones of Pāṇḍu. (136-1)

१३७. पाण्डोः श्राद्धदानम्॥१॥कुमाराणां क्रीडावर्णनम्॥२॥क्रीडायां भीमेन दुर्योधनादीनां पराभवः॥३॥दुर्योधनेन प्रमाणकोट्यां पातनं, सर्पैर्दंशनं, विषमिश्रभक्ष्यदानम्॥४॥

137. pāṇḍoḥ śrāddhadānam॥1॥kumārāṇāṃ krīḍāvarṇanam॥2॥krīḍāyāṃ bhīmena duryodhanādīnāṃ parābhavaḥ॥3॥duryodhanena pramāṇakoṭyāṃ pātanaṃ, sarpair daṃśanaṃ, viṣamiśra-bhakṣyadānam॥4॥

[पाण्डोः (pāṇḍoḥ) (pāṇḍoḥ) - of Paṇḍu; श्राद्धदानम् (śrāddhadānam) (śrāddhadānam) - śrāddha offering; कुमाराणाम् (kumārāṇām) (kumārāṇām) - of the boys; क्रीडावर्णनम् (krīḍāvarṇanam) (krīḍāvarṇanam) - description of play; क्रीडायाम् (krīḍāyām) (krīḍāyām) - in play; भीमेन (bhīmena) (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; दुर्योधनादीनाम् (duryodhanādīnām) (duryodhanādīnām) - of Duryodhana and others; पराभवः (parābhavaḥ) (parābhavaḥ) - defeat; दुर्योधनेन (duryodhanena) (duryodhanena) - by Duryodhana; प्रमाणकोट्याम् (pramāṇakoṭyām) (pramāṇakoṭyām) - in the measure-pit; पातनम् (pātanam) (pātanam) - throwing down; सर्पैः (sarpaiḥ) (sarpaiḥ) - with serpents; दंशनम् (daṃśanam) (daṃśanam) - biting; विषमिश्र (viṣamiśra) (viṣamiśra) - mixed with poison; भक्ष्यदानम् (bhakṣyadānam) (bhakṣyadānam) - giving of food;]

(137. Of Paṇḍu, śrāddha offering. Of the boys, description of play. In play, by Bhīma, of Duryodhana and others, defeat. By Duryodhana, in the measure-pit, throwing down, with serpents, biting, poisonous-mixed food giving.)

137. Paṇḍu's śrāddha offering. Description of the boys' games. In play, Bhīma defeats Duryodhana and his companions. Duryodhana throws him into a pit, has serpents bite him, and gives him food mixed with poison. (1-4)

१३८. पुनर्भीमाय विषमिश्रभक्ष्यदानम्॥१॥शूलकीलितायां शमाणकोट्यां पुनर्भीमसेनस्य पातनम्॥२॥पाताललोकं प्राप्तस्य भीमस्य वासुकिदत्तरसपानम्॥३॥

138. punarbhīmāya viṣamiśrabhakṣyadānam॥1॥ śūlakīlitāyāṃ śamāṇakoṭyāṃ punarbhīmasenasya pātanam॥2॥ pātālalokaṃ prāptasya bhīmasya vāsukidattarasapānam॥3॥

[पुनर्भीमाय (punarbhīmāya) - again to Bhīma; विषमिश्रभक्ष्यदानम् (viṣamiśrabhakṣyadānam) - gift of food mixed with poison; शूलकीलितायां (śūlakīlitāyām) - in (the place) pierced by a spike; शमाणकोट्यां (śamāṇakoṭyām) - at the wall of Śamāṇas; पुनर्भीमसेनस्य (punarbhīmasenasya) - again of Bhīmasena; पातनम् (pātanam) - fall; पाताललोकं (pātālalokam) - netherworld; प्राप्तस्य (prāptasya) - having reached; भीमस्य (bhīmasya) - of Bhīma; वासुकिदत्तरसपानम् (vāsukidattarasapānam) - drinking of nectar given by Vāsuki;]

(Again to Bhīma, the gift of food mixed with poison. In the place pierced by a spike at the wall of the Śamāṇas, again the fall of Bhīmasena. Having reached the netherworld, the drinking of nectar given by Vāsuki by Bhīma.)

138. Again poison-laced food is given to Bhīma. In the place pierced by a spike at the wall of the Śamāṇas, Bhīmasena is cast down again. When Bhīma reaches the netherworld, he drinks nectar given by Vāsuki. (138-1–3)

१३९. भीममनागतं दृष्ट्वा खिन्नायाः कुन्त्या विदुरेण संवादः॥१॥रसपानेन नागायुतबलवता भीमेन हस्तिनापुरप्रत्यागमनम्॥२॥भीष्मेण धनुर्वेदशिक्षणार्थं कुमाराणां कृपाय निवेदनम्॥३॥

139. bhīmam anāgatam dṛṣṭvā khinnāyāḥ kuntyā vidureṇa saṁvādaḥ॥1॥ rasapānena nāgāyutabalavatā bhīmena hastināpurapratyāgamanam॥2॥ bhīṣmeṇa dhanurvedaśikṣaṇārthaṁ kumārāṇāṁ kṛpāya nivedanam॥3॥

[भीमम् (bhīmam) - Bhīma; (accusative singular of Bhīma;) अनागतम् (anāgatam) - not-returned; not come back; yet to arrive; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; after seeing; खिन्नायाः (khinnāyāḥ) - for the distressed; of the troubled; (genitive feminine singular of khinnā;) कुन्त्या (kuntyā) - by Kuntī; (instrumental feminine singular of Kuntī;) विदुरेण (vidureṇa) - by Vidura; (instrumental singular of Vidura;) संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - conversation; discussion; रसपानेन (rasapānena) - by drinking the essence; by consuming the potion; नागायुतबलवता (nāgāyutabalavatā) - with the strength of ten thousand elephants; (possessing the strength of an army of elephants;) भीमेन (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; (instrumental singular;) हस्तिनापुर (hastināpura) - Hastināpura; (name of city;) प्रत्यागमनम् (pratyāgamanam) - return; coming back; भीष्मेण (bhīṣmeṇa) - by Bhīṣma; (instrumental singular;) धनुर्वेद (dhanurveda) - science of archery; (Dhanurveda;) शिक्षणार्थम् (śikṣaṇārtham) - for the purpose of instruction; for learning; कुमाराणां (kumārāṇāṁ) - of the princes; (genitive plural of kumāra;) कृपाय (kṛpāya) - to Kṛpa; (dative singular of Kṛpa;) निवेदनम् (nivedanam) - request; submission;]

(Having seen Bhīma not returned, a conversation between the distressed Kuntī and Vidura. By drinking the essence, by Bhīma who possesses the strength of ten thousand elephants, return to Hastināpura. By Bhīṣma, for the purpose of instruction in archery, request to Kṛpa for the princes.)

(139) On seeing Bhīma not having returned, the distressed Kuntī converses with Vidura. (1) By drinking the potion, Bhīma, endowed with the strength of ten thousand elephants, returns to Hastināpura. (2) Bhīṣma requests Kṛpa to instruct the princes in the science of archery. (3)

१४०. कृपद्रोणाश्वत्थामाचार्याणामुत्पत्तिः॥१॥द्रोणाचार्यस्य परशुरामादस्त्रलाभः॥२॥

140. kṛpa-droṇa-aśvatthāmā-ācāryāṇām utpattiḥ ॥1॥ droṇācāryasya paraśurāmāt astralābhaḥ ॥2॥

[कृप (kṛpa) - Kṛpa; द्रोण (droṇa) - Droṇa; अश्वत्थामा (aśvatthāmā) - Aśvatthāmā; आचार्याणाम् (ācāryāṇām) - of teachers; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - origin; द्रोणाचार्यस्य (droṇācāryasya) - of Droṇācārya; परशुरामात् (paraśurāmāt) - from Paraśurāma; अस्त्रलाभः (astralābhaḥ) - obtaining of weapons;]

(Kṛpa, Droṇa, Aśvatthāmā, of teachers, origin. Of Droṇācārya, from Paraśurāma, obtaining of weapons.)

The origins of the teachers Kṛpa, Droṇa, and Aśvatthāmā. The obtaining of weapons by Droṇācārya from Paraśurāma. (140)

१४१. द्रुपदसमीपं गत्वा तेन सह स्वस्य सखित्वं कथयतो द्रोणस्य द्रुपदकृतं भर्त्सनम्॥१॥तेन कुपितस्य द्रोणस्य हास्तिन पुरगमनम्॥२॥क्रीडाकाले कूपपतितयोर्विदाकन्दुकयोरुद्धरणे अशक्नुवतां कुमाराणां द्रोणकृतोऽधिक्षेपः॥३॥द्रोणेन वीटामुद्रिकयोः कूपादुद्धारः॥४॥द्रोणवृत्तान्तश्रवणेन भीष्मेण स्वगृहनिवासार्थं द्रोणं प्रति प्रार्थनम्॥५॥

141. drupadasamīpaṃ gatvā tena saha svasya sakhitvaṃ kathayato droṇasya drupadakṛtaṃ bhartsanam॥1॥ tena kupitasya droṇasya hāstina puragamanam॥2॥ krīḍākāle kūpapatitayor vidākandukayor uddharaṇe aśaknuvatāṃ kumārāṇāṃ droṇakṛto'dhikṣepaḥ॥3॥ droṇena vīṭāmudrikayoḥ kūpāduddhāraḥ॥4॥ droṇavṛttāntaśravaṇena bhīṣmeṇa svagṛhanivāsārthaṃ droṇaṃ prati prārthanam॥5॥

[द्रुपद समीपं (drupada samīpaṃ) - Drupada; near;, गत्वा (gatvā) - having gone;, तेन (tena) - with him;, सह (saha) - together;, स्वस्य (svasya) - his own;, सखित्वं (sakhitvaṃ) - friendship;, कथयतो (kathayato) - of (him) telling;, द्रोणस्य (droṇasya) - of Droṇa;, द्रुपदकृतं (drupadakṛtaṃ) - done by Drupada;, भर्त्सनम् (bhartsanam) - reproach;, तेन (tena) - by him;, कुपितस्य (kupitasya) - angered;, द्रोणस्य (droṇasya) - of Droṇa;, हास्तिन पुरगमनम् (hāstina puragamanam) - Hastina city going;, क्रीडाकाले (krīḍākāle) - at the time of play;, कूपपतितयोः (kūpapatitayoḥ) - of the two fallen in a well;, विदाकन्दुकयोः (vidākandukayoḥ) - of the ball and stick;, उद्धरणे (uddharaṇe) - in the lifting;, अशक्नुवतां (aśaknuvatāṃ) - of those unable;, कुमाराणां (kumārāṇāṃ) - of the princes;, द्रोणकृतः (droṇakṛtaḥ) - done by Droṇa;, अधिक्षेपः (adhikṣepaḥ) - rebuke;, द्रोणेन (droṇena) - by Droṇa;, वीटा-मुद्रिकयोः (vīṭā-mudrikayoḥ) - of stick and ring;, कूपात् (kūpāt) - from the well;, उद्धारः (uddhāraḥ) - lifting;, द्रोण-वृत्तान्त-श्रवणेन (droṇa-vṛttānta-śravaṇena) - by hearing the story of Droṇa;, भीष्मेण (bhīṣmeṇa) - by Bhīṣma;, स्वगृह-निवास-अर्थं (svagṛha-nivāsa-arthaṃ) - for residence in his own house;, द्रोणं प्रति (droṇaṃ prati) - towards Droṇa;, प्रार्थनम् (prārthanam) - request;,;]

(141. Having gone near Drupada, of Droṇa telling his own friendship with him, the reproach done by Drupada. By him, of the angered Droṇa, going to Hastina city. At the time of play, in the lifting of the ball and stick fallen into the well, of the princes unable, rebuke done by Droṇa. By Droṇa, lifting of stick and ring from the well. By hearing the story of Droṇa, by Bhīṣma, for residence in his own house, request towards Droṇa.)

141. Having gone near Drupada, while Droṇa was telling of his own friendship with him, Drupada reproached him. Angered by this, Droṇa went to Hastināpura. While the princes were unable to lift the ball and stick fallen into a well during play, Droṇa rebuked them. Droṇa then lifted the stick and ring from the well. After hearing the story of Droṇa, Bhīṣma requested Droṇa to reside in his own house. (141)

१४२. द्रोणेनास्त्रशिक्षायां कुरुपाण्डवानां शिष्यत्वेनाङ्गीकारः॥१॥विद्याभ्याससमाप्त्यनन्तरं बहुशः परीक्षितस्यार्जुनस्य द्रोणाचार्याद्विशेषशिक्षाप्राप्तिः॥२॥मृण्मयद्रोणप्रतिमाराधनेन एकलव्यस्य धनुर्वेदप्रतिभानं॥३॥मृगयार्थं गतेषु कुरुपाण्डवेषु एकलव्येन बाणैः शुनो मुखपूरणम्॥४॥अर्जुनप्रार्थनया द्रोणेनैकलव्यं प्रतिगम्य गुरुदक्षिणात्वेन दक्षिणाङ्गुष्ठ याचनम्॥५॥एकलव्येन दक्षिणाङ्गुष्ठस्य छित्वा दानम्॥६॥द्रोणेन शिष्यपरीक्षा॥७॥शिष्यपरीक्षायां युधिष्ठिरा दीनां निराकरणम्॥८॥

142. droṇenāstraśikṣāyāṃ kurupāṇḍavānāṃ śiṣyatvenāṅgīkāraḥ॥1॥vidyābhyāsasamāptyanantaraṃ bahuśaḥ parīkṣitasyārjunasya droṇācāryādviśeṣaśikṣāprāptiḥ॥2॥mṛṇmayadroṇapratimārādhaneṇa ekalavyasya dhanurvedapratibhānaṃ॥3॥mṛgayārthaṃ gateṣu kurupāṇḍaveṣu ekalavyena bāṇaiḥ śuno mukhapūraṇam॥4॥arjunaprārthanayā droṇenaikalavyaṃ pratigamya gurudakṣiṇātvena dakṣiṇāṅguṣṭha yācanam॥5॥ekalavyena dakṣiṇāṅguṣṭhasya chittvā dānam॥6॥droṇena śiṣyaparīkṣā॥7॥śiṣyaparīkṣāyāṃ yudhiṣṭhirā dīnāṃ nirākaraṇam॥8॥

[द्रोणेन (droṇena) - by Droṇa; by the teacher; by Droṇaācārya; अस्त्रशिक्षायां (astraśikṣāyāṃ) - in the instruction of weaponry; in martial training; कुरुपाण्डवानां (kurupāṇḍavānāṃ) - of Kurus and Pāṇḍavas; of the Kurus and Pāṇḍavas; शिष्यत्वेन (śiṣyatvena) - in the status of students; as disciples; अंगिकारः (aṅgīkāraḥ) - acceptance; acceptance; विद्याभ्याससमाप्त्यनन्तरं (vidyābhyāsasamāptyanantaraṃ) - after the completion of study; after finishing education; बहुशः (bahuśaḥ) - many times; repeatedly; परीक्षितस्य (parīkṣitasya) - of the tested; of the examined; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; Arjuna’s; द्रोणाचार्याद् (droṇācāryād) - from Droṇācārya; from the teacher Droṇa; विशेषशिक्षाप्राप्तिः (viśeṣaśikṣāprāptiḥ) - attainment of special instruction; acquiring special training; मृण्मयद्रोणप्रतिमाराधनेन (mṛṇmaya-droṇa-pratimā-ārādhaneṇa) - by the worship of the earthen image of Droṇa; by devotion to an earthen Droṇa image; एकलव्यस्य (ekalavyasya) - of Ekalavya; Ekalavya’s; धनुर्वेदप्रतिभानं (dhanurveda-pratibhānaṃ) - talent in archery; proficiency in the science of archery; मृगयार्थं (mṛgayārthaṃ) - for the purpose of hunting; for hunting; गतेषु (gateṣu) - with having gone; after having gone; कुरुपाण्डवेषु (kurupāṇḍaveṣu) - with the Kurus and Pāṇḍavas; when Kurus and Pāṇḍavas went; एकलव्येन (ekalavyena) - by Ekalavya; बाणैः (bāṇaiḥ) - with arrows; शुनः (śunaḥ) - of a dog; मुखपूरणम् (mukha-pūraṇam) - filling of the mouth; अर्जुनप्रार्थनया (arjuna-prārthanayā) - by Arjuna’s request; द्रोणेन (droṇena) - by Droṇa; एकलव्यं (ekalavyaṃ) - Ekalavya; Ekalavya (object); प्रतिगम्य (pratigamya) - having approached; गुरुदक्षिणात्वेन (gurudakṣiṇātvena) - as preceptor’s fee; as the teacher’s fee; दक्षिणाङ्गुष्ठ (dakṣiṇāṅguṣṭha) - right thumb; याचनम् (yācanam) - asking; requesting; एकलव्येन (ekalavyena) - by Ekalavya; दक्षिणाङ्गुष्ठस्य (dakṣiṇāṅguṣṭhasya) - of the right thumb; छित्वा (chittvā) - having cut off; दानम् (dānam) - offering; giving; द्रोणेन (droṇena) - by Droṇa; शिष्यपरीक्षा (śiṣya-parīkṣā) - examination of disciples; शिष्यपरीक्षायां (śiṣyaparīkṣāyāṃ) - in the test of students; युधिष्ठिरा (yudhiṣṭhirā) - by Yudhiṣṭhira; दीनां (dīnām) - of the meek; निराकरणम् (nirākaraṇam) - rejection; dismissal;]

(142. By Droṇa, in the instruction of weaponry, acceptance of the Kurus and Pāṇḍavas as disciples. After the completion of study, repeatedly, of the tested Arjuna from Droṇācārya, attainment of special instruction. By the worship of an earthen image of Droṇa, Ekalavya's proficiency in the science of archery. For hunting, with the Kurus and Pāṇḍavas having gone, by Ekalavya, with arrows, filling of a dog's mouth. By Arjuna’s request, with Droṇa having approached Ekalavya, as the preceptor’s fee, a request for the right thumb. By Ekalavya, having cut off the right thumb, the offering. By Droṇa, the examination of disciples. In the test of students, by Yudhiṣṭhira, the meek, rejection.)

142. Droṇa accepted the Kurus and Pāṇḍavas as his disciples for instruction in the use of weapons. After finishing their studies, Arjuna, having been repeatedly tested, obtained special training from Droṇācārya. Ekalavya displayed talent in archery through devotion to an earthen image of Droṇa. When the Kurus and Pāṇḍavas had gone for hunting, Ekalavya filled a dog's mouth with arrows. At Arjuna’s request, Droṇa approached Ekalavya and, as a teacher's fee, requested Ekalavya's right thumb. Ekalavya cut off his right thumb and offered it. Droṇa conducted an examination of his disciples. In that test, Yudhiṣṭhira rejected the meek. (142)

१४३. अर्जुनेन लक्ष्यभूतभासच्छेदः॥१॥स्नानार्थं गङ्गामवतीर्णस्य द्रोणस्य ग्राहेण जङ्घायां ग्रहणम्॥२॥अर्जुनेन ग्राहहननम्॥३॥अर्जुनस्य ब्रह्मशिरोस्त्रलाभः॥४॥

143. arjunena lakṣyabhūtabhāsaḥ-chedaḥ॥1॥snānārthaṃ gaṅgām avatīrṇasya droṇasya grāheṇa jaṅghāyām grahaṇam॥2॥arjunena grāhahananam॥3॥arjunasya brahmaśiro'stralābhaḥ॥4॥

[अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; लक्ष्यभूतभासच्छेदः (lakṣyabhūtabhāsaḥ-chedaḥ) - cutting of the light presenting the target; स्नानार्थं (snānārtham) - for the sake of bathing; गङ्गाम् (gaṅgām) - the Ganges; अवतीर्णस्य (avatīrṇasya) - of the one descended; द्रोणस्य (droṇasya) - of Droṇa; ग्राहेण (grāheṇa) - by a crocodile; जङ्घायाम् (jaṅghāyām) - on (his) leg; ग्रहणम् (grahaṇam) - capture; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; ग्राहहननम् (grāhahananam) - slaying of the crocodile; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; ब्रह्मशिरोस्त्रलाभः (brahmaśiro'stralābhaḥ) - obtaining of the Brahmaśiras weapon;]

(By Arjuna, the cutting of the light acting as the target. For bathing, of Droṇa—having descended to the Ganges—by a crocodile, grasping on his leg. By Arjuna, slaying of the crocodile. Of Arjuna, acquisition of the Brahmaśiras weapon.)

143. Arjuna cuts the light serving as the target. When Droṇa descended into the Ganges for bathing, a crocodile seized his leg. Arjuna killed the crocodile. Arjuna obtained the Brahmaśiras weapon. (143-1–4)

१४४. कुमाराणां अस्त्रशिक्षापरीक्षार्थं रङ्गनिर्माणम्॥१॥शिक्षादर्शनार्थं भीष्मादीनां प्रेक्षागारप्रवेशः॥२॥युधिष्ठिरादीनां परीक्षा॥३॥भीमदुर्योधनयोः गदायुद्धपरीक्षा॥४॥

144. kumārāṇāṃ astraśikṣāparīkṣārthaṃ raṅganirmāṇam॥1॥ śikṣādarśanārthaṃ bhīṣmādīnāṃ prekṣāgārapraveśaḥ॥2॥ yudhiṣṭhirādīnāṃ parīkṣā॥3॥ bhīmaduryodhanayoḥ gadāyuddhaparīkṣā॥4॥

[कुमाराणां (kumārāṇāṃ) - of the princes; अस्त्रशिक्षापरीक्षार्थं (astraśikṣāparīkṣārtham) - for the test of weapons-training; रङ्गनिर्माणम् (raṅganirmāṇam) - construction of an arena; शिक्षादर्शनार्थं (śikṣādarśanārtham) - for seeing the teaching; भीष्मादीनां (bhīṣmādīnām) - of Bhīṣma and others; प्रेक्षागारप्रवेशः (prekṣāgārapraveśaḥ) - entrance into the viewing hall; युधिष्ठिरादीनां (yudhiṣṭhirādīnām) - of Yudhiṣṭhira and others; परीक्षा (parīkṣā) - test; भीमदुर्योधनयोः (bhīmaduryodhanayoḥ) - of Bhīma and Duryodhana; गदायुद्धपरीक्षा (gadāyuddhaparīkṣā) - test of club-fight;]

(Of the princes, for the test of weapons-training, construction of an arena. For observing the training, of Bhīṣma and others, entry into the viewing hall. Of Yudhiṣṭhira and others, test. Of Bhīma and Duryodhana, test of club-fight.)

For the princes, an arena was constructed for their weapons training test. For observing the training, Bhīṣma and others entered the viewing hall. Yudhiṣṭhira and others underwent examination. Bhīma and Duryodhana underwent a test of club-fighting.

१४५. अर्जुनस्य परीक्षा॥१॥कर्णस्य रङ्गप्रवेशः॥२॥

145. arjunasya parīkṣā॥1॥karṇasya raṅgapraveśaḥ॥2॥

[अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; परीक्षा (parīkṣā) - examination; कर्णस्य (karṇasya) - of Karṇa; रङ्गप्रवेशः (raṅgapraveśaḥ) - entrance onto the stage;]

(Of Arjuna examination. Of Karṇa entrance onto the stage.)

Examination of Arjuna. Entrance of Karṇa onto the stage.

१४६. कर्णस्य परीक्षा॥१॥कर्णार्जुनयोर्युद्धप्रसङ्गः॥२॥कृपेण कर्णस्याधिक्षेपः, कर्णस्य दुर्योधनेन राज्याभिषेचनं च॥३॥

146. karṇasya parīkṣā॥1॥karṇārjunayor-yuddha-prasaṅgaḥ॥2॥kṛpeṇa karṇasya adhikṣepaḥ, karṇasya duryodhanena rājyābhiṣecanaṃ ca॥3॥

[कर्णस्य (karṇasya) - of Karṇa; परीक्षा (parīkṣā) - examination; कर्णार्जुनयोः (karṇārjunayoḥ) - of Karṇa and Arjuna; युद्ध (yuddha) - battle; प्रसङ्गः (prasaṅgaḥ) - occasion; कृपेण (kṛpeṇa) - by Kṛpa; कर्णस्य (karṇasya) - of Karṇa; अधिक्षेपः (adhikṣepaḥ) - reproach; कर्णस्य (karṇasya) - of Karṇa; दुर्योधनेन (duryodhanena) - by Duryodhana; राज्याभिषेचनं (rājyābhiṣecanaṃ) - royal anointment; च (ca) - and;]

(146. Of Karṇa, examination. (1) Of Karṇa and Arjuna, battle occasion. (2) By Kṛpa, of Karṇa, reproach; of Karṇa, by Duryodhana, royal anointment and. (3))

146. The examination of Karṇa. (1) The occasion of battle between Karṇa and Arjuna. (2) The reproach of Karṇa by Kṛpa, and the royal anointment of Karṇa by Duryodhana. (3)

१४७. कर्णपितुरधिरथस्य रङ्गप्रवेशः॥१॥भीमेन कर्णस्याधिक्षेपः॥२॥सर्वेषां रङ्गान्निष्क्रमणम्॥३॥

147. karṇapitura dhirathasya raṅgapraveśaḥ॥1॥bhīmena karṇasyādhikṣepaḥ॥2॥sarveṣāṃ raṅgānniṣkramaṇam॥3॥

[कर्णपितुरधिरथस्य (karṇapitur adhirathasya) - of Karṇa's father Adhiratha; रङ्गप्रवेशः (raṅgapraveśaḥ) - entrance into the arena; भीमेन (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; कर्णस्य (karṇasya) - of Karṇa; अधिक्षेपः (adhikṣepaḥ) - provocation; सर्वेषां (sarveṣām) - of all; रङ्गान्निष्क्रमणम् (raṅgān niṣkramaṇam) - departure from the arena;]

(147. Entrance of Karṇa's father Adhiratha into the arena. By Bhīma, provocation of Karṇa. Of all, departure from the arena.)

147. The entrance of Karṇa's father Adhiratha into the arena. Bhīma provokes Karṇa. All depart from the arena.

१४८. गुरुदक्षिणात्वेन जीवतो द्रुपदस्य ग्रहणे द्रोणेनाज्ञापिते तदर्थं तेन सह सर्वशिष्याणां पाञ्चालपुरगमनम्॥१॥द्रुपदग्रहणाय पाण्डववर्जं गतानां कौरवाणां तेन पराजयः॥२॥तदनन्तरं गतेषु पाण्डवेषु अर्जुनेन द्रुपदग्रहणम्॥३॥जीवग्राहं गृहीत्वा भीमार्जुनाभ्यां समर्पितेन द्रुपदेन द्रोणस्य संवादः॥४॥द्रोणेनार्धराज्यापहारेण मुक्तस्य द्रुपदस्य पुत्रोत्पादनार्थं प्रयत्नः॥५॥

148. gurudakṣiṇātvena jīvato drupadasya grahaṇe droṇena ājñāpite tadarthaṃ tena saha sarvaśiṣyāṇāṃ pāñcālapuragamanam॥1॥ drupadagrahaṇāya pāṇḍavavarjaṃ gatānāṃ kauravāṇāṃ tena parājayaḥ॥2॥ tadanantaraṃ gateṣu pāṇḍaveṣu arjunena drupadagrahaṇam॥3॥ jīvagrāhaṃ gṛhītvā bhīmārjunābhyāṃ samarpiteṇa drupadena droṇasya saṃvādaḥ॥4॥ droṇena ardharājyāpahāreṇa muktasya drupadasya putrotpādana-arthaṃ prayatnaḥ॥5॥

[गुरुदक्षिणात्वेन (gurudakṣiṇātvena) - as guru's fee; जीवतो (jīvataḥ) - living; द्रुपदस्य (drupadasya) - of Drupada; ग्रहणे (grahaṇe) - in the capture; द्रोणेन (droṇena) - by Droṇa; आज्ञापिते (ājñāpite) - having been ordered; तदर्थं (tad-artham) - for that purpose; तेन (tena) - with him; सह (saha) - with; सर्वशिष्याणां (sarva-śiṣyāṇām) - of all disciples; पाञ्चालपुरगमनम् (pāñcāla-pura-gamanam) - going to the city of the Pāñcālas; द्रुपदग्रहणाय (drupada-grahaṇāya) - for capturing Drupada; पाण्डववर्जं (pāṇḍava-varjam) - except the Pāṇḍavas; गतानां (gatānām) - having gone; कौरवाणां (kauravāṇām) - of the Kauravas; तेन (tena) - by him; पराजयः (parājayaḥ) - defeat; तदनन्तरं (tad-anantaram) - after that; गतेषु (gateṣu) - having gone; पाण्डवेषु (pāṇḍaveṣu) - the Pāṇḍavas; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; द्रुपदग्रहणम् (drupada-grahaṇam) - capture of Drupada; जीवग्राहं (jīvagrāham) - taking alive; गृहीत्वा (gṛhītvā) - having seized; भीमार्जुनाभ्यां (bhīma-arjunābhyām) - by Bhīma and Arjuna; समर्पितेन (samarpitena) - having been presented; द्रुपदेन (drupadena) - by Drupada; द्रोणस्य (droṇasya) - of Droṇa; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue; द्रोणेन (droṇena) - by Droṇa; अर्धराज्यापहारेण (ardha-rājya-apahāreṇa) - by the taking away of half the kingdom; मुक्तस्य (muktasya) - having been freed; द्रुपदस्य (drupadasya) - of Drupada; पुत्रोत्पादनार्थं (putra-utpādana-artham) - for the purpose of producing a son; प्रयत्नः (prayatnaḥ) - effort;]

(148. Having been ordered by Droṇa for the capture of the living Drupada as a guru's fee, for that purpose, going with him with all the disciples to the city of the Pāñcālas. For the capture of Drupada, the Kauravas, except the Pāṇḍavas, having gone were defeated by him. Thereafter, when the Pāṇḍavas went, Drupada was captured by Arjuna. Having seized alive, by Bhīma and Arjuna, Drupada, being presented, a dialogue of Droṇa. By Droṇa, by the taking away of half the kingdom, Drupada having been freed, effort for producing a son.)

148. Having been ordered by Droṇa to capture the living Drupada as his teacher's fee, all the disciples, together with him, went to the city of the Pāñcālas for that purpose. To capture Drupada, only the Kauravas went first, but they were defeated by Drupada. Afterwards, when the Pāṇḍavas went, Drupada was captured by Arjuna. After Drupada was seized alive by Bhīma and Arjuna and presented, there was a dialogue between Droṇa and Drupada. Having been released by Droṇa after losing half his kingdom, Drupada then made efforts to obtain a son.

१४९. द्रुपदस्य याजोपयाजसमीपगमनम्॥१॥उपयाजेन द्रोणविनाशकपुत्रोत्पादनार्थं याजनाय प्रार्थिते याजनस्य प्रत्याख्यानम्॥२॥याजेनाङ्गीकारे यजनारम्भः॥३॥अपत्यप्रदहविःप्राशनार्थं द्रुपदपत्न्या आह्वाने गर्वात्तया विलम्बनम्॥४॥क्रुद्धाभ्यां याजोपयाजाभ्यां अग्नौ हृविषो होमेनाग्निकुण्डाद्धृष्टद्युम्नस्योत्पत्तिः॥५॥द्वितीयहविषो होमेन पाञ्चाल्या उत्पत्तिः॥६॥तयोर्नामकरणम्॥७॥द्रोणाद्धृष्टद्युम्नस्यास्त्रशिक्षणम्॥८॥

149. drupadasya yājopayājasamīpagamanam॥1॥upayājena droṇavināśakaputrotpādanārthaṃ yājanāya prārthite yājanasya pratyākhyānam॥2॥yājenāṅgīkāre yajanarambhaḥ॥3॥apatyapradahaviḥprāśanārthaṃ drupadapatnyā āhvāne garvāttayā vilambanam॥4॥kruddhābhyāṃ yājopayājābhyāṃ agnau hṛviṣo homenāgnikuṇḍāddhṛṣṭadyumnasyotpattiḥ॥5॥dvitīyahaviṣo homena pāñcālyā utpattiḥ॥6॥tayornāmakaraṇam॥7॥droṇāddhṛṣṭadyumnasyāstraśikṣaṇam॥8॥

[द्रुपदस्य (drupadasya) - of Drupada; याजोपयाजसमीपगमनम् (yājopayājasamīpagamanam) - approach to Yāja and Upayāja; उपयाजेन (upayājena) - by Upayāja; द्रोणविनाशकपुत्रोत्पादनार्थं (droṇavināśakaputrotpādanārtham) - for the purpose of generating a son who would destroy Droṇa; याजनाय (yājanāya) - for the sacrifice; प्रार्थिते (prārthite) - being requested; याजनस्य (yājanasya) - by Yāja; प्रत्याख्यानम् (pratyākhyānam) - refusal; याजेन (yājena) - by Yāja; अङ्गीकारे (aṅgīkāre) - on agreement; यजनारम्भः (yajanārambhaḥ) - commencement of sacrifice; अपत्यप्रदहविःप्राशनार्थं (apatyapradahaviḥprāśanārtham) - for making the wife taste the offering that gives children; द्रुपदपत्न्या (drupadapatnyā) - by Drupada's wife; आह्वाने (āhvāne) - on being called; गर्वात् (garvāt) - out of pride; तया (tayā) - by her; विलम्बनम् (vilambanam) - delay; क्रुद्धाभ्यां (kruddhābhyām) - by the two who were angered; याजोपयाजाभ्यां (yājopayājābhyām) - by Yāja and Upayāja; अग्नौ (agnau) - in the fire; हृविषः (hṛviṣaḥ) - the offerings; होमेन (homena) - by oblation; अग्निकुण्डात् (agnikuṇḍāt) - from the fire-pit; धृष्टद्युम्नस्य (dhṛṣṭadyumnasya) - of Dhṛṣṭadyumna; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; द्वितीयहविषः (dvitīyahaviṣaḥ) - second offering; होमेन (homena) - by oblation; पाञ्चाल्या (pāñcālyā) - of Pāñcālī; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; तयोः (tayoḥ) - of the two; नामकरणम् (nāmakaraṇam) - naming; द्रोणात् (droṇāt) - by Droṇa; धृष्टद्युम्नस्य (dhṛṣṭadyumnasya) - of Dhṛṣṭadyumna; अस्त्रशिक्षणम् (astraśikṣaṇam) - teaching of weapons;]

(149. Drupada's approach to Yāja and Upayāja. 1. By Upayāja, on the request for a sacrifice for the purpose of begetting a son who would destroy Droṇa, Yāja's refusal. 2. When agreed to by Yāja, commencement of the sacrifice. 3. For making the wife taste the offering that gives children, on Drupada's wife being called, due to pride, by her, a delay. 4. By the two, angered Yāja and Upayāja, through offering in the fire of the oblations, from the fire-pit, Dhṛṣṭadyumna's birth. 5. By the offering of the second oblation, Pāñcālī's birth. 6. Naming of the two. 7. Instruction of weapons to Dhṛṣṭadyumna by Droṇa. 8.)

149. Drupada approaches Yāja and Upayāja. 1. Upayāja, when asked to perform a sacrifice for begetting a son to destroy Droṇa, is refused by Yāja. 2. On Yāja's acceptance, the sacrifice begins. 3. When Drupada's wife is called to receive the child-giving offering, she delays out of pride. 4. Angered, Yāja and Upayāja perform the oblations in the fire, and Dhṛṣṭadyumna is born from the fire-pit. 5. With the second offering, Pāñcālī is born. 6. The two are named. 7. Dhṛṣṭadyumna is taught weapons by Droṇa. (149)

१५०. द्रुपदोत्पत्तिः॥१॥

150. drupadotpattiḥ॥1॥

[द्रुपदोत्पत्तिः (drupadotpattiḥ) - the origin of Drupada;]

(150. the origin of Drupada॥1॥)

150. The origin of Drupada. (1)

१५१. यौवराज्ये युधिष्ठिरस्याभिषेकः॥१॥भीमसेनस्य बलरामाद्गदायुद्धशिक्षणम्॥२॥द्रोणेनार्जुनस्य ब्रह्मशिरोस्त्रविषये नियमकथनम्॥३॥भीमार्जुनदिग्विजयेन धृतराष्ट्रचिन्ता॥४॥

151. yauvarājye yudhiṣṭhirasya abhiṣekaḥ॥1॥ bhīmasenasya balarāmāt gadāyuddhaśikṣaṇam॥2॥ droṇena arjunasya brahmaśirastra-viṣaye niyama-kathanaṃ॥3॥ bhīmārjuna-digvijayena dhṛtarāṣṭra-cintā॥4॥

[१५१ (151) - 151; यौवराज्ये (yauvarājye) - in the (ceremony of) crown-princedom; युधिष्ठिरस्य (yudhiṣṭhirasya) - of Yudhisthira; अभिषेकः (abhiṣekaḥ) - anointing; भीमसेनस्य (bhīmasenasya) - of Bhimasena; बलरामात् (balarāmāt) - from Balarama; गदायुद्धशिक्षणम् (gadāyuddha-śikṣaṇam) - training in mace combat; द्रोणेन (droṇena) - by Drona; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; ब्रह्मशिरोस्त्रविषये (brahmaśiraḥ-astraviṣaye) - regarding the Brahmashiras weapon; नियमकथनम् (niyama-kathanaṃ) - setting forth the regulations; भीमार्जुनदिग्विजयेन (bhīmārjuna-digvijayena) - by the conquest of the directions by Bhima and Arjuna; धृतराष्ट्रचिन्ता (dhṛtarāṣṭra-cintā) - Dhritarashtra's anxiety;]

(151. In the crown-princedom, Yudhisthira's anointing. Bhimasena's training in mace combat from Balarama. By Drona, the setting forth of regulations regarding the Brahmashiras weapon for Arjuna. By the conquering of directions by Bhima and Arjuna, Dhritarashtra's anxiety.)

151. Yudhisthira is anointed as crown prince. Bhimasena receives mace-combat training from Balarama. Drona sets forth the regulations regarding the Brahmashiras weapon to Arjuna. Due to the conquests by Bhima and Arjuna, Dhritarashtra is anxious.

१५२. युधिष्ठिरः साम्राज्येऽभिषेक्तव्य इति पौरवार्तां श्रुत्वा व्यथितस्य दुर्योधनस्य पित्रा संवादः॥१॥

152. yudhiṣṭhiraḥ sāmrājye'bhiṣektavya iti pauravārtāṃ śrutvā vyathitasya duryodhanasya pitrā saṃvādaḥ॥1॥

[युधिष्ठिरः (yudhiṣṭhiraḥ) - Yudhiṣṭhira; (proper noun, nominative singular masculine); साम्राज्ये (sāmrājye) - in the sovereignty; (locative singular neuter of sāmrājya); अभिषेक्तव्य (abhiṣektavya) - to be consecrated; (gerundive passive participle); इति (iti) - thus; पौरवार्ताम् (pauravārtām) - news among the citizens; (accusative singular feminine tatpuruṣa compound: पौर + वार्ता); श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; (absolutive of √śru); व्यथितस्य (vyathitasya) - of the distressed; (genitive singular masculine of vyathita); दुर्योधनस्य (duryodhanasya) - of Duryodhana; (genitive singular masculine proper noun); पित्रा (pitrā) - by the father; (instrumental singular masculine of pitṛ); संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue; (nominative singular masculine);]

(Yudhiṣṭhira in the sovereignty to be consecrated thus news among the citizens having heard of the distressed Duryodhana by the father dialogue.)

Dialogue of Duryodhana's father with the distressed Duryodhana, after hearing the news among the citizens that "Yudhiṣṭhira is to be consecrated as emperor." (1)

१५३. धृतराष्ट्रादीनां कणिकेन दुर्नीत्युपदेशः॥१॥जम्बुकोपाख्यानम्॥२॥

153. dhṛtarāṣṭrādīnāṃ kaṇikena durnītyupadeśaḥ॥1॥ jambukopākhyānam॥2॥

[धृतराष्ट्रादीनां (dhṛtarāṣṭrādīnāṃ) - of Dhritarashtra and others; कणिकेन (kaṇikena) - by Kanika; दुर्नीत्युपदेशः (durnīty-upadeśaḥ) - wicked-policy teaching; जम्बुकोपाख्यानम् (jambukopākhyānam) - the story of the jackal;]

(153. Of Dhritarashtra and others, by Kanika, wicked-policy teaching. The story of the jackal.)

153. Kanika’s wicked-policy instructions to Dhritarashtra and others. The tale of the jackal. (1) (2)

१५४. संग्रहेण जतुगृहदाहकथनम्॥१॥पुनर्विस्तरेण जतुगृहदाहकथनारम्भः॥२॥दुर्योधनधृतराष्ट्रसंवादः॥३॥

154. saṃgraheṇa jatu-gṛha-dāha-kathanam॥1॥ punar vistareṇa jatu-gṛha-dāha-kathana-ārambhaḥ॥2॥ duryodhana-dhṛtarāṣṭra-saṃvādaḥ॥3॥

[संग्रहेण (saṃgraheṇa) - in summary; briefly; जतुगृह (jatu-gṛha) - lacquer house; दाह (dāha) - burning; कथनम् (kathanam) - narration; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; विस्तरेण (vistareṇa) - in detail; जतुगृह (jatu-gṛha) - lacquer house; दाह (dāha) - burning; कथन (kathana) - narration; आरम्भः (ārambhaḥ) - beginning; दुर्योधन (duryodhana) - Duryodhana; धृतराष्ट्र (dhṛtarāṣṭra) - Dhṛtarāṣṭra; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue;]

(154. In summary, the narration of the burning of the lacquer house. (1) Again, in detail, the beginning of the narration of the burning of the lacquer house. (2) Duryodhana and Dhṛtarāṣṭra dialogue. (3))

154. A summary narration of the burning of the lacquer house. (1) Then, a detailed beginning of the narration of the burning of the lacquer house. (2) The dialogue between Duryodhana and Dhṛtarāṣṭra. (3)

१५५. दुर्योधनेन दानादिना प्रकृतिवशीकरणम्॥१॥पाण्डवानां वारणावतयात्रार्थं धृतराष्ट्रानुज्ञा॥२॥

155. duryodhanena dānādinā prakṛtivaśīkaraṇam॥1॥ pāṇḍavānāṃ vāraṇāvatayātrārthaṃ dhṛtarāṣṭrānujñā॥2॥

[दुर्योधनेन (duryodhanena) - by Duryodhana; दानादिना (dānādinā) - by gifts and the like; प्रकृति (prakṛti) - people (subjects); वशीकरणम् (vaśīkaraṇam) - winning over; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; वारणावत (vāraṇāvata) - to Vāraṇāvata; यात्रार्थम् (yātrārtham) - for the purpose of journey; धृतराष्ट्र (dhṛtarāṣṭra) - Dhṛtarāṣṭra; अनुज्ञा (anujñā) - permission;]

(155. By Duryodhana, by gifts and the like, winning over the people. (1) Of the Pāṇḍavas, for the purpose of journey to Vāraṇāvata, Dhṛtarāṣṭra's permission. (2))

155. Duryodhana won over the people by gifts and similar means. (1) Dhṛtarāṣṭra gave the Pāṇḍavas permission to journey to Vāraṇāvata. (2)

१५६. दुर्योधनादेशात् पुरोचनेन वारणावते जतुगृहनिर्माणम्॥१॥

156. duryodhanādeśāt purocanena vāraṇāvate jatugṛhanirmāṇam॥1॥

[दुर्योधनादेशात् (duryodhanādeśāt) - from the command of Duryodhana; पुरोचनेन (purocanena) - by Purochana; वारणावते (vāraṇāvate) - in Vāraṇāvata; जतुगृहनिर्माणम् (jatugṛhanirmāṇam) - construction of the lac house;]

(From the command of Duryodhana; by Purochana; in Vāraṇāvata; construction of the lac house.)

156. By the order of Duryodhana, Purochana constructed the lac house in Vāraṇāvata. (1)

१५७. हास्तिनपुरं त्यक्त्वा वारणावतं गच्छता युधिष्ठिरेण अनुगच्छथां पौराणां निवर्तनम्॥१॥म्लेच्छभाषया युधिष्ठिरं प्रति विदुरस्योपदेशः॥२॥

157. hāstinapuraṃ tyaktvā vāraṇāvataṃ gacchatā yudhiṣṭhireṇa anugacchathāṃ paurāṇāṃ nivartanam॥1॥mlecchabhāṣayā yudhiṣṭhiraṃ prati vidurasya upadeśaḥ॥2॥

[हास्तिनपुरं (hāstinapuraṃ) - Hastinapura; (name of city); त्यक्त्वा (tyaktvā) - having left; having abandoned; वारणावतं (vāraṇāvataṃ) - Vāraṇāvata (name of place); गच्छता (gacchatā) - going; (by); युधिष्ठिरेण (yudhiṣṭhireṇa) - by Yudhiṣṭhira; (instrumental); अनुगच्छथां (anugacchathāṃ) - you two follow; पौराणां (paurāṇāṃ) - of the citizens; निवर्तनम् (nivartanam) - turning back; म्लेच्छभाषया (mlecchabhāṣayā) - in mleccha language; (foreign/non-Sanskrit speech); युधिष्ठिरं (yudhiṣṭhiraṃ) - Yudhiṣṭhira (accusative); प्रति (prati) - to; towards; विदुरस्य (vidurasya) - of Vidura; उपदेशः (upadeśaḥ) - instruction; advice;]

(157. Having left Hastinapura, to Vāraṇāvata going by Yudhiṣṭhira, you two follow, of the citizens turning back. (1) In the mleccha language, to Yudhiṣṭhira, of Vidura the instruction. (2))

157. After abandoning Hastinapura and going to Vāraṇāvata with Yudhiṣṭhira, the return of the citizens who followed them. (1) Vidura's instruction to Yudhiṣṭhira in the mleccha language. (2)

१५८. पाण्डवानां वारणावतप्रवेशः॥१॥

158. pāṇḍavānāṃ vāraṇāvatapraveśaḥ॥1॥

[पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṃ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; वारणावतप्रवेशः (vāraṇāvata-praveśaḥ) - entry into Vāraṇāvata;]

(158. Of the Pāṇḍavas entry into Vāraṇāvata.)

158. The entry of the Pāṇḍavas into Vāraṇāvata. (1)

१५९. खनकेन सुरङ्गकरणम्॥१॥

159. khanakena suraṅgakaraṇam॥1॥

[खनकेन (khanakena) - by the digger; सुरङ्गकरणम् (suraṅgakaraṇam) - the making of a tunnel;]

(159. By the digger the making of a tunnel. 1.)

159. The construction of a tunnel by the digger. (1)

१६०. रात्रौ कुन्त्या अन्नादिना ब्राह्मणपूजनम्॥१॥भीमेन जतुगृहस्यादीपनम्॥२॥तस्य कुन्तीं भ्रातॄंश्चादाय सुरङ्गाद्वारा बहिंर्निर्गमनम्॥३॥

160. rātrau k untyā annādinā brāhmaṇapūjanam॥1॥ bhīmena jatugṛhasyādīpanam॥2॥ tasya kuntīṃ bhrātṝṃś cādāya suraṅgādvāraṃ bahiḥ nirgamanam॥3॥

[रात्रौ (rātrau) - at night; कुन्त्या (kuntyā) - by Kuntī; अन्नादिना (annādinā) - with food, etc.; ब्राह्मणपूजनम् (brāhmaṇapūjanam) - worship of brāhmaṇas; भीमेन (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; जतुगृहस्य (jatugṛhasya) - of the house of lac; आदीपनम् (ādīpanam) - burning; तस्य (tasya) - of that; कुन्तीम् (kuntīm) - Kuntī; भ्रातॄन् (bhrātṝn) - brothers; च (ca) - and; आदाय (ādāya) - taking; सुरङ्गाद्वारात् (suraṅgādvārāt) - from the secret tunnel's door; बहि: (bahiḥ) - outside; निर्गमनम् (nirgamanam) - going out;]

(At night, by Kuntī, with food, etc., worship of brāhmaṇas. By Bhīma, burning of the house of lac. Of that, taking Kuntī and her brothers, from the secret tunnel's door, going outside.)

160. At night, Kuntī worshipped the brāhmaṇas with food and other offerings. Bhīma set fire to the house of lac. Then, taking Kuntī and her brothers, they went outside through the secret tunnel. (160-1,2,3)

१६१. पाण्डवानां विदुरप्रेषितदूतदर्शितनौकया गङ्गोत्तरणम्॥१॥

161. pāṇḍavānāṃ vidurapreṣitadūta-darśita-naukayā gaṅgottaraṇam॥1॥

[पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; विदुरप्रेषित (vidura-preṣita) - sent by Vidura; दूत (dūta) - messenger; दर्शित (darśita) - shown; नौकया (naukayā) - by the boat; गङ्गोत्तरणम् (gaṅgottaraṇam) - crossing of the Gaṅgā;]

(161. Of the Pāṇḍavas, by the boat shown by the messenger sent by Vidura, crossing of the Gaṅgā. (1))

161. The Pāṇḍavas' crossing of the Gaṅgā by means of the boat shown by the messenger sent by Vidura. (1)

१६२. पौरैः प्रातर्जतुगृहसमीपमागत्य पुरोचनसहितानां पाण्डवानां दाहं निश्चित्य धृतराष्ट्राय दूतमुखेन पाण्डवृत्तान्तनिवेदनम्॥१॥तच्छ्रवणेन ज्ञातिभिः सह धृतराष्ट्रेण कुन्त्यादीनां उदकदानम्॥२॥भीष्मविदुरयोः संवादः॥३॥

162. pauraiḥ prātar-jatugṛhasamīpam-āgatya purocana-sahitānāṃ pāṇḍavānāṃ dāhaṃ niścitya dhṛtarāṣṭrāya dūta-mukhena pāṇḍavṛttānta-nivedanam॥1॥ tac-chravaṇena jñātibhiḥ saha dhṛtarāṣṭreṇa kunty-ādīnāṃ udakadānam॥2॥ bhīṣma-vidurayoḥ saṃvādaḥ॥3॥

[पौरैः (pauraiḥ) - by the citizens; प्रातर् (prātar) - in the morning; जतुगृहसमीपम् (jatugṛha-samīpam) - vicinity of the lac house; आगत्य (āgatya) - having come; परोचनसहितानां (purocana-sahitānāṃ) - along with Purocana; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṃ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; दाहम् (dāham) - burning; निश्चित्य (niścitya) - having ascertained; धृतराष्ट्राय (dhṛtarāṣṭrāya) - to Dhṛtarāṣṭra; दूतमुखेन (dūta-mukhena) - through a messenger; पाण्डवृत्तान्तनिवेदनम् (pāṇḍa-vṛttānta-nivedanam) - report of the Pāṇḍavas' affair; तच्छ्रवणेन (tac-chravaṇena) - by hearing that; ज्ञातिभिः (jñātibhiḥ) - with kinsmen; सह (saha) - together with; धृतराष्ट्रेण (dhṛtarāṣṭreṇa) - by Dhṛtarāṣṭra; कुन्त्यादीनां (kunty-ādīnāṃ) - of Kuntī and others; उदकदानम् (udakadānam) - offering of water (funeral rite); भीष्मविदुरयोः (bhīṣma-vidurayoḥ) - of Bhīṣma and Vidura; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - conversation;]

(By the citizens, in the morning, having come to the vicinity of the lac house, having ascertained the burning of the Pāṇḍavas along with Purocana, report of the Pāṇḍavas' affair through a messenger to Dhṛtarāṣṭra. By hearing that, by Dhṛtarāṣṭra together with kinsmen, the offering of water for Kuntī and others. Conversation of Bhīṣma and Vidura.)

(1) In the morning, the citizens, upon coming to the vicinity of the lac house and ascertaining the burning of the Pāṇḍavas along with Purocana, send a report of the Pāṇḍavas' situation to Dhṛtarāṣṭra through a messenger. (2) On hearing this, Dhṛtarāṣṭra, together with his kinsmen, performs water-offerings for Kuntī and others. (3) The conversation between Bhīṣma and Vidura. (162)

१६३. तृषार्तान् मातरं भ्रांतॄश्च न्यग्रोधमूले स्थापयित्वा जलानयनाय भीमस्य गमनम्॥१॥जलमानीयागतस्य भूमौ सुप्तान्मात्रादीन्पश्यतो भीमस्य प्रलापः॥२॥

163. tṛṣārtān mātaraṁ bhrāṁtṝś ca nyagrodhamūle sthāpayitvā jalanayanāya bhīmasya gamanam॥1॥ jalam ānīya āgatasya bhūmau suptān mātrādīn paśyato bhīmasya pralāpaḥ॥2॥

[तृषार्तान् (tṛṣārtān) (tṛṣārtān) - tormented by thirst; मातरम् (mātaram) (mātaram) - mother; भ्रांतॄन् (bhrāntṝn) (bhrāntṝn) - brothers; च (ca) (ca) - and; न्यग्रोधमूले (nyagrodhamūle) (nyagrodhamūle) - at the foot of a banyan tree; स्थापयित्वा (sthāpayitvā) (sthāpayitvā) - having placed; जलानयनाय (jalanayanāya) (jalanayanāya) - for bringing water; भीमस्य (bhīmasya) (bhīmasya) - of Bhīma; गमनम् (gamanam) (gamanam) - going; जलम् (jalam) (jalam) - water; आनीय (ānīya) (ānīya) - having brought; आगतस्य (āgatasya) (āgatasya) - of the one who has come (returned); भूमौ (bhūmau) (bhūmau) - on the ground; सुप्तान् (suptān) (suptān) - sleeping; मात्रादीन् (mātrādīn) (mātrādīn) - mother and others; पश्यतः (paśyataḥ) (paśyataḥ) - seeing; भीमस्य (bhīmasya) (bhīmasya) - of Bhīma; प्रलापः (pralāpaḥ) (pralāpaḥ) - lamentation;]

(Tormented by thirst, mother and brothers having been placed at the foot of a banyan tree, for bringing water, Bhīma's going.1. Having brought water, of the one who has come, on the ground, sleeping, mother and others, seeing, of Bhīma, lamentation.2.)

Having left his thirst-stricken mother and brothers at the foot of a banyan tree, Bhīma went to fetch water. (1) After bringing the water and returning, Bhīma, upon seeing his mother and others lying asleep on the ground, lamented. (2)

१६४. हिडिम्बप्रेरितायाः तद्भगिन्या हिडिम्बायाः पाण्डवसमीपगमनम्॥१॥भीमं दृष्ट्वा कामार्ताया हिडिम्बायाः भीमं प्रति वाक्यम्॥२॥भीमहिडिम्बासंवादः॥३॥

164. hiḍimba-preritāyāḥ tad-bhaginīyā hiḍimbāyāḥ pāṇḍava-samīpa-gamanam॥1॥ bhīmaṃ dṛṣṭvā kāmārtāyā hiḍimbāyāḥ bhīmaṃ prati vākyam॥2॥ bhīma-hiḍimbā-saṃvādaḥ॥3॥

[हिडिम्बप्रेरितायाः (hiḍimba-preritāyāḥ) - of (the one) persuaded by Hiḍimba; तद्भगिन्या (tad-bhaginīyā) - by his sister; हिडिम्बायाः (hiḍimbāyāḥ) - of Hiḍimbā; पाण्डवसमीपगमनम् (pāṇḍava-samīpa-gamanam) - approach to the Pāṇḍavas; भीमं दृष्ट्वा (bhīmaṃ dṛṣṭvā) - having seen Bhīma; कामार्ताया (kāmārtāyā) - of (her) tormented by desire; हिडिम्बायाः (hiḍimbāyāḥ) - of Hiḍimbā; भीमं प्रति वाक्यम् (bhīmaṃ prati vākyam) - speech addressed to Bhīma; भीमहिडिम्बासंवादः (bhīma-hiḍimbā-saṃvādaḥ) - the dialogue between Bhīma and Hiḍimbā;]

(164. Of the one persuaded by Hiḍimba, by his sister (namely) Hiḍimbā, approach to the Pāṇḍavas. (1) Having seen Bhīma, of Hiḍimbā who was tormented by desire, speech addressed to Bhīma. (2) The dialogue between Bhīma and Hiḍimbā. (3))

164. The approach to the Pāṇḍavas by Hiḍimbā, the sister persuaded by Hiḍimba. (1) After beholding Bhīma, the words spoken by the desire-stricken Hiḍimbā to Bhīma. (2) The conversation between Bhīma and Hiḍimbā. (3)

१६५. पाण्डवान्प्रति प्रेषितया हिडिम्बया विलम्बिते हिडिम्बस्य तत्रागमनम्॥१॥भीमहिडिम्बयोर्युद्धम्॥२॥कुन्त्यादीनां प्रबोधः॥३॥

165. pāṇḍavān prati preṣitayā hiḍim bayā vilambite hiḍimbasya tatra āgamanam॥1॥bhīma-hiḍimbayoḥ yuddham॥2॥kuntī-ādīnām prabodhaḥ॥3॥

[पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - to the Pāṇḍavas; प्रति (prati) - towards; प्रेषितया (preṣitayā) - having been sent; हिडिम्बया (hiḍim bayā) - by Hiḍimbā; विलम्बिते (vilambite) - being delayed; हिडिम्बस्य (hiḍimbasya) - of Hiḍimba; तत्र (tatra) - there; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - arrival; भीमहिडिम्बयोः (bhīma-hiḍimbayoḥ) - of Bhīma and Hiḍimba; युद्धम् (yuddham) - battle; कुन्त्यादीनाम् (kuntī-ādīnām) - of Kuntī and others; प्रबोधः (prabodhaḥ) - awakening;]

(165. To the Pāṇḍavas, towards, having been sent by Hiḍimbā, being delayed, the arrival there of Hiḍimba. The battle of Bhīma and Hiḍimba. The awakening of Kuntī and others.)

165. As Hiḍimbā, sent to the Pāṇḍavas, delayed, Hiḍimba arrives there. Bhīma and Hiḍimba fight. Kuntī and the others awaken.

१६६. कुन्तीहिडिम्बासंवादः॥१॥हिडिम्बावार्तया भीमं हिडिम्बेन युद्ध्यमानं ज्ञातवतां कुन्त्यादीनां तत्र गमनम्॥२॥हिडिम्बवधः॥३॥

166. kuntī-hiḍimbā-saṃvādaḥ॥1॥ hiḍimbā-vārtayā bhīmaṃ hiḍimbeṇa yudhyamānaṃ jñātavatāṃ kunty-ādīnāṃ tatra gamanam॥2॥ hiḍimba-vadhaḥ॥3॥

[कुन्तीहिडिम्बासंवादः (kuntī-hiḍimbā-saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue between Kuntī and Hiḍimbā; हिडिम्बावार्तया (hiḍimbā-vārtayā) - by the news of Hiḍimbā; भीमम् (bhīmam) - Bhīma; हिडिम्बेन (hiḍimbeṇa) - by Hiḍimba; युद्ध्यमानम् (yudhyamānam) - being fought (with); ज्ञातवताम् (jñātavatām) - by the ones who had come to know; कुन्त्यादीनाम् (kunty-ādīnām) - of Kuntī and others; तत्र (tatra) - there; गमनम् (gamanam) - going; हिडिम्बवधः (hiḍimba-vadhaḥ) - slaying of Hiḍimba;]

(166. Dialogue between Kuntī and Hiḍimbā; by the news of Hiḍimbā, Bhīma being fought by Hiḍimba, the going there of Kuntī and others who had come to know; the slaying of Hiḍimba.)

166. The dialogue between Kuntī and Hiḍimbā; upon hearing Hiḍimbā's news, Kuntī and the others, having learned that Bhīma was being fought by Hiḍimba, went there; the slaying of Hiḍimba.

१६७. हिडिम्बावधे प्रवृत्तस्य भीमस्य युधिष्ठिरकृतं निवारणं।१।हिडिम्बया स्वस्य धर्मज्ञत्वस्य भविष्यज्ज्ञत्वस्य च प्रकटनम्।२।हिडिम्बाया धर्मिष्ठतां ज्ञात्वा तदङ्गीकरणे भीमं प्रति कुन्त्या आज्ञा।३।

167. hiḍimbāvadhe pravṛttasya bhīmasya yudhiṣṭhira-kṛtaṃ nivāraṇaṃ।1।hiḍimbayā svasya dharmajñatvasya bhaviṣyaj-jñatvasya ca prakaṭanam।2।hiḍimbāyā dharmiṣṭhatāṃ jñātvā tad-aṅgīkaraṇe bhīmaṃ prati kuntyā ājñā।3।

[हिडिम्बावधे (hiḍimbāvadhe) - for the slaying of Hiḍimbā; प्रवृत्तस्य (pravṛttasya) - of (one) engaged in; भीमस्य (bhīmasya) - of Bhīma; युधिष्ठिरकृतं (yudhiṣṭhira-kṛtaṃ) - by Yudhiṣṭhira done; निवारणं (nivāraṇam) - prevention; हिडिम्बया (hiḍimbayā) - by Hiḍimbā; स्वस्य (svasya) - her own; धर्मज्ञत्वस्य (dharmajñatvasya) - knowledge of dharma; भविष्यज्ज्ञत्वस्य (bhaviṣyaj-jñatvasya) - knowledge of the future; च (ca) - and; प्रकटनम् (prakaṭanam) - manifestation; हिडिम्बाया (hiḍimbāyā) - of Hiḍimbā; धर्मिष्ठतां (dharmiṣṭhatāṃ) - steadfastness in dharma; ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - knowing; तदङ्गीकरणे (tad-aṅgīkaraṇe) - in accepting that; भीमं (bhīmaṃ) - Bhīma (accusative); प्रति (prati) - towards; कुन्त्या (kuntyā) - by Kuntī; आज्ञा (ājñā) - command;]

(167. For the slaying of Hiḍimbā, of Bhīma who was engaged, Yudhiṣṭhira's prevention. 1. By Hiḍimbā, manifestation of her own knowledge of dharma, knowledge of the future, and also. 2. Of Hiḍimbā, knowing her steadfastness in dharma, for accepting that, to Bhīma, by Kuntī, command. 3.)

167. When Bhīma engaged in the slaying of Hiḍimbā, Yudhiṣṭhira intervened to prevent it. (1) Hiḍimbā revealed her own knowledge of dharma and prescience of the future. (2) Recognizing Hiḍimbā's steadfastness in dharma, Kuntī commanded Bhīma to accept her. (3).

१६८. हिडिम्बया सह पाण्डवानां शालिहोत्रसरोगमनम्॥१॥शालिहोत्रेण तेषामातिथ्यकरणम्॥२॥समयकरणपूर्वकं भीमेन हिडिम्ब्याः परिग्रहः॥३॥रमणीयेषु प्रदेशेषु भीमेन सह क्रीडित्वा सायाह्ने शालिहोत्राश्रमं प्रति हिडिम्ब्या निवर्तनम्॥४॥तत्र व्यासागमनम्॥५॥व्यासेन कुन्त्या आश्वासनम्॥६॥व्यासस्य प्रतिनिवर्तनम्॥७॥

168. hiḍim̐bayā saha pāṇḍavānāṃ śālihotrasarogamanam॥1॥śālihotreṇa teṣām ātithyakaraṇam॥2॥samayakaraṇapūrvakaṃ bhīmena hiḍim̐byāḥ parigrahaḥ॥3॥ramaṇīyeṣu pradeśeṣu bhīmena saha krīḍitvā sāyāhne śālihotrāśramaṃ prati hiḍim̐byā nivartanam॥4॥tatra vyāsāgamanam॥5॥vyāsena kuntyā āśvāsanam॥6॥vyāsasya pratinivartanam॥7॥

[हिडिम्बया (hiḍim̐bayā) - by Hiḍimbā; सह (saha) - with; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṃ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; शालिहोत्रसरो (śālihotrasaro) - to the lake of Śālihotra; गमनम् (gamanam) - going; शालिहोत्रेण (śālihotreṇa) - by Śālihotra; तेषाम् (teṣām) - of them; आतिथ्यकरणम् (ātithyakaraṇam) - hospitality; समयकरणपूर्वकं (samayakaraṇapūrvakaṃ) - preceded by agreement; भीमेन (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; हिडिम्ब्याः (hiḍim̐byāḥ) - of Hiḍimbā; परिग्रहः (parigrahaḥ) - acceptance (marriage); रमणीयेषु (ramaṇīyeṣu) - in pleasant; प्रदेशेषु (pradeśeṣu) - regions; भीमेन (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; सह (saha) - with; क्रीडित्वा (krīḍitvā) - having played; सायाह्ने (sāyāhne) - in the evening; शालिहोत्राश्रमं (śālihotrāśramaṃ) - Śālihotra’s hermitage; प्रति (prati) - towards; हिडिम्ब्या (hiḍim̐byā) - by Hiḍimbā; निवर्तनम् (nivartanam) - return; तत्र (tatra) - there; व्यास (vyāsa) - Vyāsa; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - arrival; व्यासेन (vyāsena) - by Vyāsa; कुन्त्या (kuntyā) - by Kuntī; आश्वासनम् (āśvāsanam) - consolation; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyāsa; प्रतिनिवर्तनम् (pratinivartanam) - departure (returning back);]

(168. With Hiḍimbā, of the Pāṇḍavas, to the Śālihotra lake, going. By Śālihotra, to them, hospitality. Preceded by agreement, by Bhīma, of Hiḍimbā, acceptance (marriage). In pleasant regions, by Bhīma, with, having played, in the evening, to Śālihotra’s hermitage, towards, by Hiḍimbā, return. There, Vyāsa, arrival. By Vyāsa, to Kuntī, consolation. Of Vyāsa, returning back.)

168. The Pāṇḍavas' journey to Śālihotra lake with Hiḍimbā. Śālihotra's hospitality to them. Bhīma marries Hiḍimbā after making an agreement. After playing with Bhīma in pleasant regions, Hiḍimbā returns to the Śālihotra hermitage in the evening. There, Vyāsa arrives. Vyāsa consoles Kuntī. Vyāsa then departs. (168)

१६९. घटोत्कचोत्पत्तिः॥१॥स्मृतिमात्रादागच्छाव इत्युक्त्वा हिडिम्बाघटोत्कचयोर्गमनम्॥२॥

169. ghaṭotkacotpattiḥ॥1॥ smṛtimātrād āgacchāva ity uktvā hiḍimbāghaṭotkacayor gamanam॥2॥

[घटोत्कचोत्पत्तिः (ghaṭotkacotpattiḥ) - the birth of Ghaṭotkaca; स्मृतिमात्रात् (smṛtimātrāt) - upon mere remembrance; आगच्छाव (āgacchāva) - let us come; इति (iti) - thus; उक्त्वा (uktvā) - having spoken; हिडिम्बा (hiḍimbā) - Hiḍimbā; घटोत्कचयोः (ghaṭotkacayoḥ) - of Hiḍimbā and Ghaṭotkaca; गमनम् (gamanam) - going;]

(169. The birth of Ghaṭotkaca. Having said, "Let us come upon mere remembrance," the departure of Hiḍimbā and Ghaṭotkaca.)

169. The birth of Ghaṭotkaca. After saying, "We will come merely by remembrance," Hiḍimbā and Ghaṭotkaca depart. (1-2)

१७०. वने चरतां पाण्डवानां व्यासेन सान्त्वनं एकचक्रानगर्यां ब्राह्मणगृहे स्थापनं च॥१॥

170. vane caratāṃ pāṇḍavānāṃ vyāsena sāntvanaṃ ekacakranagaryāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhe sthāpanaṃ ca॥1॥

[वने (vane) - in the forest; चरतां (caratām) - of those moving; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṃ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; व्यासेन (vyāsena) - by Vyāsa; सान्त्वनं (sāntvanaṃ) - consolation; एकचक्रानगर्यां (ekacakranagaryāṃ) - in the city of Ekacakra; ब्राह्मणगृहे (brāhmaṇagṛhe) - in a Brāhmaṇa's house; स्थापनं (sthāpanaṃ) - staying; च (ca) - and;]

(170. In the forest, of those moving, of the Pāṇḍavas, by Vyāsa, consolation; in the city of Ekacakra, in a Brāhmaṇa's house, staying and.)

170. While the Pāṇḍavas were wandering in the forest, Vyāsa consoled them; then, in the city of Ekacakra, they stayed in a Brāhmaṇa's house. (1)

१७१. एकचक्रायां भिक्षामटतः पाण्डवान्दृष्ट्वा पौराणां वितर्कः॥१॥कुम्भकाराद्भीमस्य महत्तरपात्रलाभः॥२॥सभार्यस्य तद्गृहस्वामिनो ब्राह्मणस्य क्रन्दितं श्रुतवत्याः कुन्त्याः भीमानुमत्या ब्राह्मणान्तर्गृहप्रवेशः॥३॥ब्राह्मणप्रलापः॥४॥

171. ekacakrāyāṃ bhikṣāmaṭataḥ pāṇḍavān dṛṣṭvā paurāṇāṃ vitarkaḥ॥1॥ kumbhakārād bhīmasya mahattarapātralābhaḥ॥2॥ sabhāryasya tadgṛhasvāmino brāhmaṇasya kranditaṃ śrutavatyāḥ kuntyāḥ bhīma-anumatyā brāhmaṇa-antar-gṛha-praveśaḥ॥3॥ brāhmaṇa-pralāpaḥ॥4॥

[एकचक्रायां (ekacakrāyām) - in Ekachakra; भिक्षामटतः (bhikṣāmaṭataḥ) - while seeking alms; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; पौराणां (paurāṇām) - of the townspeople; वितर्कः (vitarkaḥ) - discussion; कुम्भकारात् (kumbhakārāt) - from the potter; भीमस्य (bhīmasya) - of Bhīma; महत्तरपात्रलाभः (mahattarapātralābhaḥ) - obtaining a larger vessel; सभार्यस्य (sabhāryasya) - with his wife; तद्गृहस्वामिनः (tadgṛhasvāminaḥ) - of that house owner; ब्राह्मणस्य (brāhmaṇasya) - of the brāhmaṇa; क्रन्दितं (kranditam) - weeping; श्रुतवत्याः (śrutavatyāḥ) - having heard; कुन्त्याः (kuntyāḥ) - by Kuntī; भीमअनुमत्या (bhīma-anumatyā) - by her with Bhīma’s consent; ब्राह्मणान्तर्गृहप्रवेशः (brāhmaṇa-antar-gṛha-praveśaḥ) - entering the interior of the brāhmaṇa’s house; ब्राह्मणप्रलापः (brāhmaṇa-pralāpaḥ) - lament of the brāhmaṇa; १७१ (171) - 171;]

(In Ekachakra, while seeking alms, having seen the Pāṇḍavas, discussion of the townspeople. From the potter, Bhīma obtained a larger vessel. With his wife, of that house owner, the brāhmaṇa, the weeping having been heard by Kuntī, with Bhīma’s consent, entering the interior of the brāhmaṇa’s house. The lament of the brāhmaṇa. 171.)

171. In Ekachakra, while the Pāṇḍavas sought alms, the townspeople discussed them. Bhīma received a larger vessel from the potter. Together with his wife, the brāhmaṇa, owner of that house, was heard to weep by Kuntī, who, with Bhīma’s consent, entered the brāhmaṇa’s inner quarters. The brāhmaṇa’s lament. (171)

१७२. ब्राह्मण प्रति तत्पत्नीवाक्यम्॥१॥

172. brāhmaṇa prati tat-patnī-vākyam॥1॥

[ब्राह्मण (brāhmaṇa) - to the brāhmaṇa; प्रति (prati) - towards; तत्पत्नीवाक्यम् (tat-patnī-vākyam) - that-wife-statement;]

(172. To the brāhmaṇa towards that-wife-statement. 1.)

172. The words spoken by his wife to the brāhmaṇa. (1)

१७३. ब्राह्मणं प्रति तत्कन्यावाक्यम्॥१॥बालस्य पुत्रस्य वचनेन पित्रोः किंचिद्धर्षसमये कुन्त्यास्तत्समीपे गमनम्॥२॥

173. brāhmaṇaṁ prati tatkanyāvākyam॥1॥ bālasya putrasya vacanena pitroḥ kiñciddharṣasamaye kuntyāstattasāmīpe gamanam॥2॥

[ब्राह्मणं (brāhmaṇam) - to the brāhmaṇa; प्रति (prati) - towards; तत्कन्या-वाक्यम् (tat-kanyā-vākyam) - that girl's utterance; बालस्य (bālasya) - of the boy; पुत्रस्य (putrasya) - of the son; वचनेन (vacanena) - by the speech; पित्रोः (pitroḥ) - of the two parents; किञ्चित्-धर्ष-समये (kiñcit-dharṣa-samaye) - at a certain moment of excitement; कुन्त्याः (kuntyāḥ) - of Kunti; तत्-समीपे (tat-samīpe) - in her proximity; गमनम् (gamanam) - approaching; going;]

(To the brāhmaṇa, that girl's utterance. By the speech of the boy, of the son, at a certain moment of excitement of the two parents, Kunti's approaching into her proximity.)

The utterance of that girl to the brāhmaṇa. Because of the speech of the boy, the son, at a certain excited moment of the parents, Kunti's going near her (the girl). (173-1,2)

१७४. कुन्त्या रोदनकारणप्रश्ने ब्राह्मणेन बकवृत्तान्तकथनम्॥१॥

174. kuntyā rodanakāraṇapraśne brāhmaṇena bakavṛttāntakathanam॥1॥

[कुन्त्या (kuntayā) - by Kuntī; रोदनकारणप्रश्ने (rodanakāraṇapraśne) - upon (her) question about the reason for weeping; ब्राह्मणेन (brāhmaṇena) - by the brāhmaṇa; बकवृत्तान्तकथनम् (bakavṛttāntakathanam) - telling of the story (vṛttānta) of Baka;]

(174. By Kuntī, upon (her) question about the reason for weeping, by the brāhmaṇa, telling of the Baka story. (1))

174. When Kuntī asked about the reason for the weeping, the brāhmaṇa recounted the story of Baka. (1)

१७५. कुन्त्या बकं प्रति स्वपुत्रप्रेषणवचनम्॥१॥

175. kuntyā bakaṃ prati svaputra-preṣaṇa-vacanam॥1॥

[कुन्त्या (kuntyā) - by Kuntī; बकं (bakaṃ) - to Baka (the demon); प्रति (prati) - towards; स्वपुत्रप्रेषणवचनम् (svaputra-preṣaṇa-vacanam) - statement concerning sending her own son;]

(By Kunti, to Baka, towards, statement concerning sending her own son.)

175. The statement by Kunti to Baka about sending her own son. (1)

१७६. भिक्षाटनार्थं गतानां युधिष्ठिरादीनां गृहं प्रत्यागमनम्॥१॥भीमो बकं प्रति प्रेष्यत इति ज्ञातवतो युधिष्ठिरस्य संतापः॥२॥भीमसेनप्रभावकथनेन कुन्त्या कृतं युधिष्ठिराश्वासनम्॥३॥

176. bhikṣāṭanārthaṁ gatānāṁ yudhiṣṭhirādīnāṁ gṛhaṁ pratyāgamanam॥1॥bhīmo bakaṁ prati preṣyata iti jñātavato yudhiṣṭhirasya saṁtāpaḥ॥2॥bhīmasenaprabhāvakathanena kuntyā kṛtaṁ yudhiṣṭhirāśvāsanam॥3॥

[भिक्षाटनार्थं (bhikṣāṭanārtham) - for the purpose of begging alms; गतानां (gatānām) - of those who had gone; युधिष्ठिरादीनां (yudhiṣṭhirādīnām) - of Yudhiṣṭhira and others; गृहं (gṛham) - to home; प्रत्यागमनम् (pratyāgamanam) - return; भीमो (bhīmaḥ) - Bhīma; बकं (bakam) - Baka (the demon); प्रति (prati) - towards; प्रेष्यत (preṣyata) - is sent; इति (iti) - thus; ज्ञातवतो (jñātavataḥ) - having learned; युधिष्ठिरस्य (yudhiṣṭhirasya) - of Yudhiṣṭhira; संतापः (saṁtāpaḥ) - distress; भीमसेनप्रभावकथनेन (bhīmasenaprabhāvakathanena) - by narration of Bhīmasena's power; कुन्त्या (kuntyā) - by Kuntī; कृतं (kṛtam) - was done; युधिष्ठिराश्वासनम् (yudhiṣṭhirāśvāsanam) - consolation to Yudhiṣṭhira;]

(For the purpose of begging alms, of those who had gone—of Yudhiṣṭhira and others—the return to home. Bhīma—towards Baka—being sent—thus—having learned—of Yudhiṣṭhira—distress. By narration of Bhīmasena's power—by Kuntī—was done—consolation to Yudhiṣṭhira.)

The return home of Yudhiṣṭhira and the others after going out to beg for alms. Yudhiṣṭhira felt distress upon learning that Bhīma was sent against Baka. Kuntī consoled Yudhiṣṭhira by narrating the power of Bhīmasena. (176.1-3)

१७७. परेद्युः प्रातः ब्राह्मणेन दत्तमन्नं भुक्त्वा बकाय प्रापणीयं अन्नादिपूर्णं शकटमारुह्य बकवंन प्रति भीमस्य गमनम्॥१॥तत्र भीमेन शकटस्तान्नभोजनम्॥२॥अन्नं भुञ्जानं भीमं दृष्ट्वा क्रुद्धेन बकेन सह भीमस्य युद्धम्॥३॥बकवधः॥४॥

177. paredyuḥ prātaḥ brāhmaṇena dattam annaṃ bhuktvā bakāya prāpaṇīyaṃ annādi-pūrṇaṃ śakaṭam āruhya baka-vanam prati bhīmasya gamanam॥1॥ tatra bhīmena śakaṭas tānna-bhojanam॥2॥ annaṃ bhuñjānaṃ bhīmaṃ dṛṣṭvā kruddhena bakena saha bhīmasya yuddham॥3॥ baka-vadhaḥ॥4॥

[१७७ (177) - 177; परेद्युः (paredyuḥ) - on the next day; प्रातः (prātaḥ) - in the morning; ब्राह्मणेन (brāhmaṇena) - by the brāhmaṇa; दत्तमन्नं (dattam-annaṃ) - given food; भुक्त्वा (bhuktvā) - having eaten; बकाय (bakāya) - to Baka; प्रापणीयं (prāpaṇīyaṃ) - to be delivered; अन्नादिपूर्णं (annādi-pūrṇaṃ) - filled with food and the like; शकटम् (śakaṭam) - cart; आaruh्य (āruhya) - ascending; बकवंन (baka-vanam) - Baka's forest; प्रति (prati) - towards; भीमस्य (bhīmasya) - of Bhīma; गमनम् (gamanam) - going; ॥ (॥) - ; तत्र (tatra) - there; भीमेन (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; शकटस्तान्नभोजनम् (śakaṭas tānna-bhojanam) - eating that (cart) food; ॥ (॥) - ; अन्नं (annaṃ) - food; भुञ्जानं (bhuñjānaṃ) - eating; भीमं (bhīmaṃ) - Bhīma; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - seeing; क्रुद्धेन (kruddhena) - by the enraged; बकेन (bakena) - by Baka; सह (saha) - with; भीमस्य (bhīmasya) - of Bhīma; युद्धम् (yuddham) - battle; ॥ (॥) - ; बकवधः (baka-vadhaḥ) - slaying of Baka; ॥ (॥) - ;]

(177. On the next day in the morning, having eaten the food given by the brāhmaṇa, Bhīma, having ascended the cart filled with food and the like to be delivered to Baka, went towards Baka's forest. There, by Bhīma, eating that (cart) food. Seeing Bhīma eating food, a battle of Bhīma with the enraged Baka. The slaying of Baka.)

177. The next morning, Bhīma, after eating the food given by the brāhmaṇa, climbed the cart filled with food meant for Baka and set out towards Baka's forest. There, Bhīma ate the food from the cart. Seeing Bhīma eating, the enraged Baka fought Bhīma. Baka was slain.

१७८. बकवधानन्तरं समागतानां तत्परिवाराणां भीमेन समयकरणम्॥१॥नगरद्वारदेशे बकशरीरं निधाय ब्राह्मणगृहमा गत्य भीमेन कुन्त्यादीन्प्रति बकवृत्तान्तकथनम्॥२॥मृतबकदर्शार्थं पौराणां गमनम्॥३॥ब्रह्ममहोत्सवकरणम्॥४॥बकवधेन पौराणां भीमसेवनम्॥५॥

178. bakavadhānantaraṃ samāgatānāṃ tatparivārāṇāṃ bhīmena samayakaraṇam॥1॥ nagaradvāradeśe bakasarīraṃ nidhāya brāhmaṇagṛham ā gatya bhīmena kuntyādīn prati bakavṛttāntakathanam॥2॥ mṛtabakadaraśārthaṃ paurāṇāṃ gamanam॥3॥ brahma-mahotsavakaraṇam॥4॥ bakavadhena paurāṇāṃ bhīmasevanam॥5॥

[१७८ (178) - 178; बकवधानन्तरं (bakavadhānantaram) - after the killing of Baka; समागतानां (samāgatānāṃ) - of those who assembled; तत्परिवाराणां (tat-parivārāṇām) - of their retinues; भीमेन (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; समयकरणम् (samayakaraṇam) - making an agreement; नगरद्वारदेशे (nagaradvāradeśe) - at the place of the city gate; बकशरीरं (bakaśarīram) - Baka's body; निधाय (nidhāya) - having placed; ब्राह्मणगृहमा (brāhmaṇagṛham ā) - going to the Brahmin's house; गत्य (gatya) - having gone; भीमेन (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; कुन्त्यादीन् (kuntyādīn) - Kuntī and the others; प्रति (prati) - to; बकवृत्तान्तकथनम् (bakavṛttāntakathanam) - telling the story of Baka; मृतबकदर्शार्थं (mṛtabakadaraśārtham) - for seeing the dead Baka; पौराणां (paurāṇām) - of the townspeople; गमनम् (gamanam) - the going; ब्रह्ममहोत्सवकरणम् (brahma-mahotsavakaraṇam) - conducting a great festival for Brahma; बकवधेन (bakavadhena) - by the killing of Baka; पौराणां (paurāṇām) - of the townspeople; भीमसेवनम् (bhīmasevanam) - honoring Bhīma;]

(178. After the killing of Baka, Bhīma made an agreement with those assembled and their retinues. Having placed Baka's body at the city gate and having gone to the Brahmin's house, Bhīma told the story of Baka to Kuntī and the others. The townspeople went for seeing the dead Baka. A great festival for Brahma was conducted. By the killing of Baka, the townspeople honored Bhīma.)

178. After Baka was slain, Bhīma made an agreement with those who had assembled and their families. He left Baka's body at the city gate and went to the Brahmin's house to recount the story of Baka to Kuntī and the others. The townspeople went to see the slain Baka. A major festival was held for Brahma. Because Baka had been killed, the citizens honored Bhīma. (1-5)

१७९. ब्राह्मणगृहे प्रतिश्रयार्थमागतस्य कस्यचिद्ब्राह्मणस्य मुखात् पाण्डवानां द्रौपदीस्वयंवरश्रवणम्॥१॥पाण्डवकृतधृष्टद्युन्नद्रौपदीसंभवप्रश्नस्य ब्राह्मणेनोत्तरकथनम्॥२॥

179. brāhmaṇagṛhe pratiśrayārthamāgatasya kasyacid brāhmaṇasya mukhāt pāṇḍavānāṃ draupadīsvaṃyavaraśravaṇam॥1॥ pāṇḍavakṛtadhṛṣṭadyunnadraupadīsaṃbhavapraśnasya brāhmaṇenottarakathanam॥2॥

[ब्राह्मणगृहे (brāhmaṇagṛhe) - in a Brāhmaṇa's house; प्रतिश्रयार्थम् (pratiśrayārtham) - for the purpose of shelter; आगतस्य (āgatasya) - having come (of him); कस्यचित् (kasyacit) - of a certain (person); ब्राह्मणस्य (brāhmaṇasya) - of a Brāhmaṇa; मुखात् (mukhāt) - from the mouth; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; द्रौपदीस्वयंवरश्रवणम् (draupadīsvaṃyavaraśravaṇam) - hearing (the account) of Draupadī's svayaṃvara; पाण्डवकृतधृष्टद्युन्नद्रौपदीसंभवप्रश्नस्य (pāṇḍavakṛtadhṛṣṭadyunnadraupadīsaṃbhavapraśnasya) - of the question by the Pāṇḍavas regarding the origin of Dhṛṣṭadyumna and Draupadī; ब्राह्मणेन (brāhmaṇena) - by the Brāhmaṇa; उत्तरकथनम् (uttarakathanam) - answer (telling);]

(179. In a Brāhmaṇa's house, for the purpose of shelter, from the mouth of a certain Brāhmaṇa, the hearing of Draupadī's svayaṃvara of the Pāṇḍavas. The question by the Pāṇḍavas regarding the origin of Dhṛṣṭadyumna and Draupadī, (and) the answer spoken by the Brāhmaṇa.)

179. In a Brāhmaṇa's house, as they sought shelter, the Pāṇḍavas heard from a certain Brāhmaṇa about Draupadī's svayaṃvara. The Brāhmaṇa related the answer to the Pāṇḍavas' question concerning the birth of Dhṛṣṭadyumna and Draupadī. (1) (2)

१८०. धृष्टद्युम्नाद्युत्पत्तिकथनार्थं द्रोणद्रुपदयोरुत्पत्तिकथनपूर्वकं द्रुपदवृत्तान्तकथनम्॥१॥

180. dhṛṣṭadyumnādyutpattikathanārthaṃ droṇadrupadayorutpattikathanapūrvakaṃ drupadavṛttāntakathanam॥1॥

[धृष्टद्युम्न-आद्युत्पत्ति-कथन-अर्थम् (dhṛṣṭadyumna-ādi-utpatti-kathana-artham) - for the purpose of narrating the origin of Dhṛṣṭadyumna and others; द्रोण-द्रुपदोः-उत्पत्ति-कथन-पूर्वकम् (droṇa-drupadoḥ-utpatti-kathana-pūrvakam) - preceded by narration of the origin of Droṇa and Drupada; द्रुपद-वृत्तान्त-कथनम् (drupada-vṛttānta-kathanam) - narration of the account of Drupada;]

(For the purpose of narrating the origin of Dhṛṣṭadyumna and others, narration of the account of Drupada, preceded by narration of the origin of Droṇa and Drupada. (1))

Narration of the story of Drupada, preceded by the narration of the origin of Droṇa and Drupada, for the purpose of describing the origins of Dhṛṣṭadyumna and others. (1)

१८१. द्रोणहन्तृपुत्रोत्पादनेच्छया याजकान्वेषणार्थमतटो द्रुपदस्य उपयाजवचनेन याजसमीपगमनम्॥१॥पुत्रार्थं यज्ञे आरब्धे अग्निकुण्डाद्धृष्टद्युम्नस्योत्पत्तिस्तच्चरितमाकाशवाणी च॥२॥पाञ्चाल्या उत्पत्तिः॥३॥तयोर्नामकरणम्॥४॥द्रोणेन धृष्टद्युम्नस्यास्त्रशिक्षणम्॥५॥

181. droṇahantṛ-putrotpādana-icchayā yājakānveṣaṇārtham ataṭaḥ drupadasya upayājavacanena yājasamīpagamanam॥1॥ putrārthaṃ yajñe ārabdhe agnikuṇḍāt dhṛṣṭadyumnasya utpattiḥ tac-caritam ākāśavāṇī ca॥2॥ pāñcālyā utpattiḥ॥3॥ tayor nāmakaraṇam॥4॥ droṇena dhṛṣṭadyumnasya astraśikṣaṇam॥5॥

[१८१ (181) - 181; द्रोणहन्तृपुत्रोत्पादनेच्छया (droṇahantṛ-putrotpādana-icchayā) - by the desire for the birth of a son who would be the slayer of Droṇa; याजकान्वेषणार्थम् (yājakānveṣaṇārtham) - for the purpose of searching for priests; अतटो (ataṭaḥ) - from there; द्रुपदस्य (drupadasya) - of Drupada; उपयाजवचनेन (upayājavacanena) - by the instruction of Upayāja; याजसमीपगमनम् (yājasamīpagamanam) - going near Yāja; १ (1) - 1; पुत्रार्थं (putrārtham) - for the purpose of obtaining a son; यज्ञे (yajñe) - in the sacrifice; आरब्धे (ārabdhe) - having been commenced; अग्निकुण्डात् (agnikuṇḍāt) - from the fire altar; धृष्टद्युम्नस्य (dhṛṣṭadyumnasya) - of Dhṛṣṭadyumna; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; तच्चरितम् (tac-caritam) - his deed; आकाशवाणी (ākāśavāṇī) - heavenly voice; च (ca) - and; २ (2) - 2; पाञ्चाल्या (pāñcālyā) - of Pāñcālī (the princess of Panchala); उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; ३ (3) - 3; तयोः (tayoḥ) - of those two; नामकरणम् (nāmakaraṇam) - name-giving; ४ (4) - 4; द्रोणेन (droṇena) - by Droṇa; धृष्टद्युम्नस्य (dhṛṣṭadyumnasya) - of Dhṛṣṭadyumna; अस्त्रशिक्षणम् (astraśikṣaṇam) - instruction in weapons; ५ (5) - 5;]

(181. By the desire for the birth of a son who would be the slayer of Droṇa, for the purpose of searching for priests, from there, of Drupada, by the instruction of Upayāja, going near Yāja. (1) For the purpose of a son, in the sacrifice having been commenced, from the fire altar, of Dhṛṣṭadyumna, birth, his deed, heavenly voice and (2) Of Pāñcālī, birth (3) Of those two, name-giving (4) By Droṇa, of Dhṛṣṭadyumna, instruction in weapons (5))

181. With the desire to obtain a son who would slay Droṇa, Drupada sets out from there to seek priests, goes to Yāja by Upayāja's advice. (1) When the sacrifice for a son was begun, Dhṛṣṭadyumna was born from the fire altar; his deeds and a heavenly voice are related. (2) The birth of Pāñcālī. (3) Their naming. (4) Dhṛṣṭadyumna's training in weaponry by Droṇa. (5)

१८२. जनवार्तया दुर्योधनेन पाण्डवानां दाहं, स्वपुरोहितवचनेन नाशराहित्यं च, ज्ञातवता तेषां जीवने सन्दिहानेन द्रुपदेन उद्धोषितस्य पुत्रीस्वयंवरस्य कुन्तींप्रति ब्राह्मणेन कथनम्॥१॥युष्मासु तत्रागतेष्वीश्वरेच्छया त्वत्पुत्राणामन्यतमं पाञ्चाली वृणुयादपीत्युक्तवता ब्राह्मणेन सह पाण्डवानां पाञ्चालनगरं प्रति गमनम्॥२॥

182. janavārtayā duryodhanena pāṇḍavānāṃ dāhaṃ, svapurohitavacanena nāśarahityaṃ ca, jñātavatā teṣāṃ jīvane sandihānena drupadena uddhoṣitasya putrīsvaṃvarasya kuntīṃprati brāhmaṇena kathanam॥1॥yuṣmāsu tatrāgateṣvīśvarecchayā tvatputrāṇāmanyatamaṃ pāñcālī vṛṇuyādapītyuktavatā brāhmaṇena saha pāṇḍavānāṃ pāñcālanagaraṃ prati gamanam॥2॥

[जनवार्तया (janavārtayā) (janavārtayā) - by common news; दुर्योधनेन (duryodhanena) (duryodhanena) - by Duryodhana; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṃ) (pāṇḍavānāṃ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; दाहं (dāhaṃ) (dāhaṃ) - burning; स्वपुरोहितवचनेन (svapurohitavacanena) (svapurohitavacanena) - by the words of his own priest; नाशरास्थ्यं (nāśarahityaṃ) (nāśarahityaṃ) - immunity from destruction; च (ca) (ca) - and; ज्ञातवता (jñātavatā) (jñātavatā) - being known; तेषां (teṣāṃ) (teṣāṃ) - of them; जीवने (jīvane) (jīvane) - in the life (survival); सन्दिहानेन (sandihānena) (sandihānena) - having doubt; द्रुपदेन (drupadena) (drupadena) - by Drupada; उद्धोषितस्य (uddhoṣitasya) (uddhoṣitasya) - of the proclaimed; पुत्रीस्वयंवरस्य (putrīsvaṃvarasya) (putrīsvaṃvarasya) - of the daughter's svayaṃvara; कुन्तीम् (kuntīṃ) (kuntīṃ) - Kuntī; प्रति (prati) (prati) - towards; ब्राह्मणेन (brāhmaṇena) (brāhmaṇena) - by the Brāhmaṇa; कथनम् (kathanam) (kathanam) - narration; युष्मासु (yuṣmāsu) (yuṣmāsu) - among you; तत्र (tatra) (tatra) - there; आगतेषु (āgateṣu) (āgateṣu) - having arrived; ईश्वरेच्छया (īśvarecchayā) (īśvarecchayā) - by the will of the Lord; त्वत्पुत्राणाम् (tvatputrāṇām) (tvatputrāṇām) - of your sons; अन्यतमम् (anyatamam) (anyatamam) - anyone; पाञ्चाली (pāñcālī) (pāñcālī) - Pāñcālī; वृणुयात् (vṛṇuyāt) (vṛṇuyāt) - might choose; अपि (api) (api) - even; इति (iti) (iti) - thus; उक्तवता (uktavatā) (uktavatā) - having been said; ब्राह्मणेन (brāhmaṇena) (brāhmaṇena) - by the Brāhmaṇa; सह (saha) (saha) - with; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; पाञ्चालनगरम् (pāñcālanagaraṃ) (pāñcālanagaraṃ) - to the city of the Pāñcālas; प्रति (prati) (prati) - towards; गमनम् (gamanam) (gamanam) - going;]

(By the common news, by Duryodhana, the burning (of the Pāṇḍavas), by the words of his priest, immunity from destruction also, having been known with doubt about their life by Drupada, the narration of the proclaimed daughter's svayaṃvara to Kuntī by the Brāhmaṇa. (1) Among you, when arrived there, by the will of the Lord, Pāñcālī might even choose one of your sons—thus having been said by the Brāhmaṇa, the going of the Pāṇḍavas along with him towards the city of the Pāñcālas. (2))

(1) The Brāhmaṇa narrated to Kuntī about the proclaimed svayaṃvara of Drupada's daughter, after coming to know through popular news and Duryodhana of the burning of the Pāṇḍavas, and through the words of his own priest learning that they had not been destroyed—while Drupada still doubted whether they were alive. (2) When you all arrived there, the Brāhmaṇa, saying that 'by the will of the Lord, Pāñcālī might even choose one among your sons,' accompanied the Pāṇḍavas to the city of the Pāñcālas.

१८३. पाण्डवानां द्रुपदनगरप्रथानम्॥१॥

183. pāṇḍavānāṃ drupadanagaraprathānam॥1॥

[पाण्डवनाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; द्रुपदनगर (drupadanagara) - Drupada's city; प्रथानम् (prathānam) - entering;]

(Of the Pāṇḍavas, Drupada's city entering.)

The entering of Drupada's city by the Pāṇḍavas. (183-1)

१८४. प्रस्थानसमयागते व्यासेन पाण्डवान्प्रति द्रौपदीवृत्तान्तकथनपूर्वकं भविष्यद्द्रौपदीलाभकथनम्॥१॥व्यासस्य प्रतिनिवर्तनम्॥२॥

184. prasthānasamayāgate vyāsena pāṇḍavān prati draupadī-vṛttānta-kathana-pūrvakaṃ bhaviṣyat-draupadī-lābha-kathanam॥1॥vyāsasya pratinivartanam॥2॥

[प्रस्थानसमयागते (prasthānasamayāgate) - (when) departure time had come; व्यासेन (vyāsena) - by Vyāsa; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - to the Pāṇḍavas; प्रति (prati) - towards; द्रौपदीवृत्तान्तकथनपूर्वकं (draupadī-vṛttānta-kathana-pūrvakam) - preceded by narration of Draupadī's events; भविष्यद्द्रौपदीलाभकथनम् (bhaviṣyat-draupadī-lābha-kathanam) - statement of the future Draupadī attainment; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyāsa; प्रतिनिवर्तनम् (pratinivartanam) - return;]

(184. When the departure time had come, by Vyāsa, toward the Pāṇḍavas, with narration of Draupadī's events first, the statement of the future attainment of Draupadī. (1) The return of Vyāsa. (2))

184. When the time of departure arrived, Vyāsa narrated to the Pāṇḍavas the story of Draupadī before telling of her future attainment. (1) The return of Vyāsa. (2)

१८५. पाञ्चालनगरं गच्छतां पाण्डवानां मार्गे ब्राह्मणैः सह संवादः॥१॥

185. pāñcālanagaraṃ gacchatāṃ pāṇḍavānāṃ mārge brāhmaṇaiḥ saha saṃvādaḥ॥1॥

[पाञ्चालनगरं (pāñcālanagaraṃ) - Pañcāla city; गच्छतां (gacchatām) - of those going; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; मार्गे (mārge) - on the way; ब्राह्मणैः (brāhmaṇaiḥ) - with Brāhmaṇas; सह (saha) - together with; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - conversation;]

(185. Conversation with Brāhmaṇas together, on the way of the Pāṇḍavas going to the city of Pañcāla. (1))

185. On the way to the city of Pañcāla, the Pāṇḍavas have a conversation together with Brāhmaṇas. (1)

१८६. अर्धरात्रे पाण्डवानां गङ्गातीरगमनम्॥१॥तत्र स्त्रीभिः सह जलक्रीडां कुर्वता चित्ररथेन गन्धर्वेण सह अर्जुनस्य युद्धम्॥२॥आग्नेयास्त्रेण दग्धादधःपतितस्य तस्यार्जुनेन ग्रहणं॥३॥गन्धर्वपत्न्या प्रार्थितस्य युधिष्ठिरस्याज्ञया गन्धर्वमोचनम्॥४॥गन्धर्वप्रार्थनया आग्नेयास्त्रपरिवर्तनेन तस्माद्गान्धर्वास्त्रग्रहणानुमोदनम्॥५॥गन्धर्वेण पाण्डवानां पुरोहितसंपादनोपदेशः॥६॥

186. ardharātre pāṇḍavānāṃ gaṅgātīragamanam॥1॥tatra strībhiḥ saha jalakrīḍāṃ kurvatā citrarathena gandharveṇa saha arjunasya yuddham॥2॥āgneyāstreṇa dagdhādadhaḥpatitasya tasyārjunena grahaṇaṃ॥3॥gandharvapatnyā prārthitasya yudhiṣṭhirasyājñayā gandharvamocanam॥4॥gandharvaprārthanayā āgneyāstraparivartanena tasmādgāndharvāstragrahaṇānumodanam॥5॥gandharveṇa pāṇḍavānāṃ purohitasampādanopadeśaḥ॥6॥

[अर्धरात्रे (ardharātre) - at midnight; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; गङ्गातीरगमनम् (gaṅgātīragamanam) - going to the bank of Gaṅgā; तत्र (tatra) - there; स्त्रीभिः (strībhiḥ) - with women; सह (saha) - together with; जलक्रीडाम् (jalakrīḍām) - water-sport; कुर्वता (kurvatā) - performing; चित्ररथेन (citrarathena) - by Citraratha (Proper noun); गन्धर्वेण (gandharveṇa) - by the Gandharva; सह (saha) - together with; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; युद्धम् (yuddham) - battle; आग्नेयास्त्रेण (āgneyāstreṇa) - by the Agneya weapon; दग्धात् (dagdhāt) - from being burned; अधःपतितस्य (adhaḥpatitasya) - of the one fallen down; तस्य (tasya) - of him; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; ग्रहणम् (grahaṇam) - capture; गन्धर्वपत्न्या (gandharvapatnyā) - by the Gandharva's wife; प्रार्थितस्य (prārthitasya) - of the entreated; युधिष्ठिरस्य (yudhiṣṭhirasya) - of Yudhiṣṭhira; आज्ञया (ājñayā) - by the command; गन्धर्वमोचनम् (gandharvamocanam) - release of the Gandharva; गन्धर्वप्रार्थनया (gandharvaprārthanayā) - by the request of the Gandharva; आग्नेयास्त्रपरिवर्तनेन (āgneyāstraparivartanena) - by exchanging the Agneya weapon; तस्मात् (tasmāt) - therefrom; गान्धर्वास्त्रग्रहण (gāndharvāstragrahaṇa) - acquisition of the Gandharva weapon; अनुमोदनम् (anumodanam) - approval; गन्धर्वेण (gandharveṇa) - by the Gandharva; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; पुरोहितसंपादनोपदेशः (purohitasampādanopadeśaḥ) - instruction on acquiring a priest.;]

(At midnight, the going of the Pāṇḍavas to the bank of Gaṅgā. There, water-sport with women, battle of Arjuna together with Citraratha the Gandharva. By the Agneya weapon, capture by Arjuna of him who, having been burned, fell down. By the Gandharva's wife, at the request, by the command of Yudhiṣṭhira, release of the Gandharva. By the Gandharva's request, by exchange of the Agneya weapon, approval for acquisition of the Gāndharva weapon thereby. By the Gandharva, instruction to the Pāṇḍavas regarding acquisition of a priest.)

(186) At midnight, the Pāṇḍavas go to the bank of the Gaṅgā. There, Arjuna battles Citraratha the Gandharva, who is engaging in water-sport with women. Having been burned by the Agneya weapon and fallen, he is captured by Arjuna. On the Gandharva's wife's plea and by Yudhiṣṭhira's command, the Gandharva is released. At the Gandharva's request and through the exchange of the Agneya weapon, approval is given for acquiring the Gāndharva weapon. The Gandharva instructs the Pāṇḍavas on acquiring a priest. (1-6)

१८७. सूर्यकन्यायाः तपत्या उपाख्यानम्--स्वभक्ताय संवरणाय स्वकन्यां दातुं सवितुर्निश्चयः॥१॥मृगयार्थं गतस्य संवरणस्य गिरौ तपतीदर्शनेन कामोत्पत्तिः॥२॥राजनि तया सह भाषितुं प्रवृत्ते तप्त्या अन्तर्धानम्॥३॥

187. sūryakanyāyāḥ tapatyā upākhyānam--svabhaktāya saṁvaraṇāya svakanyāṁ dātuṁ saviturniścayaḥ॥1॥ mṛgayārthaṁ gatasya saṁvaraṇasya girau tapatīdarśanena kāmotpattiḥ॥2॥ rājani tayā saha bhāṣituṁ pravṛtte taptayā antardhānam॥3॥

[सूर्यकन्यायाः (sūryakanyāyāḥ) (sūryakanyāyāḥ) - of the daughter of the sun; तपत्या (tapatyā) (tapatyā) - Tapatī (proper name); उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) (upākhyānam) - story; स्वभक्ताय (svabhaktāya) (svabhaktāya) - to his (own) devotee; संवरणाय (saṁvaraṇāya) (saṁvaraṇāya) - to Saṁvaraṇa (proper name); स्वकन्यां (svakanyāṁ) (svakanyāṁ) - his own daughter; दातुं (dātuṁ) (dātuṁ) - to give; सवितुः (savituḥ) (savituḥ) - of Savitṛ (the sun); निश्चयः (niścayaḥ) (niścayaḥ) - decision; मृगयार्थं (mṛgayārthaṁ) (mṛgayārthaṁ) - for the purpose of hunting; गतस्य (gatasya) (gatasya) - (of) one who has gone; संवरणस्य (saṁvaraṇasya) (saṁvaraṇasya) - of Saṁvaraṇa; गिरौ (girau) (girau) - on the mountain; तपतीदर्शनेन (tapatīdarśanena) (tapatīdarśanena) - by the seeing of Tapatī; कामोत्पत्तिः (kāmotpattiḥ) (kāmotpattiḥ) - arising of desire; राजनि (rājani) (rājani) - when the king; तया (tayā) (tayā) - with her; सह (saha) (saha) - together; भाषितुं (bhāṣituṁ) (bhāṣituṁ) - to speak; प्रवृत्ते (pravṛtte) (pravṛtte) - having begun; तप्त्या (taptayā) (taptayā) - by Tapatī; अन्तर्धानम् (antardhānam) (antardhānam) - disappearance;]

("The story of Tapatī, daughter of the sun — Savitṛ's decision to give his own daughter to his devotee Saṁvaraṇa. For the purpose of hunting, in the case of Saṁvaraṇa who had gone (to the forest), on the mountain by the seeing of Tapatī, arising of desire. When the king began to speak with her, by Tapatī disappearance.")

"The story of Tapatī, daughter of the Sun — Savitṛ decides to give his daughter to his devotee Saṁvaraṇa. While Saṁvaraṇa went hunting, he saw Tapatī on the mountain and desire arose. When the king began to speak with her, Tapatī disappeared."

१८८. भूतले पतितं राजानं दृष्ट्वा तत्समीपे तपत्या आगमनम्॥१॥तयोः संवादः॥२॥

188. bhūtale patitaṃ rājānaṃ dṛṣṭvā tatsamīpe tapatyā āgamanam॥1॥tayoḥ saṃvādaḥ॥2॥

[भूतले (bhūtale) - on the earth; पतितं (patitaṃ) - fallen; राजानं (rājānam) - king (accusative singular); दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; तत्समीपे (tatsamīpe) - near him; तपत्या (tapatyā) - by Tapatyā (instrumental singular, proper noun); आगमनम् (āgamanam) - arrival; तयोः (tayoḥ) - of both; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - conversation;]

(On the earth fallen king having seen, near him by Tapatyā arrival. Of both conversation.)

188. Seeing the king fallen on the earth, Tapatyā arrived near him. (1) The conversation of both. (2)

१८९. पुनरन्तर्हितायां तपत्यां मोहितस्य संवरणस्य समीपे अमात्यादीनामागमनं॥१॥अमात्येनाश्वासितस्य राज्ञः सूर्योपासनसमये वसिष्ठस्यागमनं॥२॥सूर्यसमीपं गत्वा वसिष्ठेनादित्यस्तुतिकरणं॥३॥स्तुत्या तुष्टेन सूर्येण संवरणार्थं वसिष्ठाय तपतीदानं॥४॥तस्मिन्नेव तपतीसंवरणयोर्विवाहः॥५॥तया सह तत्रैव रममाणस्य संवरणस्य राज्ये द्वादशवार्षिक्यनावृष्टिः॥६॥वसिष्ठेनानावृष्टिनिवर्तनं॥७॥तपत्युपाख्यानोपसंहारः॥८॥

189. punar antarhitāyāṃ tapatyāṃ mohitasya saṃvaraṇasya samīpe amātyādīnām āgamanaṃ॥1॥ amātyena āśvāsitasya rājñaḥ sūryopāsanasamaye vasiṣṭhasya āgamanaṃ॥2॥ sūryasamīpaṃ gatvā vasiṣṭhena ādityastuti-karaṇaṃ॥3॥ stutyā tuṣṭena sūryeṇa saṃvaraṇārthaṃ vasiṣṭhāya tapatī-dānaṃ॥4॥ tasmin eva tapatī-saṃvaraṇayoḥ vivāhaḥ॥5॥ tayā saha tatra eva ramamāṇasya saṃvaraṇasya rājye dvādaśa-vārṣikya-anāvṛṣṭiḥ॥6॥ vasiṣṭhena anāvṛṣṭi-nivartanaṃ॥7॥ tapatī-upākhyāna-upasaṃhāraḥ॥8॥

[पुनरन्तर्हितायां (punar-antarhitāyāṃ) - again having become hidden; तपत्यां (tapatyāṃ) - Tapatī; मोहितस्य (mohitasya) - deluded; संवरणस्य (saṃvaraṇasya) - of Saṃvaraṇa; समीपे (samīpe) - near; अमात्यादीनाम् (amātyādīnām) - of ministers and others; आगमनं (āgamanaṃ) - arrival; अमात्येन (amātyena) - by the minister; आश्वासितस्य (āśvāsitasya) - having been consoled; राज्ञः (rājñaḥ) - of the king; सूर्योपासनसमये (sūryopāsanasamaye) - at the time of Sun-worship; वसिष्ठस्य (vasiṣṭhasya) - of Vasiṣṭha; आगमनं (āgamanaṃ) - arrival; सूर्यसमीपं (sūryasamīpaṃ) - to the Sun; गत्वा (gatvā) - having gone; वसिष्ठेन (vasiṣṭhena) - by Vasiṣṭha; आदित्यस्तुतिकरणं (ādityastuti-karaṇaṃ) - performance of praise of Āditya; स्तुत्या (stutyā) - by the praise; तुष्टेन (tuṣṭena) - having been pleased; सूर्येण (sūryeṇa) - by the Sun; संवरणार्थं (saṃvaraṇārthaṃ) - for Saṃvaraṇa; वसिष्ठाय (vasiṣṭhāya) - to Vasiṣṭha; तपतीदानं (tapatī-dānaṃ) - gift of Tapatī; तस्मिन्नेव (tasmin eva) - in that very (occasion); तपतीसंवरणयोः (tapatī-saṃvaraṇayoḥ) - of Tapatī and Saṃvaraṇa; विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage; तया सह (tayā saha) - with her; तत्रैव (tatra eva) - right there; रममाणस्य (ramamāṇasya) - enjoying; संवरणस्य (saṃvaraṇasya) - of Saṃvaraṇa; राज्ये (rājye) - in the kingdom; द्वादशवार्षिक्यनावृष्टिः (dvādaśa-vārṣikya-anāvṛṣṭiḥ) - twelve year drought; वसिष्ठेन (vasiṣṭhena) - by Vasiṣṭha; अनावृष्टिनिवर्तनं (anāvṛṣṭi-nivartanaṃ) - removal of drought; तपत्युपाख्यानोपसंहारः (tapaty-upākhyāna-upasaṃhāraḥ) - conclusion of the story of Tapatī;]

(189. Again, when Tapatī became hidden, near the deluded Saṃvaraṇa, arrival of ministers and others. (1) When the king was consoled by the minister, at the time of Sun-worship, arrival of Vasiṣṭha. (2) Having gone near the Sun, Vasiṣṭha performs hymn to Āditya. (3) By the hymn, when pleased, the Sun gives Tapatī to Vasiṣṭha for Saṃvaraṇa. (4) On that very occasion, marriage of Tapatī and Saṃvaraṇa. (5) With her, Saṃvaraṇa enjoying right there, in the kingdom there was a twelve year drought. (6) By Vasiṣṭha, removal of that drought. (7) Conclusion of the Tapatī story. (8))

189. When Tapatī became hidden again, Saṃvaraṇa, being deluded, was approached by ministers and others. After the minister consoled the king, Vasiṣṭha arrived during the Sun-worship. Vasiṣṭha, having gone to the Sun, performed the hymn of Aditya. Pleased by this praise, the Sun granted Tapatī to Vasiṣṭha for Saṃvaraṇa. Thereupon, Tapatī and Saṃvaraṇa were married. As Saṃvaraṇa enjoyed with her there itself, a twelve-year drought occurred in his kingdom. Vasiṣṭha ended the drought. Thus the story of Tapatī concludes. (189)

१९०. गन्धर्वेण वसिष्ठमाहात्म्यकथनपूर्वकं पाण्डवानां पुरोहितसंग्रहणोपदेशः॥१॥

190. gandharveṇa vasiṣṭha-māhātmya-kathana-pūrvakaṃ pāṇḍavānāṃ purohita-saṃgrahaṇa-upadeśaḥ॥1॥

[गन्धर्वेण (gandharveṇa) - by Gandharva; वसिष्ठमाहात्म्यकथनपूर्वकं (vasiṣṭha-māhātmya-kathana-pūrvakam) - with the preceding narration of Vasiṣṭha's greatness; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; पुरोहितसंग्रहणोपदेशः (purohita-saṃgrahaṇa-upadeśaḥ) - the instruction of appointing a family priest; ॥१॥ (॥1॥) -;]

(By Gandharva, with the preceding narration of Vasiṣṭha's greatness, the instruction of appointing a family priest of the Pāṇḍavas. (1))

190. The instruction by the Gandharva to the Pāṇḍavas concerning the appointment of a family priest, preceded by the narration of Vasiṣṭha's greatness. (1)

१९१. वसिष्ठोपाख्याने---विश्वामित्रस्य वसिष्ठाश्रमाभिगमनं॥१॥वसिष्ठेन विश्वामित्रस्यातिथ्यकरणं॥२॥विश्वामित्रेण वसिष्ठधेनुयाचनं॥३॥वसिष्ठेनादत्ताया धेनोः विश्वामित्रेण बलात्कारेण हरणं॥४॥कुपितया नन्दिन्या सृष्टैः म्लेच्छाद्यैः विश्वामित्रपराजयः॥५॥विश्वामित्रस्य तपसा ब्राह्मण्यप्राप्तिः॥६॥

191. vasiṣṭhopākhyāne---viśvāmitrasya vasiṣṭhāśramābhigamanaṃ॥1॥vasiṣṭhena viśvāmitrasyātithyakaraṇaṃ॥2॥viśvāmitreṇa vasiṣṭhadhenuyācanaṃ॥3॥vasiṣṭhenādattāyā dhenoḥ viśvāmitreṇa balātkāreṇa haraṇaṃ॥4॥kupitayā nandinyā sṛṣṭaiḥ mlecchādyaiḥ viśvāmitraparājayaḥ॥5॥viśvāmitrasya tapasā brāhmaṇyaprāptiḥ॥6॥

[वसिष्ठोपाख्याने (vasiṣṭhopākhyāne) - in the narration of Vasiṣṭha; विश्वामित्रस्य (viśvāmitrasya) - of Viśvāmitra; वसिष्ठाश्रम (vasiṣṭhāśrama) - Vasiṣṭha's hermitage; अभिगमनं (abhigamanaṃ) - approach; वसिष्ठेन (vasiṣṭhena) - by Vasiṣṭha; विश्वामित्रस्य (viśvāmitrasya) - of Viśvāmitra; अतिथ्यकरणं (atithyakaraṇaṃ) - hospitality rendering; विश्वामित्रेण (viśvāmitreṇa) - by Viśvāmitra; वसिष्ठधेनु (vasiṣṭhadhenu) - Vasiṣṭha's cow; याचनं (yācanaṃ) - request; वसिष्ठेन (vasiṣṭhena) - by Vasiṣṭha; अदत्ताया (adattāyā) - un-given; धेनोः (dhenoḥ) - of the cow; विश्वामित्रेण (viśvāmitreṇa) - by Viśvāmitra; बलात्कारेण (balātkāreṇa) - by force; हरणं (haraṇaṃ) - abduction; कुपितया (kupitayā) - by angered; नन्दिन्या (nandinyā) - by Nandinī; सृष्टैः (sṛṣṭaiḥ) - created; म्लेच्छाद्यैः (mlecchādyaiḥ) - by Mleccha and others; विश्वामित्रपराजयः (viśvāmitraparājayaḥ) - defeat of Viśvāmitra; विश्वामित्रस्य (viśvāmitrasya) - of Viśvāmitra; तपसा (tapasā) - by austerity; ब्राह्मण्यप्राप्तिः (brāhmaṇyaprāptiḥ) - attainment of Brahminhood;]

(In the narration of Vasiṣṭha---approach of Viśvāmitra to Vasiṣṭha's hermitage. By Vasiṣṭha, hospitality rendering to Viśvāmitra. By Viśvāmitra, request for Vasiṣṭha's cow. By Vasiṣṭha, of the un-given cow, by Viśvāmitra, abduction by force. By angered Nandinī, through beings like Mleccha created, defeat of Viśvāmitra. Of Viśvāmitra, by austerity, attainment of Brahminhood.)

In the episode of Vasiṣṭha: (1) Viśvāmitra approaches the hermitage of Vasiṣṭha; (2) Vasiṣṭha renders hospitality to Viśvāmitra; (3) Viśvāmitra requests Vasiṣṭha's divine cow; (4) Viśvāmitra forcefully abducts the cow that was not given by Vasiṣṭha; (5) Viśvāmitra is defeated by Mlecchas and others conjured by the angered Nandinī; (6) By austerity, Viśvāmitra attains Brahminhood.

१९२. कल्माषपादराजोपाख्याने---वसिष्ठपुत्रेण शक्तिना कल्माषपादं प्रति शापदानं॥१॥पुनरन्येन ब्राह्मणेन च कल्माषपादंप्रति शापदानं॥२॥राक्षसाविष्टेन कल्माषपादेन वसिष्ठपुत्राणां भक्षणं॥३॥पुत्रशोकाभिसंतप्तेन वसिष्ठेन प्राणत्यागार्थं अनेकधा प्रयतनम्॥४॥

192. kalmāṣapādarājopākhyāne---vasiṣṭhaputreṇa śaktinā kalmāṣapādaṃ prati śāpadānaṃ॥1॥punar anyena brāhmaṇena ca kalmāṣapādaṃ prati śāpadānaṃ॥2॥rākṣasāviṣṭena kalmāṣapādena vasiṣṭhaputrāṇāṃ bhakṣaṇaṃ॥3॥putraśokābhisaṃtaptena vasiṣṭhena prāṇatyāgārthaṃ anekadhā prayatanam॥4॥

[कल्माषपादराजोपाख्याने (kalmāṣapādarājopākhyāne) - in the account of King Kalmāṣapāda; वसिष्ठपुत्रेण (vasiṣṭhaputreṇa) - by the son of Vasiṣṭha; शक्तिना (śaktinā) - by Śakti; कल्माषपादं (kalmāṣapādam) - (unto) Kalmāṣapāda; प्रति (prati) - towards; शापदानं (śāpadānam) - giving of a curse; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; अन्येन (anyena) - by another; ब्राह्मणेन (brāhmaṇena) - by a Brāhmaṇa; च (ca) - and; कल्माषपादं (kalmāṣapādam) - (unto) Kalmāṣapāda; प्रति (prati) - towards; शापदानं (śāpadānam) - giving of a curse; राक्षसाविष्टेन (rākṣasāviṣṭena) - possessed by a rākṣasa; कल्माषपादेन (kalmāṣapādena) - by Kalmāṣapāda; वसिष्ठपुत्राणां (vasiṣṭhaputrāṇām) - of Vasiṣṭha's sons; भक्षणं (bhakṣaṇam) - eating; पुत्रशोकाभिसंतप्तेन (putraśokābhisaṃtaptena) - afflicted by grief for (his) sons; वसिष्ठेन (vasiṣṭhena) - by Vasiṣṭha; प्राणत्यागार्थं (prāṇatyāgārtham) - for the sake of giving up life; अनेकधा (anekadhā) - in many ways; प्रयतनम् (prayatanam) - attempt; १९२ (192) - 192;]

(In the account of King Kalmāṣapāda: by the son of Vasiṣṭha, Śakti, the giving of a curse towards Kalmāṣapāda. Again, by another Brāhmaṇa also, the giving of a curse towards Kalmāṣapāda. By Kalmāṣapāda possessed by a rākṣasa, eating of Vasiṣṭha's sons. By Vasiṣṭha afflicted by grief for (his) sons, attempts in many ways for the sake of giving up life. 192.)

In the story of King Kalmāṣapāda: Śakti, son of Vasiṣṭha, curses Kalmāṣapāda; later, another Brāhmaṇa also curses Kalmāṣapāda; Kalmāṣapāda, possessed by a rākṣasa, devours Vasiṣṭha's sons; Vasiṣṭha, overcome by grief for his sons, attempts many times to give up his own life. (192)

१९३. पूर्वोपायैरपि दुस्त्यजप्राणस्य वसिष्टस्य पुनर्गङ्गापतनादिनापि प्राणत्यागासंभवे आश्रमं प्रत्यागमनम्॥१॥तत्र शक्तिभार्यामदृश्यन्तीनाम्नी गर्भवतीं ज्ञात्वा आत्मघातान्निवर्तनं॥२॥अदृश्यन्त्या सह गच्छन्तं वसिष्टं भक्षयितुमागतस्य कल्माषपादस्य वसिष्ठेन शापान्मोक्षणं॥३॥सौदासपत्न्या वसिष्ठाद्गर्भसंभवः॥४॥अश्मकनामकपुत्रोत्पत्तिः॥५॥

193. pūrvopāyair api dustyajaprāṇasya vasiṣṭhasya punar gaṅgāpatanādinā api prāṇatyāgāsaṃbhave āśramaṃ pratyāgamanaṃ॥1॥ tatra śaktibhāryāmadṛśyantīnāmnī garbhavatīṃ jñātvā ātmaghātān nivartanaṃ॥2॥ adṛśyantyā saha gacchantaṃ vasiṣṭhaṃ bhakṣayitum āgatasya kalmāṣapādasya vasiṣṭhena śāpān mokṣaṇaṃ॥3॥ saudāsapatnyā vasiṣṭhād garbhasaṃbhavaḥ॥4॥ aśmakanāmakaputrotpattiḥ॥5॥

[पूर्वोपायैः (pūrvopāyaiḥ) (pūrvopāyaiḥ) - by former means; by previous methods; अपि (api) (api) - even; दुस्त्यजप्राणस्य (dustyajaprāṇasya) (dustyajaprāṇasya) - of Vasiṣṭha whose life is hard to abandon; वसिष्ठस्य (vasiṣṭhasya) (vasiṣṭhasya) - Vasiṣṭha's; पुनः (punaḥ) (punaḥ) - again; गङ्गापतनादिना (gaṅgāpatanādinā) (gaṅgāpatanādinā) - by Gaṅgā fall and the like; अपि (api) (api) - even; प्राणत्यागासंभवे (prāṇatyāgāsaṃbhave) (prāṇatyāgāsaṃbhave) - in the impossibility of abandoning life; आश्रमं (āśramaṃ) (āśramaṃ) - hermitage; प्रत्यागमनम् (pratyāgamanaṃ) (pratyāgamanaṃ) - return; तत्र (tatra) (tatra) - there; शक्तिभार्याम् (śaktibhāryām) (śaktibhāryām) - the wife of Śakti; अदृश्यन्तीनाम्नी (adṛśyantīnāmnī) (adṛśyantīnāmnī) - named Adṛśyantī; गर्भवतीं (garbhavatīṃ) (garbhavatīṃ) - pregnant; ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) (jñātvā) - having known; आत्मघातान् (ātmaghātān) (ātmaghātān) - from self-slaughter; निवर्तनम् (nivartanaṃ) (nivartanaṃ) - restraint; turning away; अदृश्यन्त्या (adṛśyantyā) (adṛśyantyā) - with Adṛśyantī; सह (saha) (saha) - with; गच्छन्तं (gacchantaṃ) (gacchantaṃ) - going; वसिष्ठम् (vasiṣṭham) (vasiṣṭham) - Vasiṣṭha; भक्षयितुम् (bhakṣayitum) (bhakṣayitum) - to eat; आगतस्य (āgatasya) (āgatasya) - having come; कल्माषपादस्य (kalmāṣapādasya) (kalmāṣapādasya) - of Kalmāṣapāda; वसिष्ठेन (vasiṣṭhena) (vasiṣṭhena) - by Vasiṣṭha; शापात् (śāpāt) (śāpāt) - from curse; मोक्षणम् (mokṣaṇam) (mokṣaṇam) - release; सौदासपत्न्या (saudāsapatnyā) (saudāsapatnyā) - by the wife of Saudāsa; वसिष्ठात् (vasiṣṭhāt) (vasiṣṭhāt) - from Vasiṣṭha; गर्भसंभवः (garbhasaṃbhavaḥ) (garbhasaṃbhavaḥ) - conception; birth from the womb; अश्मकनामकपुत्र (aśmakanāmakaputra) (aśmakanāmakaputra) - son named Aśmaka; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) (utpattiḥ) - origin; birth;]

(193. Even by previous means, the return to the hermitage of Vasiṣṭha, whose life is hard to abandon, on account of the impossibility of relinquishing life even by the fall into the Gaṅgā and so on. There, having known the wife of Śakti named Adṛśyantī to be pregnant, restraint from self-slaughter. The release from the curse by Vasiṣṭha of Kalmāṣapāda, who had come to eat Vasiṣṭha going together with Adṛśyantī. The conception from Vasiṣṭha by the wife of Saudāsa. Origin of a son named Aśmaka.)

193. Even after many attempts, Vasiṣṭha, whose life was hard to give up, returned to the hermitage as he could not relinquish his life even by falling into the Gaṅgā, and so on. There, upon learning that Śakti's wife named Adṛśyantī was pregnant, he refrained from self-destruction. Vasiṣṭha then released Kalmāṣapāda from the curse when he came to devour Vasiṣṭha, who was going with Adṛśyantī. Then, through the wife of Saudāsa, a conception from Vasiṣṭha took place. Thus was born a son named Aśmaka.

१९४. पराशरोत्पत्तिः॥१॥पितरं कल्माषपादभक्षितं ज्ञात्वा क्रुद्धेन पराशरेण लोकविनाशाय यतनम्॥२॥कर्तवीर्यार्जुन वंश्यैः क्षत्रियैः धनार्थं भृगुवंश्यानां ब्राह्मणानां हननम्॥३॥क्षत्रियभीत्या कयाचिद्ब्राह्मण्या ऊरौ गर्भं धृतं हन्तुं क्षत्रियाणामुद्यमः॥४॥ऊरुं भित्वा निर्गतस्य बालकस्य तेजसान्धीभूतानां क्षत्रियाणां ब्राह्मणींप्रति शरणगमनम्॥५॥

194. parāśarotpattiḥ॥1॥pitaraṃ kalmāṣapādabhakṣitaṃ jñātvā kruddhena parāśareṇa lokavināśāya yatanam॥2॥kartavīryārjuna vaṃśyaiḥ kṣatriyaiḥ dhanārthaṃ bhṛguvaṃśyānāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ hananam॥3॥kṣatriyabhītyā kayācid brāhmaṇyā ūrau garbhaṃ dhṛtaṃ hantuṃ kṣatriyāṇāmudyamaḥ॥4॥ūruṃ bhitvā nirgatasya bālakasya tejasāndhībhūtānāṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ brāhmaṇīṃ prati śaraṇagamanam॥5॥

[पराशर (parāśara) - Parāśara (proper noun); उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - origin; emergence; पितरं (pitaraṃ) - father (accusative singular); कल्माषपादभक्षितं (kalmāṣapādabhakṣitaṃ) - eaten by Kalmāṣapāda (a proper noun); ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - having known; क्रुद्धेन (kruddhena) - by the angry (instrumental singular); पराशरेण (parāśareṇa) - by Parāśara; लोकविनाशाय (lokavināśāya) - for the destruction of the worlds; यतनम् (yatanam) - effort; attempt; कर्तवीर्यार्जुन वंश्यैः (kartavīryārjuna vaṃśyaiḥ) - by the descendants of Kartavīrya Arjuna (proper noun); क्षत्रियैः (kṣatriyaiḥ) - by kṣatriyas; warriors; धनार्थं (dhanārthaṃ) - for the sake of wealth; भृगुवंश्यानां (bhṛguvaṃśyānāṃ) - of the descendants of Bhṛgu (proper noun); ब्राह्मणानां (brāhmaṇānāṃ) - of brāhmaṇas; Brahmin priests; हननम् (hananam) - killing; क्षत्रियभीत्या (kṣatriyabhītyā) - out of fear of the kṣatriyas; कयाचिद् (kayācid) - by a certain (feminine singular instrumental); ब्राह्मण्या (brāhmaṇyā) - by a Brāhmaṇa woman; ऊरौ (ūrau) - in the thigh; गर्भं (garbhaṃ) - embryo; fetus; धृतं (dhṛtaṃ) - held; हन्तुं (hantuṃ) - to kill; क्षत्रियाणाम् (kṣatriyāṇām) - of the kṣatriyas; उद्यतः (udyamaḥ) - endeavour; effort; ऊरुं (ūruṃ) - the thigh; भित्वा (bhitvā) - having split; निर्गतस्य (nirgatasya) - having emerged; बालकस्य (bālakasya) - of the boy; तेजसा (tejasā) - by the energy; अन्धीभूतानां (andhībhūtānāṃ) - having been made blind; क्षत्रियाणां (kṣatriyāṇāṃ) - of the kṣatriyas; ब्राह्मणीम् (brāhmaṇīm) - the Brāhmaṇa woman; प्रति (prati) - towards; शरणगमनम् (śaraṇagamanam) - taking refuge; going for refuge;]

(194. Origin of Parāśara. Having known his father was eaten by Kalmāṣapāda, by the angry Parāśara, an effort for the destruction of the worlds. By the descendants of Kartavīrya Arjuna, by kṣatriyas, for the sake of wealth, the killing of the descendants of Bhṛgu, of brāhmaṇas. Out of fear of the kṣatriyas, by a certain Brāhmaṇa woman, in the thigh, the embryo was held; to kill, the endeavour of the kṣatriyas. Having split the thigh, of the boy having emerged, by the energy, having been made blind the kṣatriyas, towards the Brāhmaṇa woman, taking refuge.)

194. The origin of Parāśara. Having learned that his father was eaten by Kalmāṣapāda, the enraged Parāśara attempted to destroy the worlds. The descendants of Kartavīrya Arjuna, kṣatriyas, killed the brāhmaṇas of the Bhṛgu lineage to obtain wealth. Fearing the kṣatriyas, a certain Brāhmaṇa woman kept her child in her thigh; the kṣatriyas attempted to kill him. When the boy emerged from her split thigh, his energy blinded the kṣatriyas and they sought refuge with the Brāhmaṇa woman. (194-1-5)

१९५. ब्राह्मणीवाक्येन और्वंप्रति शरणागतानां क्षत्रियाणां चक्षुःप्राप्तिः॥१॥लोकविनाशार्थं तपस्यत और्वस्य तत्पितृकृततपोनिवारणम्॥२॥

195. brāhmaṇīvākyena aurvaṃprati śaraṇāgatānāṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ cakṣuḥprāptiḥ॥1॥lokavināśārthaṃ tapasyata aurvasya tatpitṛkṛtataponivāraṇam॥2॥

[ब्राह्मणीवाक्येन (brāhmaṇī-vākyena) - by the words of the Brāhmaṇī; और्वंप्रति (aurvaṃ-prati) - towards Aurva; शरणागतानां (śaraṇāgatānāṃ) - of those who have taken refuge; क्षत्रियाणां (kṣatriyāṇāṃ) - of the kṣatriyas; चक्षुःप्राप्तिः (cakṣuḥ-prāptiḥ) - receiving sight; लोकविनाशार्थं (loka-vināśārtham) - for the destruction of the world; तपस्यत (tapasyata) - of the practicing austerities; और्वस्य (aurvasya) - of Aurva; तत्पितृकृततपोनिवारणम् (tat-pitṛ-kṛta-tapo-nivāraṇam) - prevention of the austerity done by his father;]

(By the words of the Brāhmaṇī, towards Aurva, the kṣatriyas who had taken refuge received sight. For the destruction of the world, of Aurva who was practicing austerities, there was the prevention of the austerity done by his father.)

Through the words of the Brāhmaṇī, the kṣatriyas who had sought refuge with Aurva regained their sight. In order to prevent destruction of the world, the austerity performed by his father was stopped for the ascetic Aurva.

१९६. पितॄणां निदेशेन और्वस्य समुद्रे क्रोधत्यागः॥१॥

196. pitṝṇāṃ nideśena aurvasya samudre krodhatyāgaḥ॥1॥

[पितॄणां (pitṝṇām) - of the ancestors; निदेशेन (nideśena) - by instruction; और्वस्य (aurvasya) - of Aurva; समुद्रे (samudre) - in the ocean; क्रोधत्यागः (krodhatyāgaḥ) - abandonment of anger;]

(Of the ancestors, by instruction, of Aurva, in the ocean, abandonment of anger.)

By the instruction of the ancestors, Aurva abandoned his anger in the ocean. (196-1)

१९७. वसिष्ठवाक्येन लोकविनाशान्निवृत्तेन पराशरेण राक्षसनाशार्थं यज्ञारम्भः॥१॥पुलस्त्यप्रार्थनया पराशरेण यज्ञसमापनम्॥२॥

197. vasiṣṭhavākyena lokavināśān nivṛttena parāśareṇa rākṣasanāśārthaṁ yajñārambhaḥ॥1॥ pulastyaprārthanayā parāśareṇa yajñasamāpanam॥2॥

[वसिष्ठवाक्येन (vasiṣṭha-vākyena) - by Vasiṣṭha's statement; लोकविनाशान्निवृत्तेन (loka-vināśāt nivṛttena) - having ceased from the destruction of the worlds; पराशरेण (parāśareṇa) - by Parāśara; राक्षसनाशार्थं (rākṣasa-nāśārtham) - for the purpose of destruction of rākṣasas; यज्ञारम्भः (yajña-ārambhaḥ) - beginning of the sacrifice; पुलस्त्यप्रार्थनया (pulastya-prārthanayā) - by Pulastya's request; पराशरेण (parāśareṇa) - by Parāśara; यज्ञसमापनम् (yajña-samāpanam) - completion of the sacrifice;]

(197. By Vasiṣṭha's statement, Parāśara, having ceased from world destruction, for rākṣasas' destruction began the sacrifice. (1) By Pulastya's request, by Parāśara the sacrifice was completed. (2))

197. When Parāśara, following Vasiṣṭha's instruction, ceased from destroying the worlds, he began a sacrifice for the destruction of the rākṣasas. (1) At Pulastya's request, Parāśara completed the sacrifice. (2)

१९८. सौदासभार्यायां वसिष्ठेन पुत्रोत्पादनकारणं पृष्टवन्तमर्जुनंप्रति पुनः कल्माषपादकथाकथनम्॥१॥मैथुनधर्मस्य ब्राह्णं भक्षितवतः सौदासस्य ब्राह्मण्या शापः॥२॥

198. saudāsabhāryāyāṃ vasiṣṭhena putrotpādanakāraṇaṃ pṛṣṭavantamarjunaṃprati punaḥ kalmāṣapādakathākathanam॥1॥ maithunadharmasya brāhmaṇaṃ bhakṣitavataḥ saudāsasya brāhmaṇyā śāpaḥ॥2॥

[सौदासभार्यायाम् (saudāsabhāryāyām) - in the wife of Saudāsa; वसिष्ठेन (vasiṣṭhena) - by Vasiṣṭha; पुत्रोत्पादनकारणं (putrotpādanakāraṇam) - the cause of producing a son; पृष्टवन्तम् (pṛṣṭavantam) - having asked; अर्जुनंप्रति (arjunaṃprati) - to Arjuna; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; कल्माषपादकथा—कथनम् (kalmāṣapādakathā-kathanam) - narration of the story of Kalmāṣapāda; मैथुनधर्मस्य (maithunadharmasya) - of the law of sexual union; ब्राह्णं (brāhmaṇam) - a Brāhmaṇa; भक्षितवतः (bhakṣitavataḥ) - having eaten; सौदासस्य (saudāsasya) - of Saudāsa; ब्राह्मण्या (brāhmaṇyā) - by the Brāhmaṇī; शापः (śāpaḥ) - curse;]

("In Saudāsa's wife, by Vasiṣṭha, the cause of producing a son, having asked, to Arjuna, again, narration of the story of Kalmāṣapāda." "Of the law of sexual union, a Brāhmaṇa having eaten, of Saudāsa, by the Brāhmaṇī, curse.")

"To Arjuna who had asked about the cause of producing a son in Saudāsa's wife by Vasiṣṭha, the narration of the story of Kalmāṣapāda is again told." "Because Saudāsa, who had eaten a Brāhmaṇa in the matter of sexual propriety, was cursed by the Brāhmaṇī." (198.1-2)

१९९. अर्जुनेन अनुरूपपुरोहितसंपादनं पृष्टेन गन्धर्वेण धौम्यवरणाक्ष्यनुज्ञा॥१॥गन्धर्वाय आग्नेयास्त्रदानम्॥२॥उत्को चतीर्थे पाण्डवैः धौम्यस्य पौरोहित्ये वरणम्॥३॥

199. arjunena anurūpapurohita-saṁpādanaṁ pṛṣṭena gandharveṇa dhaumya-varaṇa-akṣya-anujñā॥1॥gandharvāya āgneyāstra-dānam॥2॥utko catīrthe pāṇḍavaiḥ dhaumyasya paurohitrye varaṇam॥3॥

[अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; अनुरूपपुरोहितसंपादनं (anurūpa-purohita-saṁpādanam) - suitable priest-acquisition; पृष्टेन (pṛṣṭena) - having been questioned; गन्धर्वेण (gandharveṇa) - by the Gandharva; धौम्यवरणाक्ष्यनुज्ञा (dhaumya-varaṇa-akṣya-anujñā) - Dhaumya's selection-inquiry-permission; गन्धर्वाय (gandharvāya) - to the Gandharva; आग्नेयास्त्रदानम् (āgneyāstra-dānam) - Agneya missile-giving; उत्को (utko) - Utka (proper name); चतीर्थे (ca tīrthe) - and at the sacred place; पाण्डवैः (pāṇḍavaiḥ) - by the Pāṇḍavas; धौम्यस्य (dhaumyasya) - of Dhaumya; पौरोहित्ये (paurohitrye) - in priesthood; वरणम् (varaṇam) - selection;]

(By Arjuna, suitable priest acquisition; by the Gandharva who was questioned, Dhaumya's selection-inquiry-permission. To the Gandharva, Agneya missile giving. Utka also at the sacred place by the Pāṇḍavas, Dhaumya's selection for priesthood.)

By Arjuna, a suitable priest is obtained; by the questioned Gandharva, Dhaumya's selection and the inquiry's permission (are given). The Agneya weapon is given to the Gandharva. Also, at the sacred place Utka, the Pāṇḍavas choose Dhaumya for priesthood.

२००. मध्येमार्गं आगतस्य व्यासस्य आज्ञया पाण्डवानां द्रुपदपुरप्रवेशः॥१॥तेषां कुम्भकारगृहे वासः, भैक्षवृत्तिश्च॥२॥द्रौपद्याः स्वयंवरनिर्माणकारणकथनं॥३॥द्रुपदेन कृतां स्वयंवरघोषणां श्रुतवतां क्षत्रियादीनां आगमनं॥४॥सर्वेषां उचिते स्थाने उपवेशनं पाण्डवानां ब्राह्मणमध्ये उपवेशनं॥५॥मङ्गलस्नातायाः स्वलङ्कृताया द्रौपद्या रङ्गमध्ये आगमनं॥६॥धृष्टद्युम्नेन लक्ष्यवेधपणकथनम्॥७॥

200. madhyemārgaṃ āgatasya vyāsasya ājñayā pāṇḍavānāṃ drupadapurapraveśaḥ॥1॥teṣāṃ kumbhakāragṛhe vāsaḥ, bhaikṣavṛttiśca॥2॥draupadyāḥ svayaṃvaranirmāṇakāraṇakathanaṃ॥3॥drupadena kṛtāṃ svayaṃvaraghoṣaṇāṃ śrutavatāṃ kṣatriyādīnāṃ āgamanaṃ॥4॥sarveṣāṃ ucite sthāne upaveśanaṃ pāṇḍavānāṃ brāhmaṇamadhye upaveśanaṃ॥5॥maṅgalasnātāyāḥ svalaṅkṛtāyā draupadyā raṅgamadhye āgamanaṃ॥6॥dhṛṣṭadyumnena lakṣyavedhapaṇakathanam॥7॥

[मध्येमार्गं (madhyemārgaṃ) - on the middle path; आगतस्य (āgatasya) - having arrived; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyāsa; आज्ञया (ājñayā) - by the command; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṃ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; द्रुपदपुरप्रवेशः (drupadapurapraveśaḥ) - the entrance into Drupada’s city; तेषां (teṣāṃ) - of them; कुम्भकारगृहे (kumbhakāragṛhe) - in the potter’s house; वासः (vāsaḥ) - dwelling; भैक्षवृत्तिः (bhaikṣavṛttiḥ) - practice of begging; च (ca) - and; द्रौपद्याः (draupadyāḥ) - of Draupadī; स्वयंवरनिर्माणकारणकथनं (svayaṃvaranirmāṇakāraṇakathanaṃ) - telling the reason for constructing the svayaṃvara (self-choice ceremony); द्रुपदेन (drupadena) - by Drupada; कृतां (kṛtāṃ) - having done; स्वयंवरघोषणां (svayaṃvaraghoṣaṇāṃ) - announcement of the svayaṃvara; श्रुतवतां (śrutavatāṃ) - having heard; क्षत्रियादीनां (kṣatriyādīnāṃ) - of the kṣatriyas and others; आगमनं (āgamanaṃ) - arrival; सर्वेषां (sarveṣāṃ) - of all; उचिते (ucite) - in the proper; स्थाने (sthāne) - place; उपवेशनं (upaveśanaṃ) - seating; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṃ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; ब्राह्मणमध्ये (brāhmaṇamadhye) - among the Brāhmaṇas; उपवेशनं (upaveśanaṃ) - seating; मङ्गलस्नातायाः (maṅgalasnātāyāḥ) - having had an auspicious bath; स्वलङ्कृतायाः (svalaṅkṛtāyāḥ) - well adorned; द्रौपद्या (draupadyā) - Draupadī; रङ्गमध्ये (raṅgamadhye) - in the midst of the arena; आगमनं (āgamanaṃ) - arrival; धृष्टद्युम्नेन (dhṛṣṭadyumnena) - by Dhṛṣṭadyumna; लक्ष्यवेधपणकथनम् (lakṣyavedhapaṇakathanam) - telling of the wager for striking the target;]

(On the middle path, having arrived, by Vyāsa’s command, the Pāṇḍavas’ entry into Drupada’s city. Their dwelling in the potter’s house and practice of begging. Telling the reason for Draupadī’s svayaṃvara construction. By Drupada, the announcement of the svayaṃvara having been made — on hearing it, the kṣatriyas and others arrive. For all, seating in the proper place; for the Pāṇḍavas, seating among the Brāhmaṇas. Having had an auspicious bath, well adorned Draupadī arrives in the midst of the arena. By Dhṛṣṭadyumna, the telling of the wager for striking the target.)

By Vyāsa’s command, the Pāṇḍavas, having arrived by the middle way, enter Drupada’s city. They stay in a potter’s house and live by begging. The reason for the construction of Draupadī’s svayaṃvara is explained. After Drupada announces the svayaṃvara, upon hearing the proclamation, the kṣatriyas and others arrive. All are seated in their proper places; the Pāṇḍavas are seated among the Brāhmaṇas. Draupadī, having had an auspicious bath and adorned herself, enters the arena. Dhṛṣṭadyumna announces the terms of the archery contest for striking the target.

२०१. रङ्गे आगतानां राज्ञां नामकथनम्॥१॥

201. raṅge āgatānāṃ rājñāṃ nāmakathanam॥1॥

[रङ्गे (raṅge) (raṅge) - on the stage; (locative, singular of raṅga); आगतानां (āgatānāṃ) (āgatānāṃ) - of those who have come; (genitive, plural of āgata); राज्ञां (rājñāṃ) (rājñāṃ) - of kings; (genitive, plural of rājā); नाम (nāma) (nāma) - name; (accusative, singular or indeclinable); कथनम् (kathanam) (kathanam) - telling; narration; (nominative/accusative, singular of kathanam);]

(201. On the stage, of the arrived kings, name telling. (1))

201. On the stage, the announcement of the names of the arriving kings. (1)

२०२. ब्राह्मणमध्यस्थान्पाण्डवान्विज्ञाय श्रीकृष्णेन बलरामाय कथंन॥१॥धनुर्दर्शनेनैव केषांचिद्राज्ञां धनुःपूरणे निरशत॥२॥शिशुपालादीनां धनुःपूरणे भङ्गः॥३॥अर्जुनस्य धनुःपूरणे एषणा॥४॥

202. brāhmaṇamadhyasthān pāṇḍavān vijñāya śrīkṛṣṇena balarāmāya kathaṃ na ॥1॥ dhanurdarśanenaiva keṣāṃcid rājñāṃ dhanuḥpūraṇe niraśat ॥2॥ śiśupālādīnāṃ dhanuḥpūraṇe bhaṅgaḥ ॥3॥ arjunasya dhanuḥpūraṇe eṣaṇā ॥4॥

[ब्राह्मणमध्यस्थान् (brāhmaṇamadhyasthān) - standing in the midst of Brahmanas; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas; विज्ञाय (vijñāya) - having recognized; श्रीकृष्णेन (śrīkṛṣṇena) - by Śrīkṛṣṇa; बलरामाय (balarāmāya) - to Balarāma; कथंन (kathaṃ na) - why not (tell); धनुर्दर्शनेनैव (dhanurdarśanena eva) - by the very viewing of the bow; केषांचिद्राज्ञाम् (keṣāṃcid rājñām) - of some kings; धनुःपूरणे (dhanuḥpūraṇe) - in the stringing of the bow; निरशत् (niraśat) - failed; शिशुपालादीनाम् (śiśupālādīnām) - of Śiśupāla and others; धनुःपूरणे (dhanuḥpūraṇe) - in the stringing of the bow; भङ्गः (bhaṅgaḥ) - breaking; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; धनुःपूरणे (dhanuḥpūraṇe) - in the stringing of the bow; एषणा (eṣaṇā) - attempt;]

(Standing in the midst of Brahmanas, (the) Pāṇḍavas having been recognized, by Śrīkṛṣṇa to Balarāma, "why not (tell it)?" By the very viewing of the bow, of some kings, in the stringing of the bow, they failed. Of Śiśupāla and others, in the stringing of the bow, (there was) breaking. Of Arjuna, in the stringing of the bow, (there was an) attempt.)

Śrīkṛṣṇa, having recognized the Pāṇḍavas standing among the Brahmanas, said to Balarāma, "Why not tell (him)?" Some kings failed even by merely seeing the bow when trying to string it. Śiśupāla and others broke (it) in their attempt to string the bow. Arjuna made an attempt at stringing the bow.

२०३. धनुरारोपणार्थमुत्थितमर्जुनंप्रति ब्राह्मणानां शुभाशंसनम्॥१॥अर्जुनेन धनुरारोपणपूर्वकं लक्ष्यवेधः॥२॥द्रौपद्या अर्जुनकण्ठे मालाप्रक्षेपः॥३॥

203. dhanur āropaṇārtham utthita-m arjunaṃ prati brāhmaṇānāṃ śubhāśaṃsanam ॥1॥ arjunena dhanur āropaṇa-pūrvakaṃ lakṣya-vedhaḥ ॥2॥ draupadyā arjuna-kaṇṭhe mālāprakṣepaḥ ॥3॥

[धनुरारोपणार्थम् (dhanur-āropaṇārtham) - for the purpose of stringing the bow; उत्थितम् (utthitam) - risen; अर्जुनं (arjunam) - Arjuna; प्रति (prati) - towards; ब्राह्मणानां (brāhmaṇānām) - of the brāhmaṇas; शुभाशंसनम् (śubhāśaṃsanam) - good wishes; wishes for auspiciousness; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; धनुरारोपणपूर्वकं (dhanur-āropaṇa-pūrvakam) - preceded by stringing the bow; लक्ष्यवेधः (lakṣya-vedhaḥ) - hitting the target; द्रौपद्या (draupadyā) - by Draupadī; अर्जुनकण्ठे (arjuna-kaṇṭhe) - on Arjuna’s neck; मालाप्रक्षेपः (mālā-prakṣepaḥ) - throwing (placing) of the garland;]

(203. For the purpose of stringing the bow, Arjuna having risen—towards him, the brāhmaṇas offer wishes for auspiciousness. By Arjuna, after stringing the bow, the hitting of the target (takes place). By Draupadī, the throwing of the garland onto Arjuna’s neck.)

203. Arjuna rises to string the bow; the Brāhmaṇas offer their blessings to him. Arjuna strings the bow and strikes the target. Draupadī throws the garland onto Arjuna's neck.

२०४. क्रोधाद्राजसु द्रुपदहननार्थमागतेषु राजसंमुखे भीमार्जुनयोः सज्जीभूय स्थितयोः सतोः कृष्णबलरामयोः संवादः॥१॥

204. krodhād rājasu drupadaha-nan-artham āgateṣu rājasaṁmukhe bhīmārjunayoḥ sajjībhūya sthitayoḥ satoḥ kṛṣṇa-balarāmayoḥ saṁvādaḥ॥1॥

[क्रोधात् (krodhāt) - from anger; राजसु (rājasu) - among kings; द्रुपदहननार्थम् (drupadahanan-artham) - for the purpose of burning Drupada; आगतेषु (āgateṣu) - having come; राजसंमुखे (rājasaṁmukhe) - in the royal presence; भीमार्जुनयोः (bhīmārjunayoḥ) - of Bhīma and Arjuna; सज्जीभूय (sajjībhūya) - becoming ready; स्थितयोः (sthitayoḥ) - standing; सतोः (satoḥ) - being; कृष्णबलरामयोः (kṛṣṇa-balarāmayoḥ) - of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - conversation;]

(From anger, among kings, for the purpose of burning Drupada, having come, in the royal presence, of Bhīma and Arjuna, becoming ready, standing, being, of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma, conversation.)

204. The conversation of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma when, from anger, in the royal assembly, Bhīma and Arjuna, having come for the purpose of burning Drupada, stood ready. (1)

२०५. अर्जुनेन कर्णपराजयः॥१॥भीमेन कर्णपराजयः॥२॥युधिष्ठिरादिभिर्दुर्योधनादिपराजयः॥३॥पुनर्युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयानां राज्ञां श्रीकृष्णवाक्येन युद्धोद्योगाद्विरम्य स्वस्वालयगमनम्॥४॥द्रौपद्या सह भीमार्जुनयोः कुलालगृहप्रवेशः॥५॥

205. arjunena karṇaparājayaḥ॥1॥bhīmena karṇaparājayaḥ॥2॥yudhiṣṭhirādibhir duryodhanādiparājayaḥ॥3॥punar yuddhāya kṛtaniścayānāṃ rājñāṃ śrīkṛṣṇavākyena yuddhodyogād viramya svasvālaya-gamanam॥4॥draupadyā saha bhīmarjunayoḥ kulālagṛhapraveśaḥ॥5॥

[अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; कर्णपराजयः (karṇaparājayaḥ) - defeat of Karṇa; भीमेन (bhīmena) - by Bhīma; कर्णपराजयः (karṇaparājayaḥ) - defeat of Karṇa; युधिष्ठिरादिभिः (yudhiṣṭhirādibhiḥ) - by Yudhiṣṭhira and others; दुर्योधनादिपराजयः (duryodhanādiparājayaḥ) - defeat of Duryodhana and others; पुनः (punar) - again; युद्धाय (yuddhāya) - for battle; कृतनिश्चयानाम् (kṛtaniścayānām) - of those who had made firm resolve; राज्ञाम् (rājñām) - of the kings; श्रीकृष्णवाक्येन (śrīkṛṣṇavākyena) - by the words of Śrī Kṛṣṇa; युद्धोद्योगात् (yuddhodyogāt) - from war-effort; विरम्य (viramya) - having desisted; स्वस्वालयगमनम् (svasvālaya-gamanam) - return to their respective abodes; द्रौपद्या (draupadyā) - with Draupadī; सह (saha) - together with; भीमार्जुनयोः (bhīmarjunayoḥ) - of Bhīma and Arjuna; कुलालगृहप्रवेशः (kulālagṛhapraveśaḥ) - entry into the potter's house;]

(By Arjuna, defeat of Karṇa; by Bhīma, defeat of Karṇa; by Yudhiṣṭhira and others, defeat of Duryodhana and others; again, for battle, of those kings who had made firm resolve, having desisted from war-effort by the words of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, return to their respective abodes; with Draupadī, entry of Bhīma and Arjuna into the potter's house.)

The defeat of Karṇa by Arjuna; the defeat of Karṇa by Bhīma; the defeat of Duryodhana and others by Yudhiṣṭhira and his brothers; again, although the kings had resolved to fight, at the words of Śrī Kṛṣṇa they ceased military preparations and returned to their own homes; together with Draupadī, Bhīma and Arjuna entered the potter’s house.

२०६. भीमार्जुनाश्यां द्रौपद्याः भिक्षेत्यावेदने कुन्त्या पञ्चानां सह भोजनानुज्ञा॥१॥पश्चात् द्रौपदीदर्शनेन चिन्तान्वितायां कुन्त्यां युधिष्ठिरार्जुनयोः संवादः॥२॥द्वैपायनवचःस्मरणेन सर्वेषां द्रौपदी भार्येति युधिष्ठिरनिश्चयः॥३॥जनमेजयेन कृष्णस्य कार्मुकानारोपणे कारणप्रश्ने पाण्डवार्थमिति वैशम्पायनस्योत्तरम्॥४॥कुलालशालांप्रति श्रीकृष्णस्यागमनम्॥५॥

206. bhīmārjunāśyāṃ draupadyāḥ bhikṣetyāvedane kuntyā pañcānāṃ saha bhojanānujñā॥1॥paścāt draupadīdarśanena cintānvitāyāṃ kuntyāṃ yudhiṣṭhirārjunayoḥ saṃvādaḥ॥2॥dvaipāyanavacaḥsmaraṇena sarveṣāṃ draupadī bhāryeti yudhiṣṭhiraniścayaḥ॥3॥janamejayena kṛṣṇasya kārmukānāropaṇe kāraṇapraśne pāṇḍavārthamiti vaiśampāyanasyottaram॥4॥kulālaśālāṃprati śrīkṛṣṇasyāgamanam॥5॥

[भीमार्जुनाश्यां (bhīmārjunāśyām) - in the eating of Bhīma and Arjuna; द्रौपद्याः (draupadyāḥ) - of Draupadī; भिक्षा-इति-आवेदने (bhikṣā-iti-āvedane) - in the declaration 'alms', thus; कुन्त्या (kuntyā) - by Kuntī; पञ्चानां (pañcānāṃ) - to the five; सह (saha) - together; भोजन-अनुज्ञा (bhojana-anujñā) - permission for food; पश्चात् (paścāt) - afterwards; द्रौपदी-दर्शन-एन (draupadī-darśanena) - by the seeing of Draupadī; चिन्तान्वितायां (cintānvitāyām) - while being anxious; कुन्त्यां (kuntyām) - in Kuntī; युधिष्ठिर-अर्जुनयोः (yudhiṣṭhira-arjunayoḥ) - of Yudhiṣṭhira and Arjuna; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - conversation; द्वैपायन-वचः-स्मरणेन (dvaipāyana-vacaḥ-smaraṇena) - by recollection of the word of Dvaipāyana (Vyāsa); सर्वेषां (sarveṣām) - of all; द्रौपदी (draupadī) - Draupadī; भार्या-इति (bhāryā-iti) - (as) wife—thus; युधिष्ठिर-निश्चयः (yudhiṣṭhira-niścayaḥ) - Yudhiṣṭhira's decision; जनमेजयेन (janamejayena) - by Janamejaya; कृष्णस्य (kṛṣṇasya) - of Kṛṣṇa; कार्मुक-आनारोपणे (kārmuka-ānāropaṇe) - in the stringing of the bow; कारण-प्रश्ने (kāraṇa-praśne) - in the question of reason; पाण्डव-अर्थम्-इति (pāṇḍava-artham-iti) - for the sake of the Pāṇḍavas—thus; वैशम्पायनस्य उत्तरम् (vaiśampāyanasya uttaram) - Vaiśampāyana's reply; कुलालशालाम्-प्रति (kulālaśālāṃ-prati) - towards the potter's house; श्रीकृष्णस्य आगमनम् (śrīkṛṣṇasya āgamanam) - arrival of Śrī Kṛṣṇa;]

(In the eating of Bhīma and Arjuna, on Draupadī’s declaration 'alms', Kuntī’s permission for the five to eat together. Afterwards, by seeing Draupadī, on the anxious Kuntī, the conversation of Yudhiṣṭhira and Arjuna. By recollection of the word of Dvaipāyana, the decision of Yudhiṣṭhira that Draupadī is wife of all. By Janamejaya, regarding the stringing of Kṛṣṇa’s bow, in the question of reason, Vaiśampāyana’s answer (is): 'for the sake of the Pāṇḍavas.' Towards the potter’s house, the arrival of Śrī Kṛṣṇa.)

(206.) When Bhīma and Arjuna were eating, on Draupadī’s saying 'alms', Kuntī permitted all five to eat together. Afterwards, having seen Draupadī, Kuntī became anxious, and there was a conversation between Yudhiṣṭhira and Arjuna. Remembering Dvaipāyana’s words, Yudhiṣṭhira decided that Draupadī would be the wife of all. When Janamejaya asked why Kṛṣṇa strung the bow, Vaiśampāyana answered that it was for the sake of the Pāṇḍavas. Then, Śrī Kṛṣṇa arrived at the potter’s house. (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

२०७. पाण्डवावासे धृष्टद्युम्नस्य निलीयावस्थानम्॥१॥भीमाद्यानीतस्य भैक्षस्य कुन्त्याज्ञया द्रौपद्या परिवेषणम्॥२॥सर्वं पाण्डववृत्तान्तं ज्ञात्वा धृष्टद्युम्नस्य प्रतिनिवर्तनम्॥३॥

207. pāṇḍavāvāse dhṛṣṭadyumnasya nilīyāvasthānam॥1॥ bhīmādyānītasya bhaikṣasya kuntyājñayā draupadyā pariveṣaṇam॥2॥ sarvaṃ pāṇḍavavṛttāntaṃ jñātvā dhṛṣṭadyumnasya pratinivartanam॥3॥

[पाण्डवावासे (pāṇḍavāvāse) - in the abode of the Pāṇḍavas; धृष्टद्युम्नस्य (dhṛṣṭadyumnasya) - of Dhṛṣṭadyumna; निलीयावस्थानम् (nilīyāvasthānam) - the hidden staying; भीमाद्यानीतस्य (bhīmādyānītasya) - brought by Bhīma and others; भैक्षस्य (bhaikṣasya) - of the alms; कुन्त्याज्ञया (kuntyājñayā) - by Kuntī's command; द्रौपद्या (draupadyā) - by Draupadī; परिवेषणम् (pariveṣaṇam) - serving; सर्वं (sarvaṃ) - all; पाण्डववृत्तान्तं (pāṇḍavavṛttāntam) - the happenings concerning the Pāṇḍavas; ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - having known; धृष्टद्युम्नस्य (dhṛṣṭadyumnasya) - of Dhṛṣṭadyumna; प्रतिनिवर्तनम् (pratinivartanam) - returning;]

(In the abode of the Pāṇḍavas, the hidden staying of Dhṛṣṭadyumna. Of the alms brought by Bhīma and others, serving by Draupadī at Kuntī's command. Having known all the happenings concerning the Pāṇḍavas, the returning of Dhṛṣṭadyumna.)

In the Pāṇḍavas' abode, Dhṛṣṭadyumna's concealment; Draupadī serves the alms brought by Bhīma and others on Kuntī's order; after learning all about the Pāṇḍavas' situation, Dhṛṣṭadyumna returns. (207)

२०८. धृष्टद्युम्नवार्तां श्रुतवता द्रुपदेन तत्वविवित्सया पाण्डवान्प्रति पुरोहितप्रेषणम्॥१॥

208. dhṛṣṭadyumnavārtāṃ śrutavatā drupadena tattvavivitsayā pāṇḍavānprati purohitapreṣaṇam॥1॥

[धृष्टद्युम्नवार्तां (dhṛṣṭadyumnavārtām) - news of Dhṛṣṭadyumna; श्रुतवता (śrutavatā) - having heard; द्रुपदेन (drupadena) - by Drupada; तत्वविवित्सया (tattvavivitsayā) - with desire to ascertain the truth; पाण्डवान्प्रति (pāṇḍavān prati) - towards the Pāṇḍavas; पुरोहितप्रेषणम् (purohitapreṣaṇam) - sending of the priest;]

(The sending of the priest towards the Pāṇḍavas by Drupada, who had heard the news of Dhṛṣṭadyumna, with desire to ascertain the truth.)

Drupada, having heard the news about Dhṛṣṭadyumna and wishing to know the truth, sent his priest to the Pāṇḍavas. (208-1)

२०९. कुन्त्या सह पाण्डवानां द्रुपदगृहगमनम्॥१॥परीक्षणार्थं द्रुपदेन अनेकविधवस्तूपहरणम्॥२॥द्रौपद्या सह कुन्त्या अन्तःपुरप्रवेशः॥३॥भोजनानन्तरं पाण्डवानां साङ्ग्रामिकवस्तुपूर्णप्रदेशे प्रवेशः॥४॥

209. kuntyā saha pāṇḍavānāṃ drupadagṛhagamanaṃ॥1॥parīkṣaṇārthaṃ drupadena anekavidhavastūpaharaṇam॥2॥draupadyā saha kuntyā antaḥpurapraveśaḥ॥3॥bhojanānantaraṃ pāṇḍavānāṃ sāṅgrāmikavastupūrṇapradeśe praveśaḥ॥4॥

[कुन्त्या (kuntayā) - by Kuntī; सह (saha) - with; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṃ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; द्रुपदगृहगमनम् (drupadagṛhagamanaṃ) - going to Drupada's house; परीक्षणार्थं (parīkṣaṇārthaṃ) - for the purpose of examination; द्रुपदेन (drupadena) - by Drupada; अनेकविधवस्तूपहरणम् (anekavidhavastūpaharaṇam) - bringing various kinds of objects; द्रौपद्या (draupadyā) - by Draupadī; सह (saha) - with; कुन्त्या (kuntayā) - by Kuntī; अन्तःपुरप्रवेशः (antaḥpurapraveśaḥ) - entrance into the inner apartments; भोजनानन्तरं (bhojanānantaraṃ) - after the meal; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṃ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; साङ्ग्रामिकवस्तुपूर्णप्रदेशे (sāṅgrāmikavastupūrṇapradeśe) - in the region filled with warlike objects; प्रवेशः (praveśaḥ) - entrance;]

(209. By Kuntī with the Pāṇḍavas, going to Drupada's house. For the purpose of examination by Drupada, bringing various kinds of objects. By Draupadī with Kuntī, entrance into the inner apartments. After the meal, of the Pāṇḍavas, entrance into the region filled with warlike objects.)

209. Kuntī and the Pāṇḍavas go to Drupada's house. To test them, Drupada brings various objects. Draupadī and Kuntī enter the inner chambers. After the meal, the Pāṇḍavas enter the area filled with weapons and war gear.

२१०. द्रुपदप्रश्नानन्तरं युधिष्ठिरेण स्वेषां पाण्डवत्वकथनम्॥१॥द्रौपद्याः पञ्चपत्नीत्वे द्रुपदस्य विवादः॥२॥व्यासागमनम्॥३॥

210. drupadapraśnānantaraṃ yudhiṣṭhireṇa sveṣāṃ pāṇḍavatvakathanam॥1॥draupadyāḥ pañcapatnītvé drupadasya vivādaḥ॥2॥vyāsāgamanam॥3॥

[द्रुपदप्रश्नानन्तरम् (drupadapraśnānantaram) - after the questioning by Drupada; युधिष्ठिरेण (yudhiṣṭhireṇa) - by Yudhisthira; स्वेषाम् (sveṣām) - of themselves; पाण्डवत्वकथनम् (pāṇḍavatvakathanam) - statement of Pāṇḍavatva (being Pāṇḍavas); द्रौपद्याः (draupadyāḥ) - of Draupadī; पञ्चपत्नीत्वे (pañcapatnītve) - regarding the state of being wife of five (men); द्रुपदस्य (drupadasya) - of Drupada; विवादः (vivādaḥ) - dispute; व्यासागमनम् (vyāsāgamanam) - arrival of Vyāsa;]

(210. After the questioning by Drupada, by Yudhishthira, statement of their Pāṇḍava-ness. (1) Regarding Draupadī's state as wife of five, Drupada's dispute. (2) Arrival of Vyāsa. (3))

210. After Drupada's questions, Yudhishthira states their identity as Pāṇḍavas. (1) Drupada disputes Draupadī being wife to five men. (2) Vyāsa arrives. (3)

२११. एकस्याः बहुभार्यात्वे शङ्कमानान्द्रुपदादीन्प्रति व्यासेन स्वस्वाभिप्रायकथनानुज्ञा॥१॥द्रुपदादिभिः स्वस्वमते कथिते व्यासेनास्य विवाहस्य धर्म्यत्वकथनम्॥२॥

211. ekasyāḥ bahubhāryātve śaṅkamānān drupadādīn prati vyāsena svasvābhiprāyakathanānujñā॥1॥ drupadādibhiḥ svasvamate kathite vyāsenāsya vivāhasya dharmyavkathanaṃ॥2॥

[एकस्याः (ekasyāḥ) - of one (woman); बहुभार्यात्वे (bahubhāryātve) - in the circumstance of having many husbands; शङ्कमानान् (śaṅkamānān) - those who were doubting; द्रुपदादीन् (drupadādīn) - Drupada and others; प्रति (prati) - towards; व्यासेन (vyāsena) - by Vyāsa; स्वस्वाभिप्रायकथनानुज्ञा (svasvābhiprāyakathanānujñā) - permission to state each one's own opinion; द्रुपदादिभिः (drupadādibhiḥ) - by Drupada and others; स्वस्वमते (svasvamate) - according to each one's own opinion; कथिते (kathite) - when (it was) stated; व्यासेन (vyāsena) - by Vyāsa; अस्य (asya) - of this; विवाहस्य (vivāhasya) - of the marriage; धर्म्यत्वकथनम् (dharmyavkathanam) - the explanation of righteousness;]

(211. When, regarding one (woman’s) having many husbands, towards Drupada and others who doubted, Vyāsa (gave) permission for stating each one's own opinion. 1. When, by Drupada and others, each one’s own opinion was stated, then by Vyāsa, the explanation of the righteousness of this marriage. 2.)

211. When Drupada and others doubted the prospect of one woman having many husbands, Vyāsa gave them leave to express their individual opinions. 1. After Drupada and the others had stated their views, Vyāsa explained the righteousness of this marriage. 2.

२१२. इन्द्रसेनापरनाम्न्या नालायन्या उपाख्यानारम्भः-नालायन्या स्थविरस्य पत्युर्मौद्गल्यस्य आराधनम्॥१॥तुष्टेन मौद्गल्येन नालायनीप्रार्थनयाऽऽत्मनः पञ्चरूपस्वीकारेण तस्यां रमणम्॥२॥तयोः स्वर्गादिलोकेषु नानारूपेण रमणम्॥३॥सैव नालायनी तव दुहिता जातेति द्रुपदं प्रति व्यासस्योक्तिः॥४॥

212. indrasenāparanāmnyā nālāyanyā upākhyānārambhaḥ-nālāyanyā sthavirasya patyurmaudgalyasya ārādhanam॥1॥tuṣṭena maudgalyena nālāyanīprārthanayā''tmanaḥ pañcarūpasvīkāreṇa tasyāṃ ramaṇam॥2॥tayoḥ svargādilokeṣu nānārūpeṇa ramaṇam॥3॥saiva nālāyanī tava duhitā jāteti drupadaṃ prati vyāsasyoktiḥ॥4॥

[इन्द्रसेनापरनाम्न्या (indrasenāparanāmnyā) - by one whose alternate name is Indrasenā; नालायन्या (nālāyanyā) - by Nālāyanī; उपाख्यानारम्भः (upākhyānārambhaḥ) - commencement of the narrative; नालायन्या (nālāyanyā) - by Nālāyanī; स्थविरस्य (sthavirasya) - of the elder; पत्युः (patyuḥ) - of the husband; मौद्गल्यस्य (maudgalyasya) - of Maudgalya; आराधनम् (ārādhanam) - propitiation; तुष्टेन (tuṣṭena) - being pleased; मौद्गल्येन (maudgalyena) - by Maudgalya; नालायनीप्रार्थनया (nālāyanīprārthanayā) - by the request of Nālāyanī; आत्मनः (ātmanaḥ) - himself; पञ्चरूपस्वीकारेण (pañcarūpasvīkāreṇa) - by assuming five forms; तस्यां (tasyāṃ) - with her; रमणम् (ramaṇam) - enjoyment; तयोः (tayoḥ) - of those two; स्वर्गादिलोकेषु (svargādilokeṣu) - in the worlds such as heaven; नानारूपेण (nānārūpeṇa) - in various forms; रमणम् (ramaṇam) - enjoyment; सैव (saiva) - that very; नालायनी (nālāyanī) - Nālāyanī; तव (tava) - your; दुहिता (duhitā) - daughter; जाता (jātā) - became; इति (iti) - thus; द्रुपदं (drupadam) - to Drupada; प्रति (prati) - to; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyāsa; उक्तिः (uktiḥ) - statement;]

(212. By one whose alternate name is Indrasenā, by Nālāyanī, the commencement of the narrative—by Nālāyanī, the propitiation of the elder husband Maudgalya. (1) By a pleased Maudgalya, at Nālāyanī's request, by assuming himself five forms, with her enjoyment. (2) Of those two, in the worlds such as heaven, enjoyment in various forms. (3) That very Nālāyanī became your daughter—thus to Drupada, Vyāsa's statement. (4))

212. The story of Nālāyanī, also known as Indrasenā, begins—Nālāyanī propitiated her elder husband, Maudgalya. (1) Pleased by her, Maudgalya, at Nālāyanī's request, assumed five forms of himself and enjoyed with her. (2) The two enjoyed themselves in various forms in heavenly and other worlds. (3) That very Nālāyanī, Vyāsa said to Drupada, became your daughter. (4)

२१३. कथं नालायनी मत्पुत्री जातेति व्यासं प्रति द्रुपदस्य प्रश्नः॥१॥पुनर्नालायनीकथाकथनं॥२॥कामोपभोगविरक्तेन मौद्गल्येन कामातृप्तायाः नालादन्याः पञ्चपतित्वशापः॥३॥नालायन्या रुद्रमुद्दिश्य तपःकरणम्॥४॥नालयन्या पतिं देहीति पञ्चकृत्वः प्रार्थितेन रुद्रेण अन्यजन्मनि पञ्च ते पतयो भविष्यन्तीति वरदानम्॥५॥पुनः रुद्रात नि कौत्पवरप्राप्तिः॥६॥त्वयि गङ्गाजलस्थायां तत्रागमिष्यन्तमिन्द्रमानयेति नालायनींप्रति रुद्रस्याज्ञापनम्॥७॥

213. kathaṃ nālāyanī matputrī jāteti vyāsaṃ prati drupadasya praśnaḥ॥1॥punarnālāyanīkathākathanaṃ॥2॥kāmopabhogaviraktena maudgalyena kāmātṛptāyāḥ nālādanyāḥ pañcapatitvaśāpaḥ॥3॥nālāyanyā rudram uddiśya tapaḥkaraṇam॥4॥nālāyanyā patiṃ dehīti pañcakṛtvaḥ prārthitena rudreṇa anyajanmani pañca te patayo bhaviṣyantīti varadānam॥5॥punaḥ rudrāt ni kautpavaraprāptiḥ॥6॥tvayi gaṅgājalasthāyāṃ tatrāgamiṣyantam indram ānayetī nālāyanīṃ prati rudrasyājñāpanam॥7॥

[कथं (kathaṃ) - how; नालायनी (nālāyanī) - Nālāyanī; मत्पुत्री (matputrī) - my daughter; जाता (jātā) - was born; इति (iti) - thus; व्यासं (vyāsaṃ) - to Vyāsa; प्रति (prati) - towards; द्रुपदस्य (drupadasya) - of Drupada; प्रश्नः (praśnaḥ) - question; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; नालायनीकथा (nālāyanīkathā) - Nālāyanī's story; कथनं (kathanaṃ) - telling; कामोपभोगविरक्तेन (kāmopabhogaviraktena) - by one uninterested in sensual pleasure; मौद्गल्येन (maudgalyena) - by Maudgalya; कामातृप्तायाः (kāmātṛptāyāḥ) - of unsatisfied by desire; नालादन्याः (nālādayaḥ) - Nālā and others; पञ्चपतित्वशापः (pañcapatitvaśāpaḥ) - curse of having five husbands; नालायन्या (nālāyanyā) - by Nālāyanī; रुद्रम् (rudram) - Rudra; उद्दिश्य (uddiśya) - approaching; तपःकरणम् (tapaḥkaraṇam) - performance of austerities; नालयन्या (nālāyanyā) - by Nālāyanī; पतिं (patiṃ) - husband; देहि (dehi) - give; इति (iti) - thus; पञ्चकृत्वः (pañcakṛtvaḥ) - five times; प्रार्थितेन (prārthitena) - having been prayed; रुद्रेण (rudreṇa) - by Rudra; अन्यजन्मनि (anyajanmani) - in another birth; पञ्च (pañca) - five; ते (te) - to you; पतयः (patayaḥ) - husbands; भविष्यन्ति (bhaviṣyanti) - will be; वरदानम् (varadānam) - granting of a boon; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; रुद्रात् (rudrāt) - from Rudra; नि (ni) - special boon; कौत्पवरप्राप्तिः (kautpavaraprāptiḥ) - attainment of chosen boon; त्वयि (tvayi) - when you; गङ्गाजलस्थायां (gaṅgājalasthāyāṃ) - while staying in Ganga water; तत्र (tatra) - there; आगमिष्यन्तम् (āgamiṣyantam) - about to come; इन्द्रम् (indram) - Indra; आनय (ānaya) - bring; इति (iti) - thus; नालायनीं (nālāyanīṃ) - to Nālāyanī; प्रति (prati) - towards; रुद्रस्य (rudrasya) - of Rudra; आज्ञापनम् (ājñāpanam) - command;]

(213. How Nālāyanī, my daughter, was born — Drupada's question to Vyāsa. Again, telling of Nālāyanī's story. By one uninterested in sensual pleasure, Maudgalya, curse of five-husband-hood for Nālāyanī, unsatisfied by desire. Nālāyanī, approaching Rudra, performed austerities. To Nālāyanī, who requested a husband five times, Rudra granted the boon: "In another birth, you will have five husbands." Again, attainment of special boon from Rudra. When you are staying in the waters of the Ganga, bring Indra there who will come — Rudra's command to Nālāyanī.)

213. Drupada questions Vyāsa: "How did Nālāyanī become my daughter?" Again, Nālāyanī's story is recounted. As Maudgalya, uninterested in pleasure, leaves the unsatisfied Nālāyanī and curses her to have five husbands. Nālāyanī performs austerities directed toward Rudra. When she implores Rudra five times to grant her a husband, Rudra grants a boon that she will have five husbands in another birth. Again, she receives a special boon from Rudra. When you dwell in the waters of the Ganga, bring Indra there as he arrives — this is Rudra's command to Nālāyanī.

२१४. पञ्चे उपाख्यानप्रारम्भः॥१॥नैमिशारण्ये देवैरारब्धे सत्रे यमस्य शामित्रकर्मणि व्यापृतत्वात् लोके प्रजाबाहुल्यं दृष्ट्वा तत्परिजिहीर्षया देवैर्ब्रह्मसमीपगमनम्॥२॥ब्रह्माज्ञया पुनर्नैमिशारण्यं गतस्य गङ्गायां पुण्डरीकं दृष्ट्वा तज्जिहीर्षया गतस्य इन्द्रस्य तत्र रुदन्ताः स्त्रियाः दर्शनम्॥३॥तामनुगच्छतेन्द्रेण पर्वतविवरे पूर्वेषां चतुर्णां इन्द्राणां दर्शनम्॥४॥बलरामकेशवद्रौपद्यादीनामुत्पत्तिकथा॥५॥व्यासदत्तदिव्यदृष्टेर्द्रुपदस्य पाण्डवद्रौपदीपूर्वरूपदर्शनं॥६॥द्रौपद्या अव्यवहितपूर्वजन्मवृत्तान्तकथनम्॥७॥

214. pañce upākhyānaprārambhaḥ॥1॥naimiśāraṇye devair ārabdhe satre yamasya śāmitrakarmaṇi vyāpṛtatvāt loke prajābāhulyam dṛṣṭvā tatparijihīrṣayā devair brahmasamīpagamanam॥2॥brahmājñayā punar naimiśāraṇyaṃ gatasya gaṅgāyāṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ dṛṣṭvā tajjihīrṣayā gatasya indrasya tatra rudantāḥ striyaḥ darśanam॥3॥tāmanugacchatendreṇa parvatavivare pūrveṣāṃ caturṇām indrāṇāṃ darśanam॥4॥balarāmakeśavadraupadyādīnāmutpattikathā॥5॥vyāsadattadivyadṛṣṭer drupadasya pāṇḍavadraupadīpūrvarūpadarśanam॥6॥draupadyā avyavahitapūrvajanmavṛttāntakathanam॥7॥

[२१४. (214.) - 214; पञ्चे (pañce) - in the fifth (section); उपाख्यानप्रारम्भः (upākhyānaprārambhaḥ) - beginning of the narrative; ॥१॥ (॥1॥) - ; नैमिशारण्ये (naimiśāraṇye) - in Naimisharanya; देवैः (devaiḥ) - by the gods; आरब्धे (ārabdhe) - having been commenced; सत्रे (satre) - sacrifice; यमस्य (yamasya) - of Yama; शामित्रकर्मणि (śāmitrakarmaṇi) - in the role of arbitrator; व्यापृतत्वात् (vyāpṛtatvāt) - due to being engaged; लोके (loke) - in the world; प्रजाबाहुल्यं (prajābāhulyam) - abundance of people; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; तत्परिजिहीर्षया (tatparijihīrṣayā) - with desire to reduce that; देवैः (devaiḥ) - by the gods; ब्रह्मसमीपगमनम् (brahmasamīpagamanam) - approach to Brahma; ॥२॥ (॥2॥) - ; ब्रह्माज्ञया (brahmājñayā) - by the command of Brahmā; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; नैमिशारण्यं (naimiśāraṇyaṃ) - Naimisharanya; गतस्य (gatasya) - of one who had gone; गङ्गायां (gaṅgāyām) - in the Ganga; पुण्डरीकं (puṇḍarīkaṃ) - Puṇḍarīka; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; तज्जिहीर्षया (tajjihīrṣayā) - with desire to seize that; गतस्य (gatasya) - of one who had gone; इन्द्रस्य (indrasya) - of Indra; तत्र (tatra) - there; रुदन्ताः (rudantāḥ) - weeping; स्त्रियः (striyaḥ) - women; दर्शनम् (darśanam) - sighting; ॥३॥ (॥3॥) - ; ताम् (tām) - her/them; अनुगच्छता (anugacchatā) - following; इन्द्रेण (indreṇa) - by Indra; पर्वतविवरे (parvatavivare) - in a mountain cave; पूर्वेषां (pūrveṣāṃ) - of the former; चतुर्णां (caturṇāṃ) - of the four; इन्द्राणां (indrāṇāṃ) - of Indras; दर्शनम् (darśanam) - sighting; ॥४॥ (॥4॥) - ; बलरामकेशवद्रौपद्यादीनाम् (balarāmakeśavadraupadyādīnām) - of Balarama, Keshava, Draupadi and others; उत्पत्तिकथा (utpattikathā) - origin story; ॥५॥ (॥5॥) - ; व्यासदत्तदिव्यदृष्टेः (vyāsadattadivyadṛṣṭeḥ) - of Vyasa's bestowed divine vision; द्रुपदस्य (drupadasya) - of Drupada; पाण्डवद्रौपदीपूर्वरूपदर्शनम् (pāṇḍavadraupadīpūrvarūpadarśanam) - sighting of former forms of Pandavas and Draupadi; ॥६॥ (॥6॥) - ; द्रौपद्या (draupadyā) - by Draupadī; अव्यवहितपूर्वजन्मवृत्तान्तकथनम् (avyavahitapūrvajanmavṛttāntakathanam) - narration of uninterrupted previous birth story; ॥७॥ (॥7॥) - ;]

(214; in the fifth, beginning of the narrative. In Naimisharanya, by the gods, having been commenced, sacrifice, of Yama, in the role of arbitrator, due to being engaged, in the world, abundance of people, having seen, with desire to reduce that, by the gods, approach to Brahma. By the command of Brahma, again, Naimisharanya, of (one) who had gone, in the Ganga, Puṇḍarīka, having seen, with desire to seize that, of (one) who had gone, of Indra, there, weeping, women, sighting. Her, following, by Indra, in the mountain cave, of the former, of the four, of Indras, sighting. Of Balarama, Keshava, Draupadi and others, origin story. Of Vyasa's bestowed divine vision, of Drupada, sighting of former forms of Pandavas and Draupadi. By Draupadi, narration of uninterrupted previous birth story.)

214. In the fifth section, the beginning of the narrative: In Naimisharanya, when the sacrifice was commenced by the gods, because Yama was engaged as the arbitrator and the world saw an abundance of people, desiring to diminish that, the gods went to Brahma. By Brahma's command, again, someone went to Naimisharanya; having seen Puṇḍarīka in the Ganga and desiring to obtain it, Indra went there and saw weeping women. Following them, Indra saw four previous Indras in a mountain cave. Next is the origin story of Balarama, Keshava, Draupadi, and others; the vision (by Vyasa's divine sight) of Drupada regarding the previous forms of the Pandavas and Draupadi; and Draupadi's narration of her uninterrupted previous birth story.

२१५. युधिष्ठिरादीनां क्रमेण द्रौपद्याः पाणिग्रहणम्॥१॥

215. yudhiṣṭhirādīnāṃ krameṇa draupadyāḥ pāṇigrahaṇam॥1॥

[युधिष्ठिरादीनां (yudhiṣṭhirādīnāṃ) - of Yudhiṣṭhira and the others; क्रमेण (krameṇa) - in order; द्रौपद्याः (draupadyāḥ) - of Draupadī; पाणिग्रहणम् (pāṇigrahaṇam) - taking the hand; (marriage rite);]

(Of Yudhiṣṭhira and the others, in order, Draupadī's taking of the hand (marriage).)

The marriage (hand-taking) of Draupadī by Yudhiṣṭhira and the others, in order. (215-1)

२१६. द्रौपदींप्रति कुन्त्या आशीर्वादः॥१॥श्रीकृष्णप्रेषितालंकारादीनां पाण्डवैः स्वीकारः॥२॥

216. draupadīṃprati kuntayā āśīrvādaḥ॥1॥śrīkṛṣṇapreṣitalaṃkārādīnāṃ pāṇḍavaiḥ svīkāraḥ॥2॥

[द्रौपदींप्रति (draupadīṃprati) - towards Draupadī; कुन्त्या (kuntayā) - by Kuntī; आशीर्वादः (āśīrvādaḥ) - blessing; श्रीकृष्णप्रेषित (śrīkṛṣṇapreṣita) - sent by Śrī Kṛṣṇa; अलंकारादीनां (alaṃkārādīnāṃ) - of ornaments etc.; पाण्डवैः (pāṇḍavaiḥ) - by the Pāṇḍavas; स्वीकारः (svīkāraḥ) - acceptance;]

(216. Towards Draupadī, by Kuntī blessing. (1) Of ornaments etc. sent by Śrī Kṛṣṇa, by the Pāṇḍavas acceptance. (2))

216. Kuntī's blessing to Draupadī. (1) The Pāṇḍavas accept the ornaments and other items sent by Śrī Kṛṣṇa. (2)

२१७. चारद्वारा पाण्डवविवाहादिवृत्तान्तश्रवणेन अन्यैः राजभिः भीष्मधृतराष्ट्रादीनां धिक्कारः॥१॥धार्तराष्ट्रैः पाण्डवान्प्रति मन्त्रालोचनं॥२॥पाण्डवा हन्तव्या इति शकुनेरुक्तिः॥३॥पाण्डवानां हन्तुमशक्यत्वात्तैः सह सन्धिः कर्तव्य इति सौमदत्तेरुक्तिः॥४॥

217. cāradvārā pāṇḍavavivāhādivṛttāntaśravaṇena anyaiḥ rājabhiḥ bhīṣmadhṛtarāṣṭrādīnāṃ dhikkāraḥ॥1॥dhārtarāṣṭraiḥ pāṇḍavānprati mantrālocanaṃ॥2॥pāṇḍavā hantavyā iti śakuneruktiḥ॥3॥pāṇḍavānāṃ hantumaśakyatvāttaiḥ saha sandhiḥ kartavya iti saumadatteruktiḥ॥4॥

[चारद्वारा (cāradvārā) - by spies; by means of spies; पाण्डवविवाहादिवृत्तान्तश्रवणेन (pāṇḍava-vivāha-ādi-vṛttānta-śravaṇena) - by hearing the news concerning the marriage etc. of the Pāṇḍavas; अन्यैः (anyaiḥ) - by others; राजभिः (rājabhiḥ) - by kings; भीष्मधृतराष्ट्रादीनां (bhīṣma-dhṛtarāṣṭra-ādīnām) - of Bhīṣma, Dhṛtarāṣṭra, and others; धिक्कारः (dhikkāraḥ) - censure; धार्तराष्ट्रैः (dhārtarāṣṭraiḥ) - by the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas; प्रति (prati) - towards; मन्त्रालोचनम् (mantrālocanam) - deliberation; discussion; पाण्डवाः (pāṇḍavāḥ) - the Pāṇḍavas; हन्तव्याः (hantavyāḥ) - should be killed; इति (iti) - so; thus; शकुनेः (śakuneḥ) - of Śakuni; उक्तिः (uktiḥ) - statement; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; हन्तुम् (hantum) - to kill; अशक्यत्वात् (aśakyatvāt) - due to impossibility; तैः (taiḥ) - by them; सह (saha) - with; सन्धिः (sandhiḥ) - alliance; treaty; कर्तव्य (kartavya) - ought to be done; must be made; इति (iti) - so; thus; सौमदत्तेः (saumadatteḥ) - of Saumadatta; उक्तिः (uktiḥ) - statement;]

(By means of spies, by hearing the news concerning the marriage and other events of the Pāṇḍavas, by other kings, censure of Bhīṣma, Dhṛtarāṣṭra, and others (is made). By the sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, deliberation with regard to the Pāṇḍavas. “The Pāṇḍavas should be killed,”—this is Śakuni’s statement. Because of the impossibility of killing the Pāṇḍavas, an alliance with them must be made—this is Saumadatta’s statement.)

217. Through spies, when other kings heard about the marriage and related events of the Pāṇḍavas, Bhīṣma, Dhṛtarāṣṭra, and the others were censured. The sons of Dhṛtarāṣṭra held deliberations regarding the Pāṇḍavas. Śakuni declared, “The Pāṇḍavas should be killed.” But since slaying the Pāṇḍavas was not possible, Saumadatta asserted that an alliance should be made with them. (217-1–4)

२१८. पाण्डवा हन्तव्या एवेति कर्णस्योक्तिः॥१॥पाञ्चालनगरंप्रति युद्धार्थं दुर्योधनादीनां गमनम्॥२॥तैः सह योद्धुं सपाण्डवस्य द्रुपदस्यागमनम्॥३॥कर्णजयद्रथाभ्यां सुमित्रप्रियदर्शनयोर्वधः॥४॥अर्जुनेन कर्णजयद्रथपुत्रयोर्वधः॥५॥कर्णदुर्योधनादीनां पराजयः॥६॥पराजितानां तेषां हास्तिनपुरगमनम्॥७॥कृष्णबलरामयोः पाञ्चालपुरे वासः॥८॥

218. pāṇḍavā hantavyā eveti karṇasyoktiḥ॥1॥pāñcālanagaraṃ prati yuddhārthaṃ duryodhanādīnāṃ gamanam॥2॥taiḥ saha yoddhuṃ sapāṇḍavasya drupadasyāgamanam॥3॥karṇajayadrathābhyāṃ sumitrapriyadarśanayor vadhaḥ॥4॥arjunena karṇajayadrathaputrayor vadhaḥ॥5॥karṇaduryodhanādīnāṃ parājayaḥ॥6॥parājitānāṃ teṣāṃ hāstinapuragamanam॥7॥kṛṣṇabalarāmayoḥ pāñcālapure vāsaḥ॥8॥

[पाण्डवा (pāṇḍavā) - the sons of Pāṇḍu; हन्तव्या (hantavyā) - to be slain; एव (eva) - indeed; इति (iti) - thus; कर्णस्य (karṇasya) - of Karṇa; उक्तिः (uktiḥ) - speech; पाञ्चालनगरं (pāñcālanagaraṃ) - to the city of the Pāñcālas; प्रति (prati) - towards; युद्धार्थं (yuddhārtham) - for the purpose of battle; दुर्योधनादीनां (duryodhanādīnām) - of Duryodhana and others; गमनम् (gamanam) - going; तैः (taiḥ) - with them; सह (saha) - together; योद्धुं (yoddhuṃ) - to fight; सपाण्डवस्य (sapāṇḍavasya) - with the Pāṇḍavas; द्रुपदस्य (drupadasya) - of Drupada; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - arrival; कर्णजयद्रथाभ्यां (karṇajayadrathābhyām) - by Karṇa and Jayadratha; सुमित्रप्रियदर्शनयोः (sumitrapriyadarśanayoḥ) - of Sumitra and Priyadarśana; वधः (vadhaḥ) - slaying; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; कर्णजयद्रथपुत्रयोः (karṇajayadrathaputrayor) - of the sons of Karṇa and Jayadratha; वधः (vadhaḥ) - slaying; कर्णदुर्योधनादीनां (karṇaduryodhanādīnām) - of Karṇa, Duryodhana, and others; पराजयः (parājayaḥ) - defeat; पराजितानां (parājitānām) - of the defeated; तेषां (teṣām) - of them; हास्तिनपुरगमनम् (hāstinapuragamanam) - return to Hastinapura; कृष्णबलरामयोः (kṛṣṇabalarāmyoḥ) - of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma; पाञ्चालपुरे (pāñcālapure) - in the city of the Pāñcālas; वासः (vāsaḥ) - residence;]

(218. The Pāṇḍavas are indeed to be slain — thus is the speech of Karṇa. (1) The going of Duryodhana and others towards the city of the Pāñcālas for the purpose of battle. (2) The arrival of Drupada with the Pāṇḍavas to fight together with them. (3) The slaying of Sumitra and Priyadarśana by Karṇa and Jayadratha. (4) The slaying of the sons of Karṇa and Jayadratha by Arjuna. (5) The defeat of Karṇa, Duryodhana, and others. (6) The return to Hastinapura of those who were defeated. (7) The residence of Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma in the city of the Pāñcālas. (8))

218. "The Pāṇḍavas are to be slain"—this is Karṇa's statement. (1) Duryodhana and others go to the city of the Pāñcālas for battle. (2) Drupada, together with the Pāṇḍavas, arrives to join them in the fight. (3) Karṇa and Jayadratha kill Sumitra and Priyadarśana. (4) Arjuna kills the sons of Karṇa and Jayadratha. (5) Karṇa, Duryodhana, and others are defeated. (6) Those who are defeated return to Hastinapura. (7) Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma reside in the Pāñcāla city. (8)

२१९. विदुरात् ज्ञातपाण्डववृत्तान्तेन धृतराष्ट्रेण द्रौपद्यानयनार्थमाज्ञापनम्॥१॥धृतराष्ट्रसमीपे कर्णदुर्योधनयोर्भाषणम्॥२॥

219. vidurāt jñāta-pāṇḍava-vṛttāntena dhṛtarāṣṭreṇa draupady-ānayana-artham-ājñāpanam॥1॥dhṛtarāṣṭra-samīpe karṇa-duryodhanayoḥ bhāṣaṇam॥2॥

[विदुरात् (vidurāt) - from Vidura; ज्ञातपाण्डववृत्तान्तेन (jñāta-pāṇḍava-vṛttāntena) - with the news of the Pāṇḍavas known; धृतराष्ट्रेण (dhṛtarāṣṭreṇa) - by Dhṛtarāṣṭra; द्रौपद्यानयनार्थम् (draupady-ānayana-artham) - for the purpose of bringing Draupadī; आज्ञापनम् (ājñāpanam) - order; धृतराष्ट्रसमीपे (dhṛtarāṣṭra-samīpe) - in the presence of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; कर्णदुर्योधनयोः (karṇa-duryodhanayoḥ) - of Karṇa and Duryodhana; भाषणम् (bhāṣaṇam) - conversation;]

(219. From Vidura, with the news of the Pāṇḍavas known, by Dhṛtarāṣṭra, order for the purpose of bringing Draupadī. (1) In the presence of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, conversation of Karṇa and Duryodhana. (2))

219. On learning the news of the Pāṇḍavas from Vidura, Dhṛtarāṣṭra orders for Draupadī to be brought. (1) In the presence of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, Karṇa and Duryodhana have a conversation. (2)

२२०. धृतराष्ट्रदुर्योधनसंवादः॥१॥

220. dhṛtarāṣṭra-duryodhana-saṃvādaḥ ॥1॥

[धृतराष्ट्र (dhṛtarāṣṭra) - (King) Dhṛtarāṣṭra; दुर्योधन (duryodhana) - Duryodhana; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue;]

(220. Dhṛtarāṣṭra (and) Duryodhana dialogue 1.)

220. The Dialogue between Dhṛtarāṣṭra and Duryodhana (1).

२२१. दुर्योधनं प्रति कर्णोनोक्तं श्रुतवतो धृतराष्ट्रस्य भीष्मादिभिः सह मन्त्रणम्॥१॥

221. duryodhanaṃ prati karṇona uktaṃ śrutavato dhṛtarāṣṭrasya bhīṣmādibhiḥ saha mantraṇam॥1॥

[दुर्योधनं (duryodhanam) - to Duryodhana; प्रति (prati) - concerning; कर्णोनोक्तं (karṇona uktam) - by Karṇa spoken; श्रुतवतो (śrutavataḥ) - having heard; धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhṛtarāṣṭrasya) - of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; भीष्मादिभिः (bhīṣmādibhiḥ) - with Bhīṣma and others; सह (saha) - together; मन्त्रणम् (mantraṇam) - counsel;]

(Concerning Duryodhana, what by Karṇa was spoken, having heard, of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, with Bhīṣma and others, together, counsel.)

Meeting together with Bhīṣma and others, the counsel of Dhṛtarāṣṭra after hearing what Karṇa spoke to Duryodhana. (1)

२२२. भीष्मेण दुर्योधनादिसमीपे पाण्डवेक्ष्योऽर्धराज्यं दातव्यमिति स्वाबिप्रायकथनम्॥१॥

222. bhīṣmeṇa duryodhanādisamīpe pāṇḍavekṣyo'rdharājyaṃ dātavyamiti svābiprāyakathanam॥1॥

[भीष्मेण (bhīṣmeṇa) - by Bhīṣma; दुर्योधनादि (duryodhanādi) - Duryodhana and others; सामीपे (samīpe) - in the presence of; पाण्डवेक्ष्यः (pāṇḍavekṣyaḥ) - regarding the Pāṇḍavas; अर्धराज्यम् (ardharājyam) - half the kingdom; दातव्यम् (dātavyam) - should be given; इति (iti) - thus; स्व (sva) - one's own; अभिप्राय (abhiprāya) - opinion; कथनम् (kathanam) - statement;]

(By Bhīṣma, in the presence of Duryodhana and others, regarding the Pāṇḍavas, half the kingdom should be given—thus, the statement of his own opinion.)

(222) Bhīṣma, in the presence of Duryodhana and others, declares his own opinion that half the kingdom should be given to the Pāṇḍavas. (1)

२२३. पाण्डवाः संविभाज्या इति द्रोणवचनम्॥१॥तद्विरोधितया कर्णेन अम्बुवीचवृत्तान्तकथनम्॥२॥मदुक्तं न क्रियते चेत्कुरवो विनङ्क्ष्यन्तीति द्रोणेनोक्तिः॥३॥

223. pāṇḍavāḥ saṃvibhājyā iti droṇavacanam॥1॥ tad-virodhi-tayā karṇena ambuvīca-vṛttānta-kathanam॥2॥ mad-uktam na kriyate cet kuravaḥ vinaṅkṣyantīti droṇena uktiḥ॥3॥

[पाण्डवाः (pāṇḍavāḥ) - the Pāṇḍavas; संविभाज्याः (saṃvibhājyāḥ) - are to be distributed; इति (iti) - thus; द्रोणवचनम् (droṇa-vacanam) - Droṇa's statement; तद्-विरोधितया (tad-virodhi-tayā) - in opposition to that; कर्णेन (karṇena) - by Karṇa; अम्बुवीच-वृत्तान्त-कथनम् (ambuvīca-vṛttānta-kathanam) - the narration of the Amuvīca incident; मदुक्तम् (mad-uktam) - my statement; न (na) - not; क्रियते (kriyate) - is done; चेत् (cet) - if; कुरवः (kuravaḥ) - the Kurus; विनङ्क्ष्यन्ति (vinaṅkṣyanti) - will perish; इति (iti) - thus; द्रोणेन (droṇena) - by Droṇa; उक्तिः (uktiḥ) - statement;]

(The Pāṇḍavas are to be distributed—thus is Droṇa's statement. In opposition to that, by Karṇa, there is narration of the Amuvīca incident. If my statement is not carried out, the Kurus will perish—thus is the statement by Droṇa.)

223. Droṇa says that the Pāṇḍavas are to be distributed (divided). In opposition to that, Karṇa narrates the Amuvīca incident. Droṇa also declares: "If my advice is not followed, the Kurus will perish." (1)-(3)

२२४. भीष्मद्रोणाभ्यामुक्तमेवावश्यं करणीयं पाण्डवा जेतुं न शक्याः दुर्योधनादीनां वचनं मा कुरु इति धृतराष्ट्रंप्रति विदुरस्योक्तिः॥१॥

224. bhīṣmadroṇābhyām uktam eva avaśyam karaṇīyam pāṇḍavā jetuṃ na śakyāḥ duryodhanādīnāṃ vacanaṃ mā kuru iti dhṛtarāṣṭraṃ prati vidurasya uktiḥ॥1॥

[भीष्मद्रोणाभ्याम् (bhīṣmadroṇābhyām) - by Bhīṣma and Droṇa; उक्तम् (uktam) - spoken; एव (eva) - indeed; अवश्यं (avaśyam) - certainly; करणीयं (karaṇīyam) - should be done; पाण्डवाः (pāṇḍavāḥ) - the Pāṇḍavas; जेतुम् (jetum) - to conquer; न (na) - not; शक्याः (śakyāḥ) - able; दुर्योधनादीनाम् (duryodhanādīnām) - of Duryodhana and the others; वचनम् (vacanam) - word; मा (mā) - do not; कुरु (kuru) - do; इति (iti) - thus; धृतराष्ट्रं (dhṛtarāṣṭraṃ) - to Dhṛtarāṣṭra; प्रति (prati) - unto; विदुरस्य (vidurasya) - of Vidura; उक्तिः (uktiḥ) - statement;]

(By Bhīṣma and Droṇa spoken indeed certainly should be done; the Pāṇḍavas to conquer not able; of Duryodhana and the others word do not do thus; to Dhṛtarāṣṭra unto of Vidura statement.)

This is Vidura's statement to Dhṛtarāṣṭra: "What was indeed spoken by Bhīṣma and Droṇa must certainly be done. The Pāṇḍavas cannot be defeated; do not follow the words of Duryodhana and his companions." (1)

२२५. धृतराष्ट्राज्ञया विदुरस्य द्रुपदनगरगमनम्॥१॥तत्र श्रीकृष्णादीनां समीपे धृतराष्ट्रसन्देशकथनम्॥२॥

225. dhṛtarāṣṭrājñayā vidurasya drupadanagaragamanaṃ॥1॥tatra śrīkṛṣṇādīnāṃ samīpe dhṛtarāṣṭrasandeśakathanaṃ॥2॥

[धृतराष्ट्राज्ञया (dhṛtarāṣṭrājñayā) - by Dhṛtarāṣṭra's command; विदुरस्य (vidurasya) - of Vidura; द्रुपदनगरगमनम् (drupadanagaragamanaṃ) - going to Drupada's city; तत्र (tatra) - there; श्रीकृष्णादीनां (śrīkṛṣṇādīnāṃ) - of Śrīkṛṣṇa and others; समीपे (samīpe) - in the presence (of); धृतराष्ट्रसन्देशकथनम् (dhṛtarāṣṭrasandeśakathanaṃ) - narration of Dhṛtarāṣṭra's message;]

(225. By Dhṛtarāṣṭra's command, Vidura's going to Drupada's city. There, in the presence of Śrīkṛṣṇa and others, narration of Dhṛtarāṣṭra's message.)

225. Vidura goes to Drupada's city by the command of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. There, in the presence of Śrīkṛṣṇa and others, he delivers Dhṛtarāṣṭra's message. (1)(2)

२२६. पाण्डवानां हास्तिनपुरगमनंप्रति श्रीकृष्णद्रुपदयोरश्यनुज्ञा॥१॥पृथाविदुरसंवादः॥२॥प्रस्थितानां पाण्डवानां द्रुपदेन पारिबर्हदानम्॥३॥प्रत्युद्गमनायागतैः कौरवैः सह पाण्डवानां भीष्मादिवन्दनपुरःसरं गृहप्रवेशः॥४॥

226. pāṇḍavānāṃ hāstinapuragamanamprati śrīkṛṣṇadrupadayoraśyanujñā॥1॥pṛthāvidurasaṃvādaḥ॥2॥prasthitānāṃ pāṇḍavānāṃ drupadena pāribarhadānam॥3॥pratyudgamanāyāgataih kauravaiḥ saha pāṇḍavānāṃ bhīṣmādivandanapuraḥsaraṃ gṛhapraveśaḥ॥4॥

[२२६ (226) - 226; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; हास्तिनपुरगमनंप्रति (hāstinapura-gamanaṃ prati) - towards the going-to-Hastinapura; श्रीकृष्णद्रुपदयोर् (śrīkṛṣṇa-drupdayor) - of Śrīkṛṣṇa and Drupada; अश्यनुज्ञा (aśyanuñjñā) - consent/giving permission; ॥१॥ (॥1॥) - पृथाविदुरसंवादः (pṛthā-vidura-saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue between Pṛthā and Vidura; ॥२॥ (॥2॥) - प्रस्थितानां (prasthitānām) - of those who have set forth; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; द्रुपदेन (drupadena) - by Drupada; पारिबर्हदानम् (pāribarhadānam) - giving of gifts/presents; ॥३॥ (॥3॥) - प्रत्युद्गमनायागतैः (pratyudgamanāyāgataih) - by those who have come for reception; कौरवैः (kauravaiḥ) - by the Kauravas; सह (saha) - together with; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; भीष्मादिवन्दनपुरःसरं (bhīṣma-ādi-vandana-puraḥ-saraṃ) - preceded by reverence to Bhīṣma and others; गृहप्रवेशः (gṛhapraveśaḥ) - entry into the house; ॥४॥ (॥4॥) -;]

(226. Of the Pāṇḍavas, towards the going-to-Hastinapura, consent of Śrī Kṛṣṇa and Drupada. (1) Dialogue of Pṛthā and Vidura. (2) For those who have departed, the gifting of presents by Drupada to the Pāṇḍavas. (3) By those who have come for reception, by the Kauravas, together with the Pāṇḍavas, entry into the house preceded by reverence to Bhīṣma and others. (4))

226. Śrī Kṛṣṇa and Drupada give their consent for the Pāṇḍavas to go to Hastinapura. (1) The dialogue between Pṛthā and Vidura. (2) As the Pāṇḍavas set forth, Drupada presents them with gifts. (3) The Kauravas, having come to greet them, enter the house together with the Pāṇḍavas, paying respects first to Bhīṣma and others. (4)

२२७. द्रौपद्या नमस्कृतया गान्धार्या तद्रूपदर्शनेन तस्याः स्वपुत्रमृत्युत्ववितर्कः॥१॥धृतराष्ट्रेण युधिष्ठिरस्य धर्मराज्येऽभिषेकः॥२॥पाण्डवानां खाण्डवप्रस्थगमनम्॥३॥श्रीकृष्णचिन्तितेनेन्द्रेण विश्वकर्मणः प्रेषणम्॥४॥विश्वकर्मणा इन्द्रप्रस्थपुरनिर्माणम्॥५॥तत्रागतानां सर्वेषां विसर्जनम्॥६॥

227. draupadyā namaskṛtayā gāndhāryā tadrūpadarśanena tasyāḥ svaputramṛtyutvavitarkaḥ॥1॥dhṛtarāṣṭreṇa yudhiṣṭhirasya dharmarājye'bhiṣekaḥ॥2॥pāṇḍavānāṁ khāṇḍavaprasthagamanam॥3॥śrīkṛṣṇacintitenendreṇa viśvakarmaṇaḥ preṣaṇam॥4॥viśvakarmaṇā indraprasthapuranirmāṇam॥5॥tatrāgatānāṁ sarveṣāṁ visarjanam॥6॥

[द्रौपद्या (draupadyā) - by Draupadī; नमस्कृतया (namaskṛtayā) - having saluted; गान्धार्या (gāndhāryā) - by Gāndhārī; तद्रूपदर्शनेन (tadrūpadarśanena) - by the seeing of her form; तस्याः (tasyāḥ) - of her; स्वपुत्रमृत्युत्ववितर्कः (svaputramṛtyutvavitarkaḥ) - reflection/thought on her own son's mortality; धृतराष्ट्रेण (dhṛtarāṣṭreṇa) - by Dhṛtarāṣṭra; युधिष्ठिरस्य (yudhiṣṭhirasya) - of Yudhiṣṭhira; धर्मराज्ये (dharmarājye) - in the righteous kingdom; अभिषेकः (abhiṣekaḥ) - consecration; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṁ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; खाण्डवप्रस्थगमनम् (khāṇḍavaprasthagamanam) - going to Khāṇḍavaprastha; श्रीकृष्णचिन्तितेन (śrīkṛṣṇacintitena) - by being considered by Śrī Kṛṣṇa; इन्द्रेण (indreṇa) - by Indra; विश्वकर्मणः (viśvakarmaṇaḥ) - of Viśvakarman; प्रेषणम् (preṣaṇam) - sending; विश्वकर्मणा (viśvakarmaṇā) - by Viśvakarman; इन्द्रप्रस्थपुरनिर्माणम् (indraprasthapuranirmāṇam) - building of the city of Indraprastha; तत्रागतानां (tatrāgatānāṁ) - of those who had come there; सर्वेषां (sarveṣāṁ) - of all; विसर्जनम् (visarjanam) - dismissal;]

(227. By Draupadī, having saluted, by Gāndhārī, by the seeing of her form, of her, reflection on her own son's mortality. (1) By Dhṛtarāṣṭra, of Yudhiṣṭhira, in the righteous kingdom, consecration. (2) Of the Pāṇḍavas, going to Khāṇḍavaprastha. (3) By being considered by Śrī Kṛṣṇa, by Indra, of Viśvakarman, sending. (4) By Viśvakarman, building of the city of Indraprastha. (5) Of those who had come there, of all, dismissal. (6))

227. When Draupadī saluted Gāndhārī, seeing her form, Gāndhārī reflected on the mortality of her own son. (1) Dhṛtarāṣṭra consecrated Yudhiṣṭhira as the righteous king. (2) The Pāṇḍavas departed to Khāṇḍavaprastha. (3) Indra, by the deliberation of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, sent Viśvakarman. (4) Viśvakarman built the city of Indraprastha. (5) All those who had assembled there were dismissed. (6)

२२८. पाण्डवानां समीपे नारदागमनम्॥१॥

228. pāṇḍavānāṃ samīpe nāradāgamanaṃ॥1॥

[पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; समीपे (samīpe) - near; close to; नारद (nārada) - Nārada; आगमनम् (āgamanaṃ) - arrival;]

(228. Near the Pāṇḍavas, Nārada's arrival. (1))

228. The arrival of Nārada near the Pāṇḍavas. (1)

२२९. सुन्दोपसुन्दकथा--सुन्दोपसुन्दयोर्ब्रह्मणो वरलाभः॥१॥

229. sundopasundakathā--sundopasundayor brahmaṇo varalābhaḥ॥1॥

[सुन्दोपसुन्दकथा (sundopasundakathā) - the story of Sundā and Upasunda; सुन्दोपसुन्दयोः (sundopasundayoḥ) - of Sundā and Upasunda (dual genitive); ब्रह्मणः (brahmaṇaḥ) - of Brahmā; वरलाभः (varalābhaḥ) - boon-receiving;]

(229. The story of Sundā and Upasunda—the boon-receiving from Brahmā by Sundā and Upasunda. 1.)

229. The story of Sundā and Upasunda—how Sundā and Upasunda received a boon from Brahmā. (1)

२३०. सुन्दोपसुन्दयोः दिग्विजयः कुरुक्षेत्रे निवासश्च॥१॥

230. sundopasundayoḥ digvijayaḥ kurukṣetre nivāsaś ca॥1॥

[सुन्दोपसुन्दयोः (sundopasundayoḥ) - of Sunda and Upasunda;— दिग्विजयः (digvijayaḥ) - conquest of directions;— कुरुक्षेत्रे (kurukṣetre) - in Kurukṣetra;— निवासः (nivāsaḥ) - residence;— च (ca) - and;—;]

(230. Of Sunda and Upasunda conquest of directions; in Kurukṣetra residence and.)

230. The conquest of all directions by Sunda and Upasunda, and their residence in Kurukṣetra. (1)

२३१. सुन्दोपसुन्दकृतोपद्रवं निवेद्य देवादिभिः प्रार्थितेन ब्रह्मणा आज्ञप्तेन विश्वकर्मणा तिलोत्तमासृष्टिः॥१॥तिलोत्तमया ब्रह्माज्ञास्वीकारः॥२॥

231. sundopasundakṛtopadravaṃ nivedya devādibhiḥ prārthitena brahmaṇā ājñaptena viśvakarmaṇā tilottamāsṛṣṭiḥ॥1॥tilottamayā brahmājñāsvīkāraḥ॥2॥

[सुन्दोपसुन्दकृतोपद्रवं (sundopasundakṛtopadravam) - created-by-Sunda-and-Upasunda disturbance; निवेद्य (nivedya) - having informed; देवादिभिः (devādibhiḥ) - by gods and others; प्रार्थितेन (prārthitena) - being requested; ब्रह्मणा (brahmaṇā) - by Brahmā; आज्ञप्तेन (ājñaptena) - being ordered; विश्वकर्मणा (viśvakarmaṇā) - by Viśvakarman; तिलोत्तमासृष्टिः (tilottamāsṛṣṭiḥ) - creation of Tilottamā; तिलोत्तमया (tilottamayā) - by Tilottamā; ब्रह्माज्ञास्वीकारः (brahmājñāsvīkāraḥ) - acceptance of Brahmā's command;]

(231. Having informed (him) of the disturbance created by Sunda and Upasunda by the gods and others, being requested by Brahmā, being ordered by Viśvakarman, creation of Tilottamā. (1) By Tilottamā, acceptance of Brahmā's command. (2))

231. The gods and others, after informing about the disturbance caused by Sunda and Upasunda, at the request of Brahmā and by the order of Viśvakarman, (there was) the creation of Tilottamā. (1) By Tilottamā, Brahmā's command was accepted. (2)

२३२. सुन्दोपसुन्दलमीपे तिलोत्तमाया आगमनम्॥१॥तस्यां सकामयोस्तयोः परस्परं गदाप्रहारेण मरणम्॥२॥तिलोत्तमाया ब्रह्मणा वरदानम्॥३॥नारदोक्तामिमां कथां श्रुतवद्भिः पाण्डवैः तत्समक्षं द्रौपदीविषये समयकरणम्॥४॥

232. sundopasundalamīpe tilottamāyā āgamanam॥1॥tasyāṃ sakāmayostayoḥ parasparaṃ gadāprahāreṇa maraṇam॥2॥tilottamāyā brahmaṇā varadānam॥3॥nāradoktām imāṃ kathāṃ śrutavadbhiḥ pāṇḍavaiḥ tatsamakṣaṃ draupadīviṣaye samayakaraṇam॥4॥

[सुन्दोपसुन्दलमीपे (sundopasundalamīpe) - near Sunda and Upasunda; तिलोत्तमाया (tilottamāyā) - of Tilottamā; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - arrival; तस्याम् (tasyām) - in her (presence); सकामयोः (sakāmayoḥ) - of both desirous; तयोः (tayoḥ) - of those two; परस्परम् (parasparam) - mutually; गदाप्रहारेण (gadāprahāreṇa) - by blow of mace; मरणम् (maraṇam) - death; तिलोत्तमाया (tilottamāyā) - of Tilottamā; ब्रह्मणा (brahmaṇā) - by Brahmā; वरदानम् (varadānam) - bestowal of boon; नारदोक् ताम् (nāradoktām) - spoken by Nārada; इमाम् (imām) - this; कथाम् (kathām) - story; श्रुतवद्भिः (śrutavadbhiḥ) - by those who have heard; पाण्डवैः (pāṇḍavaiḥ) - by the Pāṇḍavas; तत् समक्षं (tatsamakṣam) - in their presence; द्रौपदी-विषये (draupadī-viṣaye) - regarding Draupadī; समय-करणम् (samayakaraṇam) - making of an agreement;]

(232. Near Sunda and Upasunda, Tilottamā’s arrival. (1) In her (presence), of both desirous, of those two, mutually by blow of mace, death. (2) Of Tilottamā, by Brahmā, bestowal of boon. (3) Spoken by Nārada, this story, by those who have heard, by the Pāṇḍavas, in their presence, regarding Draupadī, making of an agreement. (4))

232. The arrival of Tilottamā near Sunda and Upasunda. (1) In her presence, the two desirous brothers meet mutual death by striking each other with maces. (2) Brahmā grants a boon to Tilottamā. (3) The Pāṇḍavas, having heard this story as narrated by Nārada, make an agreement regarding Draupadī in their presence. (4)

२३३. तस्करैः कस्यचिद्ब्राह्मणस्य गोहरणम्॥१॥चोरितानां गवां प्रत्याजिहीर्षया धनुर्ग्रहणार्थं द्रौपदीयुधिष्ठिराधिष्ठिते आयुधागारे अर्जुनस्य प्रवेशः॥२॥चोरेश्यः प्रत्याहृता गाः ब्राह्मणाय दत्त्वा यथासमयं अर्जुनस्य तीर्थयात्रा॥३॥

233. taskaraiḥ kasyacid brāhmaṇasya goharaṇam॥1॥ coritānāṃ gavāṃ pratyājihīrṣayā dhanur-grahaṇārthaṃ draupadī-yudhiṣṭhira-adhiṣṭhite āyudhāgāre arjunasya praveśaḥ॥2॥ coreśyaḥ pratyāhṛtā gāḥ brāhmaṇāya dattvā yathāsamayaṃ arjunasya tīrthayātrā॥3॥

[तस्करैः (taskaraiḥ) - by thieves; कस्यचित् (kasyacit) - of someone; ब्राह्मणस्य (brāhmaṇasya) - of a brāhmaṇa; गोहरणम् (goharaṇam) - the stealing of cows; चोरितानाम् (coritānām) - of stolen; गवाम् (gavām) - cows; प्रत्याजिहीर्षया (pratyājihīrṣayā) - with the desire to bring back; धनुर्ग्रहणार्थम् (dhanur-grahaṇārtham) - for the purpose of taking (his) bow; द्रौपदीयुधिष्ठिराधिष्ठिते (draupadī-yudhiṣṭhira-adhiṣṭhite) - presided over by Draupadī and Yudhiṣṭhira; आयुधागारे (āyudhāgāre) - in the armoury; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; प्रवेशः (praveśaḥ) - entry; चोरेश्यः (coreśyaḥ) - from the thieves; प्रत्याहृता (pratyāhṛtā) - recovered; गाः (gāḥ) - the cows; ब्राह्मणाय (brāhmaṇāya) - to the brāhmaṇa; दत्त्वा (dattvā) - having given; यथासमयम् (yathāsamayam) - at the proper time; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; तीर्थयात्रा (tīrthayātrā) - pilgrimage;]

(By thieves, of someone, of a brāhmaṇa, the stealing of cows. Of stolen cows, with the desire to bring back, for the purpose of taking (his) bow, presided over by Draupadī and Yudhiṣṭhira, in the armoury, of Arjuna, entry. From the thieves, recovered, the cows; to the brāhmaṇa, having given, at the proper time, of Arjuna, pilgrimage.)

233. The theft of a brāhmaṇa's cows by thieves. To recover the stolen cows, Arjuna enters the armoury, managed by Draupadī and Yudhiṣṭhira, to take up his bow. After recovering the cows from the thieves, Arjuna returns them to the brāhmaṇa at the proper time, and then undertakes a pilgrimage. (233)

२३४. ब्राह्मणैः सह तीर्थान्यटतोऽर्जुनस्य स्नानार्थं गङ्गायामवतरणम्॥१॥तत्र उलूप्या नागकन्यया गृहीतस्यार्जुनस्य नागलोकगमनम्॥२॥संवादपूर्वकमुलूप्याः परिग्रहः॥३॥इरावत उत्पत्तिः॥४॥अर्जुनं पुनर्गङ्गाद्वारमुपनीय उलूप्या स्वलोकगमनम्॥५॥

234. brāhmaṇaiḥ saha tīrthānyaṭato'rjunasya snānārthaṃ gaṅgāyām avataraṇam॥1॥ tatra ulūpyā nāgakanyayā gṛhītasya arjunasya nāgalokagamanam॥2॥ saṃvāda-pūrvakam ulūpyāḥ parigrahaḥ॥3॥ irāvata utpattiḥ॥4॥ arjunaṃ punar gaṅgādvāram upanīya ulūpyā svalokagamanam॥5॥

[२३४ (234) - 234; (section/episode number); ब्राह्मणैः (brāhmaṇaiḥ) - by brāhmaṇas; by the Brahmins; सह (saha) - with; together with; तीर्थानि (tīrthāni) - sacred places; holy sites; अटतः (aṭataḥ) - going; wandering; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; स्नानार्थं (snānārtham) - for the purpose of bathing; गङ्गायाम् (gaṅgāyām) - in the Gaṅgā; in the Ganges river; अवतरणम् (avataraṇam) - descent; entering; तत्र (tatra) - there; उलूप्या (ulūpyā) - by Ulūpī; नागकन्यया (nāgakanyayā) - by the serpent maiden; by the daughter of a nāga; गृहीतस्य (gṛhītasya) - having been seized; of the one who was taken; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; नागलोकगमनम् (nāgaloka-gamanam) - going to the Nāga world; संवादपूर्वकम् (saṃvāda-pūrvakam) - preceded by conversation; उलूप्याः (ulūpyāḥ) - of Ulūpī; परिग्रहः (parigrahaḥ) - acceptance; union; इरावत (irāvata) - Irāvata; (proper noun); उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - origin; birth; अर्जुनम् (arjunam) - Arjuna; पुनः (punar) - again; गङ्गाद्वारम् (gaṅgādvāram) - to the gate/ford of Gaṅgā; to the Ganges gateway; उपनीय (upanīya) - having brought; उलूप्या (ulūpyā) - by Ulūpī; स्वलोकगमनम् (svaloka-gamanam) - returning to her world; going to her own realm;]

(234. With the Brahmins wandering to sacred places, entering the Gaṅgā for bathing by Arjuna. There, Arjuna, being seized by Ulūpī, the serpent maiden, goes to the Nāga world. After conversation, union with Ulūpī. Origin of Irāvata. Ulūpī, bringing Arjuna again to the Gaṅgā gateway, returns to her own realm.)

234. Wandering to holy places along with Brahmins, Arjuna enters the Gaṅgā to bathe. There, he is seized by Ulūpī, the serpent maiden, and taken to the Nāga world. After a conversation, Ulūpī unites with him. Irāvata is born. Ulūpī then brings Arjuna back to the bank of the Gaṅgā and returns to her own world.

२३५. अर्जुनस्य मणलूरग्रामगमनम्॥१॥पुत्रिकापुत्रकधर्मेण चित्राङ्गदापरिग्रहः॥२॥

235. arjunasya maṇalūragrāmagamanam॥1॥putrikāputrakadharmeṇa citrāṅgadāparigrahaḥ॥2॥

[अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; मणलूरग्राम (maṇalūragrāma) - Maṇalūra village; गमनम् (gamanam) - going; पुत्रिका (putrikā) - daughter (appointed for inheritance); पुत्रकधर्मेण (putrakadharmeṇa) - by the law concerning the son; चित्राङ्गदा (citrāṅgadā) - Citrāṅgadā; परिग्रहः (parigrahaḥ) - taking (as wife);]

(Of Arjuna, going to the village Maṇalūra. By the law of daughter and son, Citrāṅgadā (was) taken as wife.)

Arjuna went to the village of Maṇalūra. Through the rule of daughter-inheritance, Citrāṅgadā was accepted (by him) as wife.

२३६. सौभद्रतीर्थे स्नानार्थमवतीर्णस्यार्जुनस्य ग्राहेण ग्रहणम्॥१॥जलादुद्धरणेन ग्राहरूपं परित्यज्य नारीरूपं प्राप्तया वर्गानाम्नया स्वप्रभृतीनां ब्राह्मणेन शापदानकथनम्॥२॥

236. Saubhadra-tīrthe snānārtham avatīrṇasya Arjunasya grāheṇa grahaṇam॥1॥ jalād uddharaṇena grāha-rūpaṃ parityajya nārī-rūpaṃ prāptayā vargānāmnayā svaprabhr̥tīnāṃ brāhmaṇena śāpadaana-kathanam॥2॥

[सौभद्रतीर्थे (Saubhadra-tīrthe) - in (the) Saubhadra tīrtha; स्नानार्थम् (snānārtham) - for the purpose of bathing; अवतीर्णस्य (avatīrṇasya) - of the one who has descended; अर्जुनस्य (Arjunasya) - of Arjuna; ग्राहेण (grāheṇa) - by the crocodile; ग्रहणम् (grahaṇam) - seizure; जलात् (jalāt) - from water; उद्धरणेन (uddharaṇena) - by (the) uplifting; ग्राहरूपम् (grāha-rūpam) - the crocodile form; परित्यज्य (parityajya) - having abandoned; नारीरूपम् (nārī-rūpam) - female form; प्राप्तया (prāptayā) - having obtained; वर्गानाम्नया (vargānāmnayā) - by the name Varga; स्वप्रभृतीनाम् (svaprabhr̥tīnāṃ) - of her own companions; ब्राह्मणेन (brāhmaṇena) - by (a) Brāhmaṇa; शापदानकथनम् (śāpadāna-kathanam) - the narration of the giving of a curse;]

(236. At Saubhadra tīrtha, for bathing, of (the) descended Arjuna, by the crocodile, seizure. (1) By uplifting from water, having abandoned the crocodile form, with the female form obtained by Varga by name, of her own companions, by the Brāhmaṇa, narration of curse-giving. (2))

236. At Saubhadra tīrtha, when Arjuna descended for bathing, he was seized by a crocodile. (1) Upon being lifted from the water, the crocodile form was abandoned and a female form was obtained by Varga, who, along with her companions, recounted to Arjuna the story of the curse given to them by a Brāhmaṇa. (2)

२३७. प्रसादितेन ब्राह्मणेन कृतस्य शापमोचनप्रकारस्य, नारदनिदेशेनैतत्तीर्थागमनस्य च अर्जुनंप्रति वर्गया कथनम्॥१॥एतत्कथां श्रुतवता अर्जुनेन ग्राहरूपाणाभवशिष्टानां चतसृणामप्यप्सरसां तत्तत्तीर्थेभ्य उद्धरणेन तासां स्वस्वरूपप्राप्तिः॥२॥पुनर्मणलूरमागत्य तत्र चित्राङ्गदायां जातं बभ्रुवाहननामानं स्वपुत्रं च स्वश्वशुरे समर्प्य अर्जुनस्य गोकर्णक्षेत्रगमनम्॥३॥

237. prasāditena brāhmaṇena kṛtasya śāpamocanaprakārasya, nāradanideśenaitattīrthāgamanasya ca arjunaṃprati vargayā kathanam॥1॥ etatkathāṃ śrutavatā arjunena grāharūpāṇābhavaśiṣṭānāṃ catasṛṇāmapyapsarasāṃ tattattīrthebhya uddharaṇena tāsāṃ svasvarūraprāptiḥ॥2॥ punarmaṇalūramāgatya tatra citrāṅgadāyāṃ jātaṃ babhruvāhananāmānaṃ svaputraṃ ca svaśvaśure samarppya arjunasya gokarṇakṣetragamanam॥3॥

[प्रसादितेन (prasāditena) - by one who has been pleased; ब्राह्मणेन (brāhmaṇena) - by the brāhmaṇa; कृतस्य (kṛtasya) - of the act done; शापमोचनप्रकारस्य (śāpamocanaprakārasya) - of the manner of curse-lifting; नारदनिदेशेन (nāradanideśena) - by Nārada's instruction; एतत्त्वीर्थागमनस्य (etattīrthāgamnasya) - of this pilgrimage; च (ca) - and; अर्जुनंप्रति (arjunaṃprati) - to Arjuna; वर्गया (vargayā) - by Varga (the apsaras); कथनम् (kathanam) - narration; एतत्कथां (etatkathāṃ) - this story; श्रुतवता (śrutavatā) - having heard; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; ग्राहरूपाणाभवशिष्टानां (grāharūpāṇābhavaśiṣṭānāṃ) - of those remaining as aquatic-beings in form; चतसृणाम् (catasṛṇām) - of four; अपि (api) - also; अप्सरसाम् (apsarasām) - of the nymphs; तत्तत्तीर्थेभ्य (tattattīrthebhya) - from those various holy places; उद्धरणेन (uddharaṇena) - by lifting/removing; तासां (tāsāṃ) - of them; स्वस्वरूपप्राप्तिः (svasvarūpaprāptiḥ) - attainment of their own forms; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; मणलूरम् (maṇalūram) - the city Maṇalūra; आगत्यम् (āgatya) - having come; तत्र (tatra) - there; चित्राङ्गदायाम् (citrāṅgadāyām) - in Citrāṅgadā; जातम् (jātam) - born; बभ्रुवाहननामानं (babhrūvāhananāmānaṃ) - named Babhrūvāhana; स्वपुत्रम् (svaputram) - own son; च (ca) - and; स्वश्वशुरे (svaśvaśure) - to his father-in-law; समर्प्य (samarpya) - having entrusted; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; गोकर्णक्षेत्रगमनम् (gokarṇakṣetragamanam) - going to the sacred place Gokarṇa;]

(237. By the brāhmaṇa who was pleased, to Arjuna, narration by Varga of the mode of curse-lifting done, and of this pilgrimage by Nārada's instruction. Having heard this story by Arjuna, by lifting up from those various holy places the four nymphs also who remained in the forms of aquatic beings, their attainment of their original forms. Again, having come to Maṇalūra, there, having entrusted his own son named Babhrūvāhana born of Citrāṅgadā to his father-in-law, Arjuna's going to the sacred place Gokarṇa.)

237. At the request of the pleased brāhmaṇa, Varga narrated to Arjuna the manner in which the curse was removed and the pilgrimage undertaken as instructed by Nārada. After Arjuna heard this story, he rescued the four nymphs who remained in aquatic forms at those holy places, restoring them to their true forms. Then, returning to Maṇalūra, Arjuna entrusted his own son, Babhrūvāhana, born of Citrāṅgadā, to his father-in-law and proceeded to the sacred place of Gokarṇa.

२३८. अर्जुनस्य प्रभासतीर्थगमनम्॥१॥तत्र स्मृतिपथागतसुभद्रारूपलावण्यादिकं चिन्तयतोऽर्जुनस्य परिव्राजकवेषस्वीकारेण तस्या हरणे निश्चयः॥२॥अर्जुनस्य चिन्तितज्ञानेन हसता श्रीकृष्णेन सह शायिन्या सत्यभामया हासकारणे पृष्टे तां प्रति अर्जुनवृत्तान्तकथनम्॥३॥सत्यभामां शयने विहाय एकाकिना श्रीकृष्णेन प्रभासतीर्थंप्रति प्रस्थानम्॥४॥चारमुखेन अर्जुनस्य तत्रागमनं श्रुत्वा कृष्णस्य तत्रागमनम्॥५॥अर्जुनेन संभाप्य कृष्णस्य द्वारकांप्रति पुनरागमनम्॥६॥

238. arjunasya prabhāsatīrthagamanam॥1॥tatra smṛtipathāgatasubhadrārūpalāvaṇyādikaṃ cintayato'rjunasya parivrājakaveṣasvīkāreṇa tasyā haraṇe niścayaḥ॥2॥arjunasya cintitajñānena hasatā śrīkṛṣṇena saha śāyinīyā satyabhamayā hāsakāraṇe pṛṣṭe tāṃ prati arjunavṛttāntakathanaṃ॥3॥satyabhāmāṃ śayane vihāya ekākinā śrīkṛṣṇena prabhāsatīrthaṃprati prasthānam॥4॥cāramukhena arjunasya tatrāgamanaṃ śrutvā kṛṣṇasya tatrāgamanaṃ॥5॥arjunena saṃbhāpya kṛṣṇasya dvārakāṃprati punarāgamanaṃ॥6॥

[अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; प्रभासतीर्थगमनम् (prabhāsatīrthagamanam) - going to the Prabhasa pilgrimage; तत्र (tatra) - there; स्मृतिपथागत (smṛtipathāgata) - having come to the path of memory; सुभद्रारूपलावण्यादिकं (subhadrārūpalāvaṇyādikaṃ) - Subhadra's form, beauty, etc.; चिन्तयतः (cintayataḥ) - thinking; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; परिव्राजकवेषस्वीकारेण (parivrājakaveṣasvīkāreṇa) - by adopting the guise of an ascetic; तस्या (tasyā) - of her; हरणे (haraṇe) - in abducting; निश्चयः (niścayaḥ) - decision; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; चिन्तितज्ञानेन (cintitajñānena) - by the knowledge that was thought; हसता (hasatā) - smiling; श्रीकृष्णेन (śrīkṛṣṇena) - by Śrī Kṛṣṇa; सह (saha) - together with; शायिन्या (śāyinīyā) - lying (with); सत्यभामया (satyabhamayā) - with Satyabhama; हासकारणे (hāsakāraṇe) - in the cause of laughter; पृष्टे (pṛṣṭe) - having been asked; तां (tāṃ) - her; प्रति (prati) - to; अर्जुनवृत्तान्तकथनम् (arjunavṛttāntakathanam) - narration of Arjuna's story; सत्यभामां (satyabhāmāṃ) - Satyabhama; शयने (śayane) - on the bed; विहाय (vihāya) - leaving; एकाकिना (ekākinā) - alone; श्रीकृष्णेन (śrīkṛṣṇena) - by Śrī Kṛṣṇa; प्रभासतीर्थंप्रति (prabhāsatīrthaṃprati) - towards Prabhasa pilgrimage; प्रस्थानम् (prasthānam) - departure; चारमुखेन (cāramukhena) - from the agent (informant); अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; तत्र (tatra) - there; आगमनं (āgamanaṃ) - coming; श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; कृष्णस्य (kṛṣṇasya) - of Kṛṣṇa; तत्र (tatra) - there; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - coming; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; संभाप्य (saṃbhāpya) - having conversed; कृष्णस्य (kṛṣṇasya) - of Kṛṣṇa; द्वारकांप्रति (dvārakāṃprati) - towards Dvaraka; पुनरागमनम् (punarāgamanam) - returning;]

(Of Arjuna, going to Prabhasa pilgrimage. There, while thinking of Subhadra's form, beauty, and such, Arjuna, by adopting the guise of an ascetic, decides on abducting her. By the knowledge thought by Arjuna and as Śrī Kṛṣṇa smiled, as Satyabhama lying with him asked the reason for the laughter, to her there was narration of Arjuna’s story. Leaving Satyabhama on the bed, alone by Śrī Kṛṣṇa, there is departure towards the Prabhasa pilgrimage. By the agent, having heard of Arjuna’s coming there, Kṛṣṇa comes there. Having conversed by Arjuna, there is Kṛṣṇa’s return towards Dvaraka.)

(238) Arjuna's journey to the Prabhasa pilgrimage. There, while Arjuna is recalling Subhadra's form, beauty and so on, he decides to abduct her by adopting the guise of an ascetic. With the knowledge conceived by Arjuna, when Śrī Kṛṣṇa, lying with Satyabhama, smiles, and when Satyabhama asks him the reason for his laughter, he narrates Arjuna's story to her. Leaving Satyabhama on the bed, Śrī Kṛṣṇa sets out alone towards the Prabhasa pilgrimage. On hearing from an agent about Arjuna's arrival there, Kṛṣṇa also comes there. After conversing with Arjuna, Kṛṣṇa returns again to Dvaraka.

२३९. रवैतकपर्वतंप्रति उत्सवार्थं कृष्णादीनां गमनम्॥१॥तत्र कृष्णस्य परिव्राजकरूपार्जुनदर्शनम्॥२॥सुभद्रादर्शनेन तस्यां संजातहृच्छयस्यार्जुनस्य यतिरूपेण सुभद्राहरणे कुष्णानुज्ञालाभः॥३॥दूतेनिवेदितैतद्वृत्तान्तेन सपरिवारेण युधिष्ठिरेणाभ्यनुज्ञानम्॥४॥

239. ravaitaka-parvataṃ prati utsava-artham kṛṣṇādīnām gamanam॥1॥tatra kṛṣṇasya parivrājaka-rūpa-arjuna-darśanam॥2॥subhadrā-darśanena tasyām saṃjāta-hṛcchayasya arjunasya yati-rūpeṇa subhadrā-haraṇe kṛṣṇa-anujñā-lābhaḥ॥3॥dūtena nivedita etad-vṛttāntena sa-parivāreṇa yudhiṣṭhireṇa abhyanujñānam॥4॥

[रवैतकपर्वतंप्रति (रवैतकपर्वतं प्रति) (ravaitaka-parvataṃ prati) - towards Raivataka mountain; उत्सवार्थं (utsava-artham) - for the purpose of festival; कृष्णादीनां (kṛṣṇādīnām) - of Kṛṣṇa and others; गमनम् (gamanam) - going; तत्र (tatra) - there; कृष्णस्य (kṛṣṇasya) - of Kṛṣṇa; परिव्राजकरूप (parivrājaka-rūpa) - in the guise of a wandering ascetic; अर्जुनदर्शनम् (arjuna-darśanam) - seeing Arjuna; सुभद्रादर्शनेन (subhadrā-darśanena) - by seeing Subhadrā; तस्यां (tasyām) - in her; सञ्जातहृच्छयस्य (saṃjāta-hṛcchayasya) - of one whose heart’s desire has arisen; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; यतिरूपेण (yati-rūpeṇa) - in the form of an ascetic; सुभद्राहरणे (subhadrā-haraṇe) - in the abduction of Subhadrā; कृष्णानुज्ञालाभः (kṛṣṇa-anujñā-lābhaḥ) - obtaining Kṛṣṇa’s consent; दूतेनिवेदित (dūtena nivedita) - having been communicated by a messenger; एतद्वृत्तान्तेन (etad-vṛttāntena) - by this event; सपरिवारेण (sa-parivāreṇa) - together with his family; युधिष्ठिरेण (yudhiṣṭhireṇa) - by Yudhiṣṭhira; अभ्यनुज्ञानम् (abhyanujñānam) - approval;]

(239. Towards Raivataka mountain for the purpose of festival, the going of Kṛṣṇa and others. There, seeing Arjuna in the guise of a wandering ascetic by Kṛṣṇa. By seeing Subhadrā, the arising of heart's desire for her in Arjuna; obtaining Kṛṣṇa’s consent for the abduction of Subhadrā by Arjuna in the form of an ascetic. Having been communicated of this event by a messenger, approval from Yudhiṣṭhira, together with his family.)

239. Kṛṣṇa and others go to the Raivataka mountain for a festival. There, Kṛṣṇa sees Arjuna disguised as a wandering ascetic. Arjuna, having developed a desire for Subhadrā upon seeing her, obtains Kṛṣṇa’s consent to carry her off while in ascetic guise. This event having been informed to Yudhiṣṭhira by a messenger, he grants his approval along with his family. (239)

२४०. द्वारकाया उपवने वसतः यतिरूपस्यार्जुतस्य रैवतकपर्वतात्प्रतिनिवृत्तैर्यादवैर्दर्शनम्॥१॥यतिनिवासविषये यादवै पृष्टे सुभद्रागृहे वसत्विति रामोक्तिः॥२॥

240. dvārakāyā upavane vasataḥ yatirūpasyārjutasya raivatakaparvatātpratinivṛttairyādavairdarśanam॥1॥yatinivāsaviṣaye yādavai pṛṣṭe subhadrāgṛhe vasatviti rāmoktiḥ॥2॥

[द्वारकाया (dvārakāyā) - of Dvārakā; (loc. sg.); उपवने (upavane) - in the garden; वसतः (vasataḥ) - residing; यतिरूपस्य (yatirūpasya) - having the form of an ascetic; आर्जुतस्य (ārjutasya) - of Arjuna; रैवतकपर्वतात् (raivatakaparvatāt) - from Raivataka mountain; प्रतिनिवृत्तैः (pratinivṛttaiḥ) - having returned; यादवैः (yādavaiḥ) - by the Yādavas; दर्शनम् (darśanam) - seeing; । (।) - यतिनिवासविषये (yatinivāsaviṣaye) - regarding the residence of the ascetic; यादवै (yādavai) - by the Yādavas; पृष्टे (pṛṣṭe) - having been asked; सुभद्रागृहे (subhadrāgṛhe) - in Subhadrā's house; वसतु (vasatu) - let him reside; इति (iti) - thus; रामोक्तिः (rāmoktiḥ) - Rāma's statement; । (।) -;]

(In the garden of Dvārakā, while residing, of Arjuna who has assumed the form of an ascetic, after returning from Raivataka mountain, by the Yādavas, the seeing (happened). Regarding the residence of the ascetic, when asked by the Yādavas, in Subhadrā's house let him reside—thus was Rāma's statement.)

While Arjuna, in the form of an ascetic, was residing in the garden of Dvārakā, the Yādavas, having returned from Raivataka mountain, saw him. When the Yādavas asked concerning the ascetic's residence, Rāma said, "Let him stay in Subhadrā's house." (240-1,2)

२४१. यतेः सुभद्रागृहे कृष्णेन स्थापनम्॥१॥श्रुतपूर्वपार्थलक्षणदर्शनेन इमं यतिं अर्जुनं शङ्कमानायाः सुभद्रायाः यतिंप्रति अर्जुनादिकुशलप्रश्नः॥२॥अर्जुनेन तत्वे कथिते मोहितायां सुभद्रायां रुक्मिण्या श्वश्रूसमीपे तद्वृत्तकथनम्॥३॥वासुदेवानुमत्या देवक्या सुभद्राश्वासनम्॥४॥गूढं सुभद्राया विवाहचिकीर्षया कृष्णेन महादेवपूजाव्याजेन सर्वयादवैः सह अन्तर्द्वीपगमनम्॥५॥

241. yateḥ subhadrāgṛhe kṛṣṇena sthāpanam॥1॥ śrutapūrvapārthalakṣaṇadarśanena imaṃ yatiṃ arjunaṃ śaṅkamānāyāḥ subhadrāyāḥ yatiṃ prati arjunādikuśalapraśnaḥ॥2॥ arjunena tatve kathite mohitāyāṃ subhadrāyāṃ rukmiṇyā śvaśrūsamīpe tadvṛttakathanam॥3॥ vāsudevānumatyā devakyā subhadrāśvāsanam॥4॥ gūḍhaṃ subhadrāyā vivāhacikīrṣayā kṛṣṇena mahādevapūjāvyājena sarvayādavaiḥ saha antardvīpagamanam॥5॥

[यतेः (yateḥ) - of the ascetic; सुभद्रागृहे (subhadrāgṛhe) - in Subhadra’s house; कृष्णेन (kṛṣṇena) - by Kṛṣṇa; स्थापनम् (sthāpanam) - placing; श्रुतपूर्व (śrutapūrva) - previously heard; पार्थलक्षणदर्शनेन (pārthalakṣaṇadarśanena) - by the sight of Arjuna’s characteristic marks; इमं (imaṃ) - this; यतिं (yatiṃ) - ascetic; अर्जुनं (arjunaṃ) - Arjuna; शङ्कमानायाः (śaṅkamānāyāḥ) - doubting; सुभद्रायाः (subhadrāyāḥ) - of Subhadra; यतिंप्रति (yatiṃ prati) - to the ascetic; अर्जुनादिकुशलप्रश्नः (arjunādikuśalapraśnaḥ) - question of Arjuna’s welfare; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; तत्वे (tatve) - in reality; कथिते (kathite) - having spoken; मोहितायां (mohitāyāṃ) - when deluded; सुभद्रायां (subhadrāyāṃ) - in Subhadra; रुक्मिण्या (rukmiṇyā) - by Rukmini; श्वश्रूसमीपे (śvaśrūsamīpe) - in the presence of the mother-in-law; तद्वृत्तकथनम् (tadvṛttakathanam) - narration of that occurrence; वासुदेवानुमत्या (vāsudevānumatyā) - with Vāsudeva’s consent; देवक्या (devakyā) - by Devakī; सुभद्राश्वासनम् (subhadrāśvāsanam) - consoling Subhadra; गूढं (gūḍhaṃ) - secretly; सुभद्राया (subhadrāyā) - of Subhadra; विवाहचिकीर्षया (vivāhacikīrṣayā) - with the intention to marry; कृष्णेन (kṛṣṇena) - by Kṛṣṇa; महादेवपूजाव्याजेन (mahādevapūjāvyājena) - under the pretext of worshipping Mahādeva; सर्वयादवैः (sarvayādavaiḥ) - with all the Yādavas; सह (saha) - together; अन्तर्द्वीपगमनम् (antardvīpagamanam) - going to the inner island;]

(Of the ascetic, in Subhadra’s house, placing by Kṛṣṇa. By the sight of Arjuna’s characteristic marks previously heard, of Subhadra doubting, to the ascetic, question regarding Arjuna’s welfare. By Arjuna having spoken in reality, when Subhadra is deluded, in the presence of her mother-in-law Rukmini, narration of that event. Consoling Subhadra by Devakī with Vāsudeva’s consent. Secretly, with the intention to marry Subhadra, by Kṛṣṇa, under the pretext of worshipping Mahādeva, going to the inner island together with all the Yādavas.)

1. Kṛṣṇa installed the ascetic (Arjuna) in Subhadra’s house. 2. When Subhadra, having previously heard of Arjuna’s marks, recognized the ascetic and doubted, she questioned him about Arjuna’s welfare. 3. When Arjuna revealed his identity, and as Subhadra was bewildered, Rukmini described the situation before her mother-in-law. 4. With Vāsudeva’s consent, Devakī consoled Subhadra. 5. Desiring to marry Subhadra, Kṛṣṇa secretly, under the pretext of worshipping Mahādeva, went with all the Yādavas to the inner island.

२४२. सुभद्राविवाहः॥१॥

242. Subhadrāvivāhaḥ॥1॥

[सुभद्रा (subhadrā) - Subhadrā; (proper noun; name of a person); विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage;]

(Subhadrā marriage;)

The marriage of Subhadrā. (242-1)

२४३. कृष्णरथमास्थाय सुभद्रयासह अर्जुनस्य खाण्डवप्रस्थं गन्तुं यत्नः॥१॥

243. kṛṣṇaratam āsthāya subhadrayā saha arjunasya khāṇḍavaprasthaṃ gantuṃ yatnaḥ॥1॥

[कृष्णरथमास्थाय (kṛṣṇaratam āsthāya) - having mounted Krishna's chariot; सुभद्रया (subhadrayā) - with Subhadrā; सह (saha) - together with; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; खाण्डवप्रस्थं (khāṇḍavaprastham) - to Khāṇḍavaprastha; गन्तुं (gantuṃ) - to go; यत्नः (yatnaḥ) - effort;]

(Having mounted Krishna's chariot, together with Subhadrā, effort of Arjuna to go to Khāṇḍavaprastha.)

Arjuna, together with Subhadrā, made the effort to go to Khāṇḍavaprastha by mounting Krishna's chariot. (243-1)

२४४. द्वारकाया बहिर्निर्गच्छतोऽर्जुनस्य विपृथुना युद्धम्॥१॥विपृथुं जित्वाऽर्जुनस्य खाण्डवप्रस्थंप्रति गमनम्॥२॥युद्धोद्युक्तानां यादवानां बलरामवाक्यान्निवृत्तिः॥३॥बलस्य क्रोधः॥४॥

244. dvārakāyā bahirnirgacchato'rjunasya vipṛthunā yuddham॥1॥vipṛthuṃ jitvā'rjunasya khāṇḍavaprasthaṃprati gamanam॥2॥yuddhodyuktānāṃ yādavānāṃ balarāma-vākyān nivṛttiḥ॥3॥balasya krodhaḥ॥4॥

[द्वारकाया (dvārakāyā) - from Dvārakā; बहि: (bahiḥ) - outside; निर्गच्छतः (nirgacchataḥ) - departing; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; विपृथुना (vipṛthunā) - by Vipṛthu; युद्धम् (yuddham) - battle; विपृथुम् (vipṛthum) - Vipṛthu; जित्वा (jitvā) - having conquered; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; खाण्डवप्रस्थंप्रति (khāṇḍavaprasthaṃprati) - towards Khāṇḍavaprastha; गमनम् (gamanam) - going; युद्धोद्युक्तानाम् (yuddhodyuktānām) - of those prepared for battle; यादवानाम् (yādavānām) - of the Yādavas; बलरामवाक्यात् (balarāma-vākyāt) - from Balarāma's statement; निवृत्तिः (nivṛttiḥ) - cessation; बलस्य (balasya) - of Bala (Balarāma); क्रोधः (krodhaḥ) - anger;]

(244. From Dvārakā, as Arjuna departs outside, battle with Vipṛthu. 1. Having conquered Vipṛthu, Arjuna's going towards Khāṇḍavaprastha. 2. Cessation of the Yādavas, who were prepared for battle, by Balarāma's statement. 3. Anger of Bala (Balarāma). 4.)

244. As Arjuna exited from Dvārakā, he fought a battle with Vipṛthu (1). After defeating Vipṛthu, Arjuna proceeded towards Khāṇḍavaprastha (2). The Yādavas, who were ready for battle, stood down at Balarāma's words (3). Bala (Balarāma) became angry (4).

२४५. कृष्णेन बलरामसान्त्वनम्॥१॥अर्जुनंप्रत्यानेतुं यादवानां गमनम्॥२॥विपृथुवाक्यादुर्जनं दूरगतं ज्ञात्वा तेषां प्रतिनिवर्तनम्॥३॥सुभद्रया सह अर्जुनस्य खाण्डवप्रस्थगमनम्॥४॥

245. kṛṣṇena balarāma-sāntvanam॥1॥ arjunaṃ pratyānetuṃ yādavānāṃ gamanam॥2॥ vipṛthu-vākyād durjanam dūragatam jñātvā teṣāṃ pratinivartanam॥3॥ subhadrayā saha arjunasya khāṇḍavaprastha-gamanam॥4॥

[कृष्णेन (kṛṣṇena) (kṛṣṇena) - by Kṛṣṇa; बलरामसान्त्वनम् (balarāma-sāntvanam) (balarāmasāntvanam) - consolation of Balarāma; अर्जुनं (arjunam) (arjunaṃ) - Arjuna; प्रत्यानेतुं (pratyānetuṃ) (pratyānetuṃ) - to bring back; यादवानां (yādavānāṃ) (yādavānāṃ) - of the Yādavas; गमनम् (gamanam) (gamanam) - the going; विपृथुवाक्यात् (vipṛthu-vākyāt) (vipṛthu-vākyāt) - from Vṛthu's words; दुर्जनं (durjanam) (durjanam) - the wicked person; दूरगतं (dūragatam) (dūragatam) - gone far; ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) (jñātvā) - having known; तेषां (teṣāṃ) (teṣāṃ) - of them; प्रतिनिवर्तनम् (pratinivartanam) (pratinivartanam) - return; सुभद्रया (subhadrayā) (subhadrayā) - with Subhadrā; सह (saha) (saha) - together with; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; खाण्डवप्रस्थगमनम् (khāṇḍavaprastha-gamanam) (khāṇḍavaprastha-gamanam) - going to Khāṇḍavaprastha;]

(245. By Kṛṣṇa, consolation of Balarāma. (1) The Yādavas' departure to bring back Arjuna. (2) From Vṛthu's words, having known that the wicked person had gone far, their return. (3) With Subhadrā, Arjuna's going to Khāṇḍavaprastha. (4))

245. Kṛṣṇa consoles Balarāma. (1) The Yādavas set out to bring back Arjuna. (2) Upon hearing Vṛthu's words and learning that the wicked person had gone far, they (the Yādavas) return. (3) Arjuna goes to Khāṇḍavaprastha together with Subhadrā. (4)

२४६. अर्जुनेन सुभद्रायाः गोपीवेषेण द्रौपदीसमीपप्रेषणम्॥१॥कृतनतिं सुभद्रांप्रति पृथाद्रौपदीभ्यां आशीर्वादः॥२॥स्वपुरं प्रविष्टेनार्जुनेन भ्रातृश्यः स्वकृततीर्थयात्रावृत्तान्तकथनम्॥३॥

246. arjunena subhadrāyāḥ gopīveṣeṇa draupadī-samīpa-preṣaṇam॥1॥kṛtanatiṃ subhadrāṃ prati pṛthā-draupadībhyāṃ āśīrvādaḥ॥2॥svapuraṃ praviṣṭena arjunena bhrātṛśyaḥ svakṛta-tīrthayātrā-vṛttānta-kathanaṃ॥3॥

[अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; सुभद्रायाः (subhadrāyāḥ) - of Subhadrā; गोपीवेषेण (gopīveṣeṇa) - in cowherdess disguise; द्रौपदीसमीपप्रेषणम् (draupadī-samīpa-preṣaṇam) - sending (her) to Draupadī's proximity; कृतनतिं (kṛtanatim) - having paid obeisance; सुभद्रांप्रति (subhadrāṃ prati) - to Subhadrā; पृथाद्रौपदीभ्यां (pṛthā-draupadībhyām) - by Kuntī and Draupadī; आशीर्वादः (āśīrvādaḥ) - blessing; स्वपुरं (svapuraṃ) - his own city; प्रविष्टेन (praviṣṭena) - having entered; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; भ्रातृश्यः (bhrātṛśyaḥ) - to his brothers; स्वकृततीर्थयात्रावृत्तान्तकथनम् (svakṛta-tīrthayātrā-vṛttānta-kathanam) - narration of the story of his own pilgrimage;]

(By Arjuna, of Subhadrā in cowherdess disguise, sending to Draupadī's proximity. Having paid obeisance to Subhadrā, by Kuntī and Draupadī, blessing. Having entered his own city, by Arjuna, to his brothers, narration of the story of his own pilgrimage.)

246. Arjuna, disguising Subhadrā as a cowherdess, sends her to Draupadī. Having offered respects to Subhadrā, Kuntī and Draupadī bless her. Upon entering his city, Arjuna narrates the story of his pilgrimage to his brothers. (1) (2) (3)

२४७. कृष्णानुमत्याऽर्जुनः सुभद्रां जहारेति पौराणामूहः॥१॥अर्जुने इन्द्रप्रस्थं प्राप्तं ज्ञात्वा यादवैः सह श्रीकृष्णस्य इन्द्रप्रस्थं प्रत्यागमनम्॥२॥आगताञ्श्रीकृष्णादीञ्श्रुत्वा युधिष्ठिरस्य प्रत्युद्गमनं तेषां सत्कारश्च॥३॥वैवाहिकमहोत्सवकरणम्॥४॥पारिबर्हदानम्॥५॥कंमचित्कालं तत्रोषितानां कुरुभिः पूजितानां बलरामादीनां द्वारकांप्रति गमनम्॥६॥अभिमन्यूत्पत्तिः॥७॥द्रौपद्याः युधिष्ठिरादिश्यः पञ्चपुत्रोत्पत्तिः तेषां विद्याश्यासश्च॥८॥

247. kṛṣṇānumatyā'rjunaḥ subhadrāṃ jahāreti paurāṇāmūhaḥ॥1॥arjune indraprasthaṃ prāptaṃ jñātvā yādavaiḥ saha śrīkṛṣṇasya indraprasthaṃ pratyāgamanam।2।āgatāñśrīkṛṣṇādīñśrutvā yudhiṣṭhirasya pratyudgamanam teṣāṃ satkāraśca।3।vaivāhika-mahotsava-karaṇam।4।pāribarhadānam।5।kañmacit kālaṃ tatroṣitānāṃ kurubhiḥ pūjitānāṃ balarāmādīnāṃ dvārakāṃ prati gamanam।6।abhimanyūt-pattiḥ।7।draupadyāḥ yudhiṣṭhirādiśyaḥ pañcaputrotpattiḥ teṣāṃ vidyāśyāsaśca।8।

[कृष्णानुमत्याऽर्जुनः (kṛṣṇānumatyā arjunaḥ) - by Kṛṣṇa's permission; Arjuna; सुभद्रां (subhadrām) - Subhadrā; जहारेति (jahāra iti) - abducted thus; पौराणामूहः (paurāṇām ūhaḥ) - of the city-people the rumor; अर्जुने (arjune) - when Arjuna; इन्द्रप्रस्थं (indraprasthaṃ) - Indraprastha; प्राप्तं (prāptaṃ) - arrived; ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - knowing; यादवैः (yādavaiḥ) - by the Yādavas; सह (saha) - with; श्रीकृष्णस्य (śrīkṛṣṇasya) - of Śrī Kṛṣṇa; इन्द्रप्रस्थं (indraprasthaṃ) - to Indraprastha; प्रत्यागमनम् (pratyāgamanam) - return; आगताञ्श्रीकृष्णादीन् (āgatān śrīkṛṣṇādīn) - arrived Śrī Kṛṣṇa and others; श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; युधिष्ठिरस्य (yudhiṣṭhirasya) - of Yudhiṣṭhira; प्रत्युद्गमनं (pratyudgamanam) - going forth to meet; तेषां (teṣāṃ) - of them; सत्कारश्च (satkāraś ca) - honor and; वैवाहिकमहोत्सवकरणम् (vaivāhika-mahotsava-karaṇam) - marriage festival arrangement; पारिबर्हदानम् (pāribarhadānam) - gift of bridal presents; कंमचित्कालं (kañmacit kālam) - for some time; तत्र (tatra) - there; ओषितानां (oṣitānāṃ) - of those who stayed; कुरुभिः (kurubhiḥ) - by the Kurus; पूजितानां (pūjitānāṃ) - honored; बलरामादीनां (balarāmādīnām) - of Balarāma and others; द्वारकांप्रति (dvārakāṃ prati) - towards Dvārakā; गमनम् (gamanam) - departure; अभिमन्यूत्पत्तिः (abhimanyu-utpattiḥ) - birth of Abhimanyu; द्रौपद्याः (draupadyāḥ) - of Draupadī; युधिष्ठिरादिश्यः (yudhiṣṭhira-ādiśyaḥ) - born from Yudhiṣṭhira and others; पञ्चपुत्रोत्पत्तिः (pañca-putra-utpattiḥ) - birth of five sons; तेषां (teṣāṃ) - of them; विद्याश्यासः (vidyāśyāsaḥ) - the study of knowledge; च (ca) - and;]

(By Kṛṣṇa's permission, Arjuna abducted Subhadrā—thus was the city-people's rumor. When Arjuna arrived at Indraprastha, knowing this, with the Yādavas, Śrī Kṛṣṇa returned to Indraprastha. Having heard of the arrival of Śrī Kṛṣṇa and others, Yudhiṣṭhira went forth to meet them and honored them. The marriage festival was arranged. Bridal presents were given. After staying there for some time, Balarāma and others, honored by the Kurus, departed towards Dvārakā. The birth of Abhimanyu. Draupadī's five sons, born from Yudhiṣṭhira and others; and their study of knowledge.)

The rumor among the citizens was that Arjuna abducted Subhadrā with Kṛṣṇa's consent. When Arjuna reached Indraprastha, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, along with the Yādavas, returned there as well. Hearing of Śrī Kṛṣṇa and others' arrival, Yudhiṣṭhira went out to greet and honor them. The marriage festival was held, and bridal gifts were given. After a while, Balarāma and others, who had been respected by the Kurus during their stay, departed for Dvārakā. Then, Abhimanyu was born. Draupadī gave birth to five sons by Yudhiṣṭhira and his brothers, and those sons studied various branches of knowledge.

२४८. युधिष्ठिरस्य राज्यपरिपालनप्रकारवर्णनम्॥१॥तत्रैव निवसता श्रीकृष्णेन सहार्जुनस्य जलक्रीडार्थं यमुनां प्रति गमनम्॥२॥सस्त्रीकयोस्तयोर्जलक्रीडावर्णनम्॥३॥ब्राह्मणरूपस्याग्नेस्तत्रागमनम्॥४॥

248. yudhiṣṭhirasya rājya-paripālana-prakāra-varṇanam॥1॥ tatraiva nivasatā śrīkṛṣṇena saha-arjunasya jalakrīḍā-artham yamunāṃ prati gamanam॥2॥ sa-strī-kayos tayor jalakrīḍā-varṇanam॥3॥ brāhmaṇa-rūpasya agnes tatra āgamanam॥4॥

[युधिष्ठिरस्य (yudhiṣṭhirasya) (yudhiṣṭhirasya) - of Yudhiṣṭhira; राज्यपरिपालनप्रकारवर्णनम् (rājya-paripālana-prakāra-varṇanam) (rājya-paripālana-prakāra-varṇanam) - description of the manner of kingdom administration; तत्रैव (tatraiva) (tatraiva) - at that very place; निवसता (nivasatā) (nivasatā) - by dwelling; श्रीकृष्णेन (śrīkṛṣṇena) (śrīkṛṣṇena) - by Śrīkṛṣṇa; सह (saha) (saha) - with; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; जलक्रीडार्थम् (jalakrīḍā-artham) (jalakrīḍā-artham) - for the purpose of water play; यमुनाम् (yamunām) (yamunām) - Yamunā (river); प्रति (prati) (prati) - towards; गमनम् (gamanam) (gamanam) - going; सस्त्रीकयोः (sa-strī-kayoḥ) (sa-strī-kayoḥ) - accompanied by their wives, of the two; तयोः (tayoḥ) (tayoḥ) - of those two; जलक्रीडावर्णनम् (jalakrīḍā-varṇanam) (jalakrīḍā-varṇanam) - description of water play; ब्राह्मणरूपस्य (brāhmaṇa-rūpasya) (brāhmaṇa-rūpasya) - in the form of a Brāhmaṇa; अग्नेः (agneḥ) (agneḥ) - of Agni; तत्र (tatra) (tatra) - there; आगमनम् (āgamanam) (āgamanam) - coming;]

(Description of the manner of Yudhiṣṭhira's kingdom administration. At that very place, by dwelling, by Śrīkṛṣṇa, with Arjuna, for the purpose of water play, towards Yamunā, going. Of the two accompanied by their wives, description of water play of those two. Of Agni in the form of a Brāhmaṇa, coming there.)

(248) Description of the way Yudhiṣṭhira governs the kingdom. There, Śrīkṛṣṇa, dwelling together with Arjuna, goes to the Yamunā for water-sport. Description of their water-sport together with their wives. There, Agni arrives in the form of a Brāhmaṇa. (1) (2) (3) (4)

२४९. पुनर्निवेदितविघ्नवृत्तान्तेन ब्रह्मणा आज्ञुप्तस्याग्नेः कृष्णार्जुनौप्रति आगमनम्॥१॥वैशम्पायनेन जनमेजयंप्रति खाण्डवदाहकारणकथनसमापनम्॥२॥अर्जुनेन दिव्यानां रथाश्वधनुरादीनां याचनम्॥३॥

249. punarniveditavighnavṛttāntena brahmaṇā ājñuptasyāgneḥ kṛṣṇārjunauprati āgamanam॥1॥ vaiśampāyanena janamejayaṃprati khāṇḍavadāhakāraṇakathanasamāpanam॥2॥ arjunena divyānāṃ rathāśvadhanurādīnāṃ yācanam॥3॥

[पुनर्निवेदितविघ्नवृत्तान्तेन (punarniveditavighnavṛttāntena) - by the (one) who has again narrated the series of obstacles; ब्रह्मणा (brahmaṇā) - by Brahmā; आज्ञुप्तस्य (ājñuptasya) - of the instructed; अग्नेः (agneḥ) - of Agni; कृष्णार्जुनौप्रति (kṛṣṇārjunauprati) - towards Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - coming; वैशम्पायनेन (vaiśampāyanena) - by Vaiśampāyana; जनमेजयंप्रति (janamejayaṃprati) - towards Janamejaya; खाण्डवदाहकारणकथनसमापनम् (khāṇḍavadāhakāraṇakathanasamāpanam) - completion of the narration of the cause of the burning of Khāṇḍava; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; दिव्यानां (divyānāṃ) - of the divine; रथाश्वधनुरादीनां (rathāśvadhanurādīnāṃ) - of chariot, horses, bow, and others; याचनम् (yācanam) - request;]

(249. By the one who has again narrated the series of obstacles, by Brahmā, the coming of Agni, who was commanded, towards Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna. (1) By Vaiśampāyana, to Janamejaya, the completion of the narration of the cause of the burning of Khāṇḍava. (2) By Arjuna, the request for the divine chariot, horses, bow, and others. (3))

249. The arrival of Agni, instructed by Brahmā after recounting the obstacles once more, towards Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna. (1) Vaiśampāyana's completion, narrated to Janamejaya, of the story explaining the reason for the burning of Khāṇḍava. (2) Arjuna's request for the divine chariot, horses, bow, and similar things. (3)

२५०. पुनर्निवेदितविघ्नवृत्तान्तेन ब्रह्मणा आज्ञुप्तस्याग्नेः कृष्णार्जुनौप्रति आगमनम्॥१॥वैशम्पायनेन जनमेजयंप्रति खाण्डवदाहकारणकथनसमापनम्॥२॥अर्जुनेन दिव्यानां रथाश्वधनुरादीनां याचनम्॥३॥

250. punarniveditavighnavṛttāntena brahmaṇā ājñuptasyāgneḥ kṛṣṇārjunauprati āgamanam॥1॥vaiśampāyanena janamejayaṃprati khāṇḍavadāhakāraṇakathanasamāpanam॥2॥arjunena divyānāṃ rathāśvadhanurādīnāṃ yācanam॥3॥

[पुनर्निवेदितविघ्नवृत्तान्तेन (punarniveditavighnavṛttāntena) - by the again-reported (to be reported again) obstacle-event; ब्रह्मणा (brahmaṇā) - by Brahman (the Creator); आज्ञुप्तस्य (ājñuptasya) - of the one who had been commanded; अग्नेः (agneḥ) - of Agni (the Fire-god); कृष्णार्जुनौप्रति (kṛṣṇārjunauprati) - towards Krishna and Arjuna; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - arrival; वैशम्पायनेन (vaiśampāyanena) - by Vaiśampāyana; जनमेजयंप्रति (janamejayaṃprati) - towards Janamejaya; खाण्डवदाहकारणकथनसमापनम् (khāṇḍavadāhakāraṇakathanasamāpanam) - completion of the narration of the cause of the burning of Khāṇḍava (forest); अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; दिव्यानां (divyānāṃ) - of the divine; रथाश्वधनुरादीनां (rathāśvadhanurādīnām) - of chariot, horses, bow, etc.; याचनम् (yācanam) - request;]

(250. By the again-reported obstacle-event, by Brahman, of the one who had been commanded—of Agni—towards Krishna and Arjuna, arrival. (1) By Vaiśampāyana, towards Janamejaya, completion of the narration of the cause of the burning of Khāṇḍava. (2) By Arjuna, request of the divine chariot, horses, bow, etc. (3))

250. The arrival, by Brahman, who had commanded Agni, to Krishna and Arjuna, after the recounting of the obstacles. (1) Vaiśampāyana concludes his narration to Janamejaya about the reason for the burning of Khāṇḍava. (2) Arjuna requests for the divine chariot, horses, bow, and other things. (3)

२५१. अग्निना वरुणात् आहृतानां रथादीनां अर्जुनाय दानम्॥१॥अग्नेः खाण्डवदाहारम्भः॥२॥

251. agninā varuṇāt āhṛtānāṃ rathādīnāṃ arjunāya dānam॥1॥ agneḥ khāṇḍavadāhārambhaḥ॥2॥

[अग्निना (agninā) - by Agni; by fire; वरुणात् (varuṇāt) - from Varuṇa; आहृतानां (āhṛtānāṃ) - of the things brought; of those taken; रथादीनां (rathādīnām) - of chariots, etc.; अर्जुनाय (arjunāya) - to Arjuna; दानम् (dānam) - gift; donation; अग्नेः (agneḥ) - of Agni; of fire; खाण्डवदाहारम्भः (khāṇḍavadāhārambhaḥ) - the beginning of the burning of Khāṇḍava (forest);]

(By Agni, from Varuṇa, of the things (such as chariots, etc.) that were brought, gift to Arjuna. Of Agni, beginning of the burning of Khāṇḍava.)

A gift of chariots and other things brought from Varuṇa by Agni is given to Arjuna. This marks the beginning of Agni's burning of the Khāṇḍava forest.

२५२. खाण्डवदाहं दृष्ट्वा त्रस्तैर्देवैः प्रार्थितेनेन्द्रेण जलवर्षणम्॥१॥

252. khāṇḍavadāhaṃ dṛṣṭvā trastair devaiḥ prārthitenendreṇa jalavarṣaṇam॥1॥

[खाण्डवदाहम् (khāṇḍavadāham) - the burning of Khāṇḍava forest; दृष्ट्वा (dṛṣṭvā) - having seen; त्रस्तैः (trastaiḥ) - by the frightened; देवैः (devaiḥ) - by the gods; प्रार्थितेन (prārthitena) - implored; इन्द्रेण (indreṇa) - by Indra; जलवर्षणम् (jalavarṣaṇam) - rain;]

(Having seen the burning of Khāṇḍava, by the frightened gods, rain was implored by Indra.)

252. Seeing the burning of Khāṇḍava forest, rain was implored by Indra at the request of the frightened gods. (1)

२५३. इन्द्राभिवृष्टस्य जलस्यार्जुनेन निवारणम्॥१॥पुत्रं निगीर्याकाशमुत्पतन्त्याः तक्षकभार्यायाः अर्जुनेन शिरश्छेदः॥२॥इन्द्रेण स्वकृतवायुवर्षमोहितादर्जुनात्तक्षकपुत्रस्याश्वसेनस्य मोचनम्॥३॥पावकान्मुमुक्षूणां नागादीनां मारणम्॥४॥इन्द्रस्य कृष्णार्जुनाभ्यां युद्धम्॥५॥

253. indrābhivṛṣṭasya jalasyārjunena nivāraṇam ॥1॥ putraṃ nigīryākāśamutpatantyāḥ takṣakabhāryāyāḥ arjunena śiraśchedaḥ ॥2॥ indreṇa svakṛtavāyuvarṣamohitādarjunāttakṣakaputraśyāśvasenasya mocanam ॥3॥ pāvakānmumukṣūṇāṃ nāgādīnāṃ māraṇam ॥4॥ indrasya kṛṣṇārjunābhyāṃ yuddham ॥5॥

[इन्द्राभिवृष्टस्य (indrābhivṛṣṭasya) - of the water poured by Indra; जलस्य (jalasya) - of water; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; निवारणम् (nivāraṇam) - removal; पुत्रं (putraṃ) - son; निगीर्य (nigīrya) - having swallowed; आकाशम् (ākāśam) - sky; उत्पतन्त्याः (utpatantyāḥ) - of (her) leaping up (into); तक्षकभार्यायाः (takṣakabhāryāyāḥ) - of Takṣaka's wife; अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna; शिरश्छेदः (śiraśchedaḥ) - beheading; इन्द्रेण (indreṇa) - by Indra; स्वकृतवायुवर्षमोहितात् (svakṛtavāyuvarṣamohitāt) - from the confusion caused by his own wind and rain; अर्जुनात् (arjunāt) - from Arjuna; तक्षकपुत्रस्य (takṣakaputrasya) - of Takṣaka's son; अश्वसेनस्य (aśvasenasya) - of Aśvasena; मोचनम् (mocanam) - release; पावकात् (pāvakāt) - from fire; मुमुक्षूणां (mumukṣūṇāṃ) - of those desiring liberation; नागादीनां (nāgādīnām) - of Nāgas and others; मारणम् (māraṇam) - killing; इन्द्रस्य (indrasya) - of Indra; कृष्णार्जुनाभ्यां (kṛṣṇārjunābhyāṃ) - by Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna; युद्धम् (yuddham) - war;]

(By Arjuna, the removal of water poured by Indra. The beheading, by Arjuna, of the son of Takṣaka's wife who, having swallowed, was leaping up into the sky. By Indra, the release of Aśvasena, son of Takṣaka, from Arjuna, confused by the wind and rain produced by himself. The killing, by fire, of Nāgas and others who desired liberation. The war of Indra with Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna.)

Arjuna checked the water that Indra poured down. Arjuna beheaded (the son of) Takṣaka's wife, who, having swallowed him, was leaping up toward the sky. At Indra's hand, Aśvasena, son of Takṣaka, was released from Arjuna, who was bewildered by wind and rain of Indra’s own making. Fire destroyed the Nāgas and others wishing for liberation. Indra fought a battle with Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna.

२५४. देवेषु पराजितेषु अशरीरवाणीश्रवणेन इन्द्रस्य निवृत्तिः॥१॥पलायमानं मयं हन्तुमुद्युक्ते श्रीकृष्णे आत्मानं शरणागतस्य मयस्य अर्जुनेनाभयदानम्॥२॥खाण्डवदाहेऽपि अश्वसेनादीनामदाहस्य वैशम्पायनेन कथनम्॥३॥

254. deveṣu parājiteṣu aśarīra-vāṇī-śravaṇena indrasya nivṛttiḥ॥1॥ palāyamānaṃ mayaṃ hantum-udyukte śrīkṛṣṇe ātmānaṃ śaraṇāgatasya mayasya arjunena abhayadānam॥2॥ khāṇḍavadāhe'pi aśvasenādīnām-adāhasya vaiśampāyānena kathanam॥3॥

[देवेषु (deveṣu) - among the gods;, पराजितेषु (parājiteṣu) - when defeated;, अशरीरवाणीश्रवणेन (aśarīra-vāṇī-śravaṇena) - by hearing the bodiless voice;, इन्द्रस्य (indrasya) - of Indra;, निवृत्तिः (nivṛttiḥ) - withdrawal;, पलायमानं (palāyamānam) - fleeing;, मयं (mayaṃ) - Maya (the being);, हन्तुम् (hantum) - to slay;, उद्युक्ते (udyukte) - when prepared;, श्रीकृष्णे (śrīkṛṣṇe) - Śrī Kṛṣṇa;, आत्मानं (ātmānam) - himself;, शरणागतस्य (śaraṇāgatasya) - of the one who has taken refuge;, मयस्य (mayasya) - of Maya;, अर्जुनेन (arjunena) - by Arjuna;, अभयदानम् (abhayadānam) - granting of fearlessness;, खाण्डवदाहेऽपि (khāṇḍavadāhe'pi) - even in the burning of Khāṇḍava;, अश्वसेनादीनाम् (aśvasenādīnām) - of Aśvasena and others;, अदाहस्य (adāhasya) - of being unburned;, वैशम्पायनेन (vaiśampāyānena) - by Vaiśampāyana;, कथनम् (kathanam) - statement;,;]

(254. Among the gods when defeated, by hearing the bodiless voice, Indra's withdrawal. When Maya (the being) was fleeing, Śrī Kṛṣṇa prepared to slay, himself having taken refuge, by Arjuna of Maya, granting of fearlessness. Even in the burning of Khāṇḍava, of Aśvasena and others, of being unburned, by Vaiśampāyana, statement.)

254. When the gods were defeated, Indra withdrew after hearing the bodiless voice. As Maya fled and Śrī Kṛṣṇa prepared to slay him, Arjuna, since Maya had taken refuge with him, granted him protection. Vaiśampāyana also narrates that during the burning of Khāṇḍava, Aśvasena and others escaped unburned. (254-1,2,3)

२५५. शार्ङ्गकाणां मोचनकारणे जनमेजयेन पृष्टे वैशम्पायनेन मन्दपालोपाख्यानकथनारम्भः॥१॥तपसा पितृलोकं गतस्याप्यनवाप्ततपःफळस्य मन्दपालस्य देवाज्ञया प्रजोत्पादनार्थं पुनर्भूमावागमनम्॥२॥तत्र शार्ङ्ग्यां जरितायां पुत्रचतुष्टयोत्पादनम्॥३॥सपुत्रां जरितां खाण्डवे विसृज्य लपितानाम्न्याऽन्यया शार्ङ्ग्या संगतस्य मन्दपालस्य विप्ररूपाग्निदर्शनम्॥४॥तस्य खाण्डवदिधक्षां ज्ञात्वा पुत्ररक्षणार्थं स्तुतादग्नेर्वरलाभः॥५॥

255. śārṅgakāṇāṃ mocanakāraṇe janamejayena pṛṣṭe vaiśampāyanena mandapālopaākhyānakathanārambhaḥ॥1॥ tapasa pitṛlokaṃ gatasya api anavāptatapaḥphalasya mandapālasya devājñayā prajotpādanārthaṃ punar bhūmāv āgamanam॥2॥ tatra śārṅgyāṃ jaritāyāṃ putracatuṣṭaya utpādanam॥3॥ saputrāṃ jaritām khāṇḍave visṛjya lapitānāmnyā anyayā śārṅgyā saṃgatasya mandapālasya viprarūpāgnidarśanam॥4॥ tasya khāṇḍavad idhakṣāṃ jñātvā putra rakṣaṇārthaṃ stutād agner varalābhaḥ॥5॥

[शार्ङ्गकाणां (शार्ङ्गकाः) (śārṅgakāṇām (śārṅgakāḥ)) - of the Śārṅgakas; of those named Śārṅgaka; मोचनकारणे (mocanakāraṇe) - for the cause of release; जनमेजयेन (janamejayena) - by Janamejaya; पृष्टे (pṛṣṭe) - when asked; वैशम्पायनेन (vaiśampāyanena) - by Vaiśampāyana; मन्दपालोपाख्यानकथनारम्भः (mandapālopaākhyānakathanārambhaḥ) - beginning of the narration of the story of Mandapāla; तपसा (tapasā) - by austerity; पितृलोकं (pitṛlokaṃ) - the world of the ancestors; गतस्य (gatasya) - having gone; अपि (api) - even; अनवाप्ततपःफळस्य (anavāptatapaḥphalasya) - whose austerity-fruit (result) had not been attained; मन्दपालस्य (mandapālasya) - of Mandapāla; देवाज्ञया (devājñayā) - by order of the gods; प्रजोत्पादनार्थं (prajotpādanārtham) - for the sake of progeny; पुनः (punar) - again; भूमौ (bhūmau) - on the earth; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - arrival; तत्र (tatra) - there; शार्ङ्ग्यां जरितायां (śārṅgyāṃ jaritāyāṃ) - in Śārṅgī named Jaritā; पुत्रचतुष्टय (putracatuṣṭaya) - a group of four sons; उत्पादनम् (utpādanam) - begetting; सपुत्रां जरितां (saputrāṃ jaritāṃ) - Jaritā with sons; खाण्डवे (khāṇḍave) - in Khāṇḍava (forest); विसृज्य (visṛjya) - leaving behind; लपितानाम्न्या (lapitānāmnyā) - by one named Lapitā; अन्यया शार्ङ्ग्या (anyayā śārṅgyā) - by another Śārṅgī (female Śārṅgaka); संगतस्य मन्दपालस्य (saṅgatasya mandapālasya) - of Mandapāla who joined (her); विप्ररूपाग्निदर्शनम् (viprarūpāgnidarśanam) - seeing Agni in the form of a Brahmana; तस्य (tasya) - his; खाण्डव दिधक्षां (khāṇḍava dīdhakṣāṃ) - desire to burn Khāṇḍava; ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - having known; पुत्ररक्षणार्थं (putrarakṣaṇārtham) - for the sake of protecting the sons; स्तुतात् अग्नेः (stutāt agneḥ) - from the praised Agni; वरलाभः (varalābhaḥ) - obtaining a boon;]

(Having been asked by Janamejaya for the cause of the release of the Śārṅgakas, beginning of the narration of the story of Mandapāla by Vaiśampāyana. Of Mandapāla—who, though having gone to the world of ancestors through austerity, had not obtained the fruit of asceticism—his return to earth by divine command for the production of progeny. There, in Jaritā the Śārṅgī, production of four sons. Leaving Jaritā with her sons in the Khāṇḍava (forest), Mandapāla, having joined with another Śārṅgī named Lapitā, saw Agni in the form of a Brahmana. Knowing Agni's desire to burn Khāṇḍava, for the protection of his sons he obtained a boon from the praised Agni.)

At Janamejaya's inquiry regarding the reason for the release of the Śārṅgakas, Vaiśampāyana begins to narrate the story of Mandapāla. Mandapāla, who had reached the ancestors' world through penance but had not attained its fruit, returns to earth by divine order for the sake of begetting offspring. There, he begets four sons in Jaritā, the Śārṅgī female. Leaving Jaritā and their sons in the Khāṇḍava forest, Mandapāla, after joining with another Śārṅgī named Lapitā, encounters Agni disguised as a Brahmana. Recognizing Agni's intention to burn the Khāṇḍava forest, Mandapāla obtains a boon from the propitiated Agni to protect his sons.

२५६. प्रज्वलदग्निदर्शनेन जरितायाः स्वपुत्रैः संवादः॥१॥

256. prajvalad-agni-darśanena jaritāyāḥ svaputraiḥ saṃvādaḥ॥1॥

[प्रज्वलदग्निदर्शनेन (prajvalad-agni-darśanena) - by the sight of the blazing fire; जरितायाः (jaritāyāḥ) - of Jaritā (a proper noun, feminine); स्वपुत्रैः (svaputraiḥ) - with her own sons; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - conversation;]

(256. By the sight of the blazing fire, of Jaritā, with her own sons, conversation; 1.)

256. The conversation between Jaritā and her own sons upon seeing the blazing fire. (1)

२५७. पुत्रैः सह संवादानन्तरं जरितायाः स्थानान्तरगमनम्॥१॥

257. putraiḥ saha saṁvāda-anantaraṁ jaritāyāḥ sthāna-antara-gamanam॥1॥

[पुत्रैः (putraiḥ) - with sons; सह (saha) - together with; संवादानन्तरं (saṁvāda-anantaram) - after conversation; जरितायाः (jaritāyāḥ) - of Jaritā; स्थानान्तरगमनम् (sthāna-antara-gamanam) - movement to another place;]

(257. With sons together, after conversation, of Jaritā, movement to another place.)

257. After conversing together with her sons, Jaritā moves to another place. (1)

२५८. जरितार्यादीनां चतुर्णां शार्ङ्गकाणां परस्परं संवादः॥१॥स्तुत्या प्रसन्नेनाग्निना तेभ्योऽभयदानम्॥२॥शार्ङ्गकाणां प्रार्थनया अग्निना मार्जाराणां दाहः॥३॥

258. jaritāryādīnāṃ caturṇāṃ śārṅgakāṇāṃ parasparaṃ saṃvādaḥ॥1॥ stutyā prasannenāgninā tebhyo'bhayadānam॥2॥ śārṅgakāṇāṃ prārthanayā agninā mārjārāṇāṃ dāhaḥ॥3॥

[जरितार्यादीनां (jaritāryādīnāṃ) - of Jaritāri and others; चतुर्णां (caturṇāṃ) - of the four; शार्ङ्गकाणां (śārṅgakāṇāṃ) - of the ṣārṅgaka (a certain group); परस्परं (parasparaṃ) - mutual; संवादः (saṃvādaḥ) - dialogue; स्तुत्या (stutyā) - by praise; प्रसन्नेन (prasannena) - by the pleased; अग्निना (agninā) - by Agni (the fire god); तेभ्यः (tebhyaḥ) - to them; अभयदानम् (abhayadānam) - granting of fearlessness; शार्ङ्गकाणां (śārṅgakāṇāṃ) - of the ṣārṅgaka; प्रार्थनया (prārthanayā) - by the request; अग्निना (agninā) - by Agni; मार्जाराणां (mārjārāṇāṃ) - of the cats; दाहः (dāhaḥ) - burning;]

(258. Of Jaritāri and the others, of the four shārngakas, mutual dialogue. By praise, by the pleased Agni, to them, granting of fearlessness. Of the shārngakas, by the request, by Agni, of the cats, burning.)

258. The mutual dialogue of the four Śārṅgakas, including Jaritāri. With their praise, the pleased Agni grants them safety. At the Śārṅgakas' request, Agni burns the cats.

२५९. पुत्रांश्चन्तयन्तं मन्दपालं प्रति लपितायाः सासूयवचनम्॥१॥अग्निशान्त्यनन्तरं आत्मदिदृक्षयाऽऽगतं मन्दपालं प्रति भार्यया पुत्रैश्च उपालम्भः॥२॥।

259. putrāṁś-cintayantaṁ mandapālaṁ prati lapitāyāḥ sāsūyavacanam॥1॥ agniśānty-anantaraṁ ātmadidṛkṣayā-'āgataṁ mandapālaṁ prati bhāryayā putraiś-ca upālabdhaḥ॥2॥.

[पुत्रान् (putrān) - sons; (accusative plural); चिन्तयन्तम् (cintayantam) - thinking about; (accusative singular masculine participle); मन्दपालम् (mandapālam) - Mandapala; (proper noun; accusative singular); प्रति (prati) - towards; with reference to; लपितायाः (lapitāyāḥ) - spoken (of her who has spoken); (genitive singular feminine); सासूयवचनम् (sāsūyavacanam) - envious utterance; (accusative singular neuter); अग्निशान्त्यनन्तरम् (agniśānty-anantaram) - immediately after fire-pacifying (rite); आत्मदिदृक्षया (ātma-didṛkṣayā) - with the desire to see oneself; (instrumental singular feminine); आगतं (āgatam) - arrived; come; मन्दपालम् (mandapālam) - Mandapala; (proper noun; accusative singular); प्रति (prati) - towards; with reference to; भार्यया (bhāryayā) - by the wife; (instrumental singular feminine); पुत्रैः (putraiḥ) - by the sons; (instrumental plural masculine); च (ca) - and; उपालम्भः (upālabdhaḥ) - rebuke; reproach;]

(259. Envious words of her who had spoken towards Mandapala, who was thinking about (his) sons. Immediately after the fire-pacifying, Mandapala, having come with the desire to see himself, was reproached by his wife and by his sons.)

259. The envious speech of the one who spoke to Mandapala, who was thinking of his sons. After the fire-pacifying rite, Mandapala, who arrived with the desire to see himself, was reproached by his wife and sons.

२६०. मन्दपालस्य पुत्राश्वपूर्वकं सर्वैः सहान्यत्र गमनम्॥१॥देवगणैः सहागतस्येन्द्रस्य कृष्णार्जुनवरदानपूर्वकं स्वलोकगमनम्॥२॥अग्नेस्थानगमनानन्तरं कृष्णार्जुनमयानां नदीकूल उपवेशनम्॥३॥

260. mandapālasya putrāśvapūrvakaṃ sarvaiḥ sahānyatra gamanam॥1॥devagaṇaiḥ sahāgatasya indrasya kṛṣṇārjunavaradānapūrvakaṃ svalokagamanam॥2॥agniesthānagamanānantaraṃ kṛṣṇārjunamayānāṃ nadīkūla upaveśanam॥3॥

[मन्दपालस्य (mandapālasya) - of Mandapala; पुत्राश्वपूर्वकं (putrāśvapūrvakaṃ) - preceded by sons and horse; सर्वैः (sarvaiḥ) - with all (others); सह (saha) - together with; अन्यत्र (anyatra) - elsewhere; गमनम् (gamanam) - going; देवगणैः (devagaṇaiḥ) - with the hosts of gods; सह (saha) - together with; आगतस्य (āgatasya) - having arrived; इन्द्रस्य (indrasya) - of Indra; कृष्णार्जुनवरदानपूर्वकं (kṛṣṇārjunavaradānapūrvakaṃ) - preceded by boon to Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna; स्वलोकगमनम् (svalokagamanam) - returning to one's own world; अग्नेस्थानगमनानन्तरं (agniesthānagamanānantaraṃ) - after going to the place of fire; कृष्णार्जुनमयानां (kṛṣṇārjunamayānāṃ) - of Kṛṣṇa, Arjuna, and others; नदीकूल (nadīkūla) - riverbank; उपवेशनम् (upaveśanam) - sitting;]

(260. Of Mandapala, preceded by sons and horse, with all together elsewhere going. With the hosts of gods, together arrived Indra's, preceded by boon to Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna, returning to his own world. After going to the place of fire, of Kṛṣṇa, Arjuna, and others, on the riverbank sitting.)

260. Mandapala, along with all his sons and the horse, went elsewhere. Indra, having arrived with the hosts of gods and after granting a boon to Kṛṣṇa and Arjuna, returned to his own world. After going to the site of fire, Kṛṣṇa, Arjuna, and their companions sat on the riverbank.